All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time
of publication. However, Genesis reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle models and
includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as
standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
Introduction
1
Introduction
F2
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such
modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your
Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation
of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other
federal or state agencies.
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger
Occupant Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for
an improperly installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely
affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully
follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions if you choose to install one of these
devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
TWO-WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
F3
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and
NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
Introduction
F4
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services
that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle.
Genesis Branded Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain
how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy at “http://www.genesis.com/
us/en/my-privacy-rights.html#owner”
http://www.genesismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy,
please contact our Genesis Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO BOX 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
Genesis Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through
Friday between the hours of 5:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between
6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are
available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY
POLICY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
I
8
Maintenance
Index
Emergency Situations
Driver Assistance System
Driving Your Vehicle
Convenience Features
Instrument Cluster
Safety System
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Introduction
Table of Contents
1
Introduction
1. Introduction
Introduction........................................................................................................ 1-2
Genesis Customer Care
..................................................................................... 1-2
Guide to Genesis Parts
...................................................................................... 1-3
How to Use this Manual
....................................................................................1-4
Safety Messages
................................................................................................1-4
Fuel Requirements
.............................................................................................1-5
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ............................................................. 1-5
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
......................................... 1-6
Gasoline containing MMT
......................................................................................... 1-6
Detergent Fuel Additives
........................................................................................... 1-6
Operation in foreign countries
.................................................................................. 1-6
Vehicle Modifications ........................................................................................ 1-7
Vehicle Break-in Process
................................................................................... 1-7
Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders
........................................1-8
Introduction
1-2
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing this Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are
pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive the
Genesis Branded Vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-
quality construction of each Genesis Branded Vehicle we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
Genesis Branded Vehicle. To become familiar with your new Genesis Branded Vehicle,
so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your
new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely
operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your
car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products. Retailers of
Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance
and any other assistance that may be required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and
should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay
with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety
and maintenance information.
GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications. You
must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed
on Page 2-12 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.
Copyright 2022 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the prior written permission of Genesis Customer Care.
01
1-3
1. What are Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are the same parts
used by HYUNDAI Motor Company
to manufacture vehicles. They are
designed and tested for the optimum
safety, performance, and reliability to
our customers.
Type AType A
ODH027037ODH027037
Type BType B
ODH027036ODH027036
2. Why should you use Genesis Parts?
Genesis Parts are engineered and
built to meet rigid manufacturing
requirements. Damage caused by
using imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage parts is not covered under
the Genesis Branded New Vehicle
Limited Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure
of Genesis Part caused by the
installation or failure of an imitation,
counterfeit or used salvage part is
not covered by any Genesis Branded
Vehicle Warranty.
Type AType A
ODH027034ODH027034
Type BType B
ODH027035ODH027035
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing
Genesis Parts?
Look for the Genesis Parts Logo on the
package.
Genesis Parts exported to the U.S. are
packaged with labels written only in
English.
Genesis Parts are only sold through an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Type AType A
ODH027033ODH027033
Type BType B
ODH027032ODH027032
GUIDE TO GENESIS PARTS
Introduction
1-4
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents
of your Owner’s Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The
first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that
Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it
can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges.
These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the
manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manual provides
you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts
you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards
and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY
ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury
hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible
injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER,
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which,
if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
01
1-5
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL,
as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. For improved vehicle
performance, premium unleaded fuel with an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 91
(Research Octane Number 95) or higher is recommended. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels.)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel
system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for additional
information.
WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the
event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, “E15” is
a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol.
Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. “E85” fuel is
an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is
manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine performance and damage
to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system. Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that
customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use “E85” fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Introduction
1-6
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the
catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a
reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels
or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control
system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated
with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent
deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and
enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives
that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 8,000
miles or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products
along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
01
1-7
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
• In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may
not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use
unauthorized electronic devices.
NOTICE
Some warning sounds (e.g. welcome/good-bye sound) are generated from the
external amplifiers. If necessary, purchase Genesis Part to replace an external
amplifier. Any unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the external
amplifiers.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, avoid sudden acceleration and stop.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in
process and be stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume
more oil during the vehicle break-in period.
NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer
and reproductive harm.
Introduction
1-8
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of
an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)
are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties,
such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if
they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
2
2. Vehicle Information,
Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior Overview (I) ..........................................................................................2-2
Exterior Overview (II)
........................................................................................ 2-4
Interior Overview (I)
.......................................................................................... 2-6
Instrument Panel Overview (I)
..........................................................................2-7
Instrument panel Overview (II)
........................................................................ 2-8
Engine Compartment
......................................................................................2-10
Dimensions
....................................................................................................... 2-12
Engine
............................................................................................................... 2-12
Bulb Wattage
.................................................................................................... 2-13
Tires and Wheels
.............................................................................................. 2-14
Air Conditioning System
.................................................................................. 2-15
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume
............................................................ 2-15
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities
.................................................... 2-16
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .....................................................................2-17
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ..............................................................2-18
Vehicle Certification Label
..............................................................................2-18
Tire Specification and Pressure Label
............................................................2-18
Engine Number
................................................................................................ 2-19
Air Conditioner Compressor Label
................................................................. 2-19
Consumer Information
................................................................................... 2-20
Reporting Safety Defects
................................................................................ 2-21
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-2
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I)
Front view (Type A)Front view (Type A)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3010001ORG3010001
1. Hood ...................................................... 5-67
2. Headlight ......................................5-83, 9-61
3. Side repeater lamp ...............................9-61
4. Tires and wheels .................................. 9-32
5. Side view mirror ................................... 5-53
6. Sunroof ................................................. 5-62
7. Front windshield wiper blades ........... 9-26
8. Windows ................................................5-57
9. Front radar ...............................................7-4
2-3
02
1. Hood ...................................................... 5-67
2. Headlight ......................................5-83, 9-61
3. Side repeater lamp ...............................9-61
4. Tires and wheels .................................. 9-32
5. Side view mirror ................................... 5-53
6. Sunroof ................................................. 5-62
7. Front windshield wiper blades ........... 9-26
8. Windows ................................................5-57
9. Front radar ...............................................7-4
Front view (Type B)Front view (Type B)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3SP011001ORG3SP011001
2-4
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Rear view (Type A)Rear view (Type A)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3010002L ORG3010002L
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II)
1. Door .......................................................5-25
2. Fuel filler door .......................................5-78
3. Rear combination lamp ....................... 9-62
4. Reverse lamp .......................................9-62
5. Trunk ..................................................... 5-68
6. Trunk open/close button .....................5-68
7. High mounted stop lamp ....................9-62
8. Antenna ................................................5-131
9. Wide-rear view camera ....................... 7-119
2-5
02
1. Door .......................................................5-25
2. Fuel filler door .......................................5-78
3. Rear combination lamp ....................... 9-62
4. Reverse lamp .......................................9-62
5. Trunk ..................................................... 5-68
6. Trunk open/close button .....................5-68
7. High mounted stop lamp ....................9-62
8. Antenna ................................................5-131
9. Wide-rear view camera ....................... 7-119
Rear view (Type B)Rear view (Type B)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3SP011002L ORG3SP011002L
2-6
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3012003NORG3012003N
1. Inside door handle ................................ 5-27
2. Integrated memory system ................. 5-34
3. Side view mirror control switch .......... 5-54
4. Side view mirror folding button .......... 5-54
5. Central door lock switch ......................5-27
6. Power window switches ..................... 5-58
7. Power window lock button / ...............5-60
Electronic child safety lock button
...... 5-31
8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ..................................................... 4-5
9. ISG (Idle Stop & Go) OFF button ......... 6-47
10. ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF
button .................................................... 6-31
11. Trunk open/close button ............5-68, 5-70
12. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
switch ................................................... 6-22
13. Hood release lever ............................... 5-67
14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic switch .5-40
15. Steering wheel ..................................... 5-38
16. Seat ......................................................... 3-3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW (I)
2-7
02
1. Instrument cluster .................................4-4
2. Horn ....................................................... 5-41
3. Driver’s front air bag ............................ 3-48
4. Engine Start/Stop button ...................... 6-5
5. Infotainment system ...........................5-131
6. Hazard warning flasher button ............. 8-2
7. Automatic climate control system .....5-98
8. Passenger’s front air bag .....................3-48
9. Glove box .............................................5-121
10. Wireless charging system indicator .. 5-125
11. USB port ...............................................5-131
12. USB charger ........................................ 5-125
13. Wireless charging system pad ........... 5-126
14. Cup holder .......................................... 5-122
15. Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial) ..6-10
16. Auto Hold button ................................. 6-26
17. Drive mode button .............................. 6-52
18. Parking/View button ...........................7-122
19. Parking Safety button ......................... 7-139
20. Rear seat climate control system ......5-100
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3012004NORG3012004N
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)
2-8
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
1. Audio remote control buttons ............5-131
2. Bluetooth® hands-free phone
button .................................................. 5-133
3. Voice recognition button ................... 5-132
4. Paddle shifter ........................................ 6-18
5. Lighting control lever .......................... 5-83
6. Wiper and washer control lever .......... 5-95
7. LCD display control ..............................4-27
8. Lane Driving Assist button ................. 7-103
9. Driving Assist button .................. 7-56, 7-78
10. Vehicle distance button .......................7-78
Type AType A
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3011005NORG3011005N
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II)
2-9
02
1. Audio remote control buttons ............5-131
2. Bluetooth® hands-free phone
button .................................................. 5-133
3. Voice recognition button ................... 5-132
4. Paddle shifter ........................................ 6-18
5. Lighting control lever .......................... 5-83
6. Wiper and washer control lever .......... 5-95
7. LCD display control ..............................4-27
8. Lane Driving Assist button ................. 7-103
9. Driving Assist button .................. 7-56, 7-78
10. Vehicle distance button .......................7-78
Type BType B
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
ORG3SP011005ORG3SP011005
2-10
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.5 T-GDI2.5 T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ORG3090001ORG3090001
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...... 9-23
2. Jumper negative (chassis) terminal ..... 8-5
3. Fuse box ................................................9-51
4. Radiator cap ......................................... 9-20
5. Engine coolant reservoir ......................9-19
6. Air cleaner ............................................ 9-24
7. Liquid-cooled intercooler
coolant reservoir ................................... 9-19
8. Brake fluid reservoir ............................ 9-22
9. Engine oil dipstick ................................9-16
10. Engine oil filler cap ...............................9-18
2-11
02
3.5 T-GDI3.5 T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ORG3090003ORG3090003
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....... 9-23
2. Jumper negative (chassis) terminal ...... 8-5
3. Fuse box .................................................9-51
4. Engine coolant reservoir .......................9-19
5. Air cleaner ............................................. 9-24
6. Liquid-cooled intercooler
coolant reservoir ....................................9-19
7. Brake fluid reservoir ............................. 9-22
8. Engine oil dipstick ................................. 9-17
9. Engine oil filler cap ................................ 9-17
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-12
Items in (mm)
Overall length 196.7 (4995)
Overall width 75.8 (1925)
Overall height 57.7 (1465)
Tread
Tire size Front Rear
18 in 64.1 (1627) 65.3 (1659)
19 in 64.2 (1630) 64.5 (1637)
20 in 64.2 (1630) 64.5 (1637)
Wheelbase 118.5 (3010)
ENGINE
Engine
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
Firing order No. of cylinders
2.5L T-GDI 152.4 (2497)
3.5 x 4
(88.5 x 101.5)
1-3-4-2 4
3.5L T-GDI 211.8 (3470)
3.6 x 3.4
(92 x 87)
1-2-3-4-5-6 6
DIMENSIONS
02
2-13
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
Front
Headlight
Low LED LED
High LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Parking lamp LED LED
Side marker LED LED
Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) LED LED
Puddle lamp LED LED
Rear
Stop lamp LED LED
Tail lamp LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Reverse lamp LED LED
Side marker LED LED
License plate lamp LED LED
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
Interior
Map lamp LED LED
Room lamp (without sunroof) LED LED
Personal lamp (with sunroof) LED LED
Vanity mirror lamp LED LED
Glove box lamp LED LED
Handle lamp / Mood lamp / Door courtesy
lamp
LED LED
Trunk lamp LED LED
BULB WATTAGE
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-14
Items Tire size
Wheel
size
Inflation pressure psi (kPa)
Wheel bolt
torque
[lbf.ft(kgf.m,
N.m)]
Normal load
Maximum
load
Front Rear Front Rear
Full
size
tire
18 in.
245/50R18 8.0J X 18
36
(250)
36
(250)
38
(260)
38
(260)
101~116
(14~16,
137~157)
19 in.
245/45R19 8.5J X 19
36
(250)
-
38
(260)
-
275/40R19 9.5J X 19
-
36
(250)
-
38
(260)
20 in.
245/40R20
8.5JX20
36
(250)
40
(275)
275/35R20
9.5JX20
36
(250)
40
(275)
245/40ZR20
8.5JX20
36
(250)
40
(275)
275/35ZR20
9.5JX20
36
(250)
40
(275)
Compact spare tire
T135/70R19 4.0T X 19
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
60
(420)
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder
temperatures are expected soon.
• Tires typically lose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme
temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to
keep them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures will vary with changes in elevation. If driving in areas of
higher or lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.
CAUTION
• When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
• Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
• When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, construction and tread
pattern supplied with the vehicle for all tires.
TIRES AND WHEELS
02
2-15
Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
22.22±0.88 (630±25) R-1234yf
Compressor
lubricant
cu. in (cc)
3.52±0.35 (100±10) PAG (FD46XG)
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
VEHICLE WEIGHT AND LUGGAGE VOLUME
Item
2.5L T-GDI 3.5L T-GDI
2WD AWD AWD
Gross vehicle
weight
5104 lbs.
(2315 kg)
5258 lbs.
(2385 kg)
5567 lbs.
(2525 kg)
Luggage volume
Items 2.5L T-GDI 3.5L T-GDI
SAE 13.1 cu ft (371 ℓ)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-16
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil
*1
Recommends
2.5L T-GDI 6.5 US qt. (6.2 ℓ)
SAE 0W-30, API SN PLUS/
SP or ILSAC GF-6
*4
3.5L T-GDI 7.4 US qt. (7.0 ℓ)
Automatic transmission fluid
9.7 US qt. (9.2 ℓ)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR, Genesis/
HYUNDAI genuine ATF
SP-IV-RR or other brands
meeting the above
specification approved by
Genesis Customer Care.
Engine coolant
2.5L T-GDI 10.1 US qt. (9.6 ℓ)
Mixture of antifreeze and
water (Phosphate-based
Ethylene glycol coolant for
aluminum radiator)
3.5L T-GDI 11.6 US qt. (11 ℓ)
Liquid-cooled
intercooler
coolant
2.5L T-GDI 4.1 US qt. (3.9 ℓ)
3.5L T-GDI 4 US qt. (3.8 ℓ)
Brake fluid
*2
As required DOT-4
Front differential oil (AWD)
*3
0.71±0.026 US qt.
(0.67±0.025 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5
SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85
FM PLUS or equivalent)
Rear differential oil
*3
1.27±0.05 US qt.
(1.2±0.05 ℓ)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5
SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL
75W85 or equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
1.11±0.022 US qt.
(1.05±0.021 ℓ)
FUCHS ATF 134 MPT
Fuel
2.5L T-GDI
17.2 US gal. (65 ℓ)
Refer to “Fuel
requirements” in chapter 1.
3.5L T-GDI
19.3 US gal. (73 ℓ)
*1 :
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 :
To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, we recommend
that you use fluid that conform to specifications.
*3 :
If the front/rear differential is submerged, visit an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products to replace the differential oil.
*4 :
Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade
engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
02
2-17
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler cap, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick
areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can
provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any
viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated
in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from
the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Engine Oil
0W-300W-30
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API)
Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to
only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-18
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (VIN)
Frame numberFrame number
ORG3SP011006NORG3SP011006N
The vehicle identification number (VIN)
is the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining
to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the right front seat. To check the
number, open the cover.
VIN label (if equipped)VIN label (if equipped)
ORG3010026LORG3010026L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to
the top of the left side dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be seen
through the windshield from outside.
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
ORG3010023ORG3010023
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
side center pillar gives the vehicle
identification number (VIN).
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ORG3010025LORG3010025L
The tires supplied on your new
vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
02
2-19
ENGINE NUMBER
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
OJK010023OJK010023
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
ORG3010024ORG3010024
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
AIR CONDITIONER
COMPRESSOR LABEL
OHI088008LOHI088008L
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part
number, production number, refrigerant
(1) and refrigerant oil (2).
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
2-20
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department
of Transportation. Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will help answer any
questions you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in
this Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings “NOTICE”,
“CAUTION” and “WARNING”.
02
2-21
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis
Customer Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-
327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA.
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,
Washington, DC. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
3
Safety System
3. Safety System
Important Safety Precautions ...........................................................................3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ......................................................................................... 3-2
Restrain All Children
.....................................................................................................3-2
Air Bag Hazards
............................................................................................................3-2
Driver Distraction
.........................................................................................................3-2
Control Your Speed
......................................................................................................3-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
...........................................................................3-2
Seats .................................................................................................................. 3-3
Safety Precautions .......................................................................................................3-6
Front Seats
.................................................................................................................... 3-7
Rear Seats
....................................................................................................................3-13
Head Restraints
...........................................................................................................3-15
Seat Warmers
............................................................................................................. 3-18
Air Ventilation Seats
....................................................................................................3-21
Pre-active Safety Seat (PSS)
...................................................................................... 3-22
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
........................................................................................ 3-23
Seat Belts ......................................................................................................... 3-25
Seat Belt Safety Precautions .....................................................................................3-25
Seat Belt Warning Light
.............................................................................................3-26
Seat Belt Restraint System
........................................................................................ 3-27
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
.........................................................................................3-33
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
...................................................................3-34
Care of Seat Belts
.......................................................................................................3-36
Child Restraint System (CRS) ..........................................................................3-37
Children Always in the Rear ....................................................................................... 3-37
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
................................................................. 3-38
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)
................................................................ 3-40
Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System .....................................................3-46
Where are the Air Bags? ............................................................................................ 3-48
How does the Air Bags System Operate?
.................................................................3-52
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
..................................................................3-56
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
.....................................................................3-57
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
...........................................................3-62
SRS Care
.....................................................................................................................3-67
Additional Safety Precautions
.................................................................................. 3-68
Air Bag Warning Labels
............................................................................................. 3-68
Active Hood Lift System .................................................................................3-69
System Activation ...................................................................................................... 3-69
System Limitation.......................................................................................................3-70
System Malfunction
....................................................................................................3-71
Safety System
3-2
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are designed
to supplement seat belts, not replace
them. So even though your vehicle is
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make
sure you and your passengers wear your
seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in a
rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and
small children should be restrained in
an appropriate Child Restraint System.
Larger children should use a booster
seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they
can use the seat belt properly without a
booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and short adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using mobile phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving.
To reduce your risk of distraction and an
accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and conditions permit
safe use. NEVER text or email while
driving. Most countries have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
countries and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but
serious injuries can also occur at lower
speeds. Never drive faster than is safe
for current conditions, regardless of the
maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
3-3
03
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward /
Seat cushion tilt /
Seat height
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion extension /
Seat cushion support
(4) Lumbar support
(5) Seatback bolster
(6) Comfortable stretch
(7) Seat warmer
(8) Air ventilation seat
(9) Head restraint
(10)
Walk-in seat switch
SEATS
ORG3030001LORG3030001L
[A] : Driver’s side, [B] : Passenger’s side
Front seat
3-4
Safety System
ORG3030070NORG3030070N
(1) Seat warmer
(2) Rear window sunshade control
(3) Armrest
(4) Trunk pass through
(5) Head restraint
Rear seat
03
3-5
ORG3030077NORG3030077N
Infotainment system
Select ‘Setup Vehicle Settings Seat’ from the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen, you may use various convenience functions.
• Seat position change alert : Detailed information of the seat switch and image is
displayed when the seat position moves.
• Heated/Ventilated features
- Seat heater balance : When the seat heater is on, you may lower the seat heater
(warmer) setting, or may turn the seat heater off for either the seatback or seat
cushion.
• Seating easy access
- Steering wheel easy access : Moves the steering wheel when the driver enters or
leaves the vehicle.
- Driver seat easy access : The distance (Normal/Extended/Off) the seat
automatically moves when the driver enters or leaves the vehicle may be selected.
- Passenger seat easy access : Moves the passenger seat when the passenger
enters or leaves the vehicle.
• Ergo-motion seat
- Comfortable stretch : The operation intensity and operation time for Comfortable
Stretch may be selected.
- Posture assist : The seat is adjusted to assist the driver’s posture after driving for
an hour.
- Smart support : The driver's seat bolster is increased when SPORT mode is
selected or when driving at high speed.
See additional information in supplied Infotainment Manual.
Safety System
3-6
Information
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting
in a safe and comfortable position plays
an important role for the safety of the
driver an passengers, along with seat
belts and air bags when in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces
friction between the seat and the
passenger. The passenger’s hips may
slide under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a sudden
stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries could
result because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air bag.
Sitting too close to an air bag greatly
increases the risk of injury in the event
the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25
cm) between the center of the steering
wheel and their chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
rear as possible maintaining the
ability to control the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far
to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim
with hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
o’clock positions to minimize the risk
of injuries to your hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone
between you and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard
to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip. At all times, passengers
should sit upright and be properly
restrained. Infants and small children
must be restrained in appropriate Child
Restraint Systems. Children who have
outgrown a booster seat and adults must
be restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for more
than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small infants
to ride on a passenger’s lap.
• Do not route the seat belt across your
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
the shoulder strap away from your
body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to become
caught or jammed.
03
3-7
Front Seats
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. The seat
could respond with unexpected
movement and may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place anything under the
front seats. Loose objects in the
driver’s foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot pedals,
causing an accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position and proper
locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate
the seat, gas may exit out of the
lighter causing a fire.
• Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting the
front seat position.
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not,
the seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt. Moving the
seat cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the vehicle
unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has been adjusted as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than
necessary when the vehicle is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
• Do not operate two or more seats at
the same time. This may result in an
electrical malfunction.
Safety System
3-8
Forward and rearward adjustment
OJX1039001OJX1039001
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion tilt/height adjustment
OJX1039005OJX1039005
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of
the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Seat height (2)
To change the height of the seat cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
03
3-9
Seatback angle adjustment
OJX1039003OJX1039003
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal
injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS
sit well back in their seats, properly
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead,
it will be in front of you. During an
accident, you could be thrown into the
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder
belt.
Seat cushion extension adjustment
(for driver's seat) (if equipped)
OJX1039002OJX1039002
To move the front part of the cushion
forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
Safety System
3-10
Seat cushion support adjustment
(for driver's seat) (if equipped)
OJX1039004OJX1039004
To adjust cushion support:
1. Push the control switch up to increase
cushion support or down to decrease
cushion support.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion support reaches the desired
position.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
OJX1039006OJX1039006
To adjust the lumbar support:
1. Press the front portion of the switch
(1) to increase support or the rear
portion of the switch (2) to decrease
support.
2. Press switch (3) or (4) to move the
support position up or down.
3. Release the switch once the lumbar
support reaches the desired position.
Seat bolster adjustment
(for driver's seat) (if equipped)
OJX1039007OJX1039007
To adjust seat bolster:
1. Push the adjustment lever clockwise,
the seatback bolster will be
adjusted inward. Push the switch
counterclockwise, the seatback
bolster will be adjusted outward.
2. Release the lever once the bolster
reaches the desired position.
Ergo-motion seat (for driver's seat)
(if equipped)
OJX1039103LOJX1039103L
Select 'Ergo-Motion Seat' from the
infotainment system's Settings menu to
select and set up supplemental functions
for the driver.
WARNING
Before actually using each function, try
the functions with the vehicle parked.
03
3-11
Comfortable stretch
Comfortable stretch is a function that
helps relieve fatigue of the driver’s pelvis
and lower back due to driving.
OJX1039008OJX1039008
Every time you press the button, you may
select a mode or turn off the function in
the following order.
- Pelvic stretching: The cushion portion
moves, helping the left and right
movement of the pelvis.
- Lumbar stretching: The seatback
portion moves, helping back and forth
movement of the lower back.
- Whole Body stretching: The cushion
and seatback moves in sequence,
helping the whole body reduce
fatigue.
- OFF: Turns off Comfortable Stretch.
Also, you can change the operation
intensity and operation time from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
- Intensity: Setup Vehicle Settings
Seat Ergo-Motion Seat
Comfortable Stretch Strong/Normal
- Time: Setup Vehicle Settings Seat
Ergo-Motion Seat Comfortable
Stretch Operational Time
Short(10min.)/Normal(15min.)/
Long(20min.)
Posture assist
After driving for an hour, Posture Assist
automatically adjusts the pelvis and back
portion of the driver's seat to assist the
driver’s posture.
You can activate or deactivate Posture
Assist function from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup Vehicle Settings Seat
Ergo-Motion Seat Posture Assist
Smart support
The driver’s seat bolster support
increases when SPORT mode is selected
for Drive Mode and driving at high speed.
You can activate or deactivate Posture
Assist function from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup Vehicle Settings Seat
Ergo-Motion Seat Smart Support
Safety System
3-12
Walk-in switch (if equipped)
ORG3030004ORG3030004
The rear seat passenger may use the
switches to control the front passenger
seat.
• Sliding forward or rearward:
Press the switch (1) or (2) to move
the front passenger seat forward or
rearward.
• Seatback angle:
Press the switch (3) or (4) to recline
the front passenger seatback forward
or rearward.
WARNING
Do not adjust the passenger seat when
a passenger is seated.
Seatback pocket
OJX1039013OJX1039013
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front seatbacks.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
03
3-13
Rear Seats
WARNING
NEVER adjust the rear power seats
when a Child Restraint System is
installed in that seat.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt. Moving the
seat cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats when
the seat has been adjusted as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than
necessary when the engine is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
drain of the battery.
• Do not operate two or more seats at
the same time. This may result in an
electrical malfunction.
Armrest
ORG3030008NORG3030008N
The armrest is located in the center of
the rear seat.
Grab the handle (1) on the upper end of
the arm rest. Then, pull down the handle
to use the arm rest.
NOTICE
• Do not put any items on the rear
center seat.Those items may get
damaged, when the arm rest is
pulled down.
• Do not attempt to fold back the
arm rest, when the cup holder is
extended out.
Safety System
3-14
Carrying long/narrow cargo
ORG3030009NORG3030009N
Additional cargo space is provided to
accommodate long/narrow cargo (skis,
poles, etc.) not able to fit properly in the
trunk when closed.
1. Pull the armrest down.
2. Pull the cover down while pushing the
release lever down.
NOTICE
• Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats
to prevent damage to the vehicle
interior.
• When both the armrest and the
panel, which is located between
the rear seatback and the trunk, are
folded down, put back the panel first
before folding back the arm rest. If
not, the panel knobs and the armrest
knobs may interfere with each other
and get damaged.
CAUTION
• Make sure the engine is off, the
vehicle is shifted to P (Park) and the
parking brake is applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo. The
vehicle may move if the shift lever
is inadvertently moved to another
position.
• When cargo is loaded through the
rear passenger seats, ensure the
cargo is properly secured to prevent
it from moving while driving.
WARNING
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
objects in the rear seats, since they
cannot be properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a collision.
03
3-15
Head Restraints
The vehicle’s front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly they
are designed to help protect passengers
from whiplash and other neck and spinal
injuries during an accident, especially in
a rear impact collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident, take the following
precautions when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the head
restraints for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the head restraint removed or
reversed.
OHI039190NOHI039190N
• Adjust the head restraints so the
middle of the head restraint is at the
same height as the height of the top
of the eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head restraint
position of the driver’s seat when the
vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to
the passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
body away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint locks
into position after adjusting it.
WARNING
OJX1039115OJX1039115
When sitting on the rear seat, do not
adjust the height of the head restraint
to the lowest position.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in the rear
seats, adjust the height of the head
restraint to the lowest position. The
rear seat head restraint can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
on the head restraints.
Safety System
3-16
Front seat head restraints
ORG3030065LORG3030065L
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats
are equipped with adjustable head
restraints for the passengers safety and
comfort.
OJX1039009OJX1039009
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OJX1039010OJX1039010
Forward and rearward adjustment
The head restraint can be adjusted
forward to 3 different positions by pulling
the head restraint forward to the desired
detent. To adjust the head restraint to
it’s furthest rearwards position, pull it
fully forward to the farthest position and
release it.
NOTICE
OHI038136OHI038136
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
03
3-17
OJX1039011OJX1039011
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
seatback angle switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
3. Press the head restraint release button
(3) while pulling the head restraint up
(4).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat
with the head restraint removed.
OJX1039012OJX1039012
To reinstall the head restraint :
1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the release
button (1).
3. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
4. Recline the seatback (4) with the
seatback angle switch (3).
WARNING
Always make sure the head restraint
locks into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.
Safety System
3-18
Rear seat head restraints
ORG3030064LORG3030064L
The rear seats are equipped with head
restraints in all the seating positions for
the passenger’s safety and comfort.
ORG3030007ORG3030007
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
Seat Warmers
Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the seat warmers
OFF.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS
BURN, even at low temperatures and
especially if used for long periods of
time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the
seat is becoming too warm so they can
turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should
use extreme caution, especially the
following types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who
burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
03
3-19
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat
that insulates against heat when the
seat warmer is in operation, such as a
blanket or seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat, causing a
burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers
and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on seats equipped with seat
warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer.
Front seat warmers
OJX1039053LOJX1039053L
• While the engine is running, touch
either of the seat warmer icons
to warm the driver’s seat or front
passenger’s seat.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you touch the icon, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to
automatically control the seat
temperature in order to prevent
low temperature burns after being
manually turned ON.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
30 min 60 min
You may manually touch the icon to
increase seat temperature. However,
the seat temperature is automatically
adjusted again.
Safety System
3-20
• Seat Heater Balance
You may lower the seat warmer
setting, or may turn the seat warmer
off for either the seatback or seat
cushion, when the seat warmer is on.
To use this function, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup Vehicle Settings Seat
Heated/Ventilated Features Seat
Heater Balance
• When touching the icon for more than
1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the Engine Start/
Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
Rear seat warmers (if equipped)
ORG3030011ORG3030011
• While the engine is running, press
either of the seat warmer switches to
warm the rear seat.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you press the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
03
3-21
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to
automatically control the seat
temperature in order to prevent
low temperature burns after being
manually turned ON.
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
30 min 60 min
You may manually push the switch to
increase seat temperature. However,
the seat temperature is automatically
adjusted again.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the Engine Start/
Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
•
ORG3030071NORG3030071N
You can also adjust the rear seat
warmers from the front seats. With
the engine running, touch the seat
warmer icon on the climate control
system screen.
Air Ventilation Seats
The air ventilation seats are provided
to cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the surface
of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the air ventilation
seat is not needed, keep the air
ventilation seats OFF.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation
seats:
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface
of the front seats and seatbacks;
this may cause the air vent holes
to become blocked and not work
properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers under
the seats. They may block the air
intake causing the air vents to not
work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It may
damage the air ventilation seat.
• If the air vents do not operate, restart
the vehicle. If there is no change,
have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Safety System
3-22
Front air ventilation seats
(if equipped)
OJX1039057LOJX1039057L
• While the engine is running, touch
either of the air ventilation seat icons
to cool the driver’s seat or the front
passenger’s seat.
• Each time you touch the icon, the
airflow changes as follows:
OFF → HIGH ( ) → MEDIUM ( ) → LOW ( )
• If the air ventilation seat is positioned
at HIGH, the airflow speed will
increase according to vehicle speed.
• Use the air ventilation seat with the
air conditioning on for more effective
ventilation.
• It may take 3~5 minutes after switch
operation to feel the temperature
change.
• When touching the icon for more than
1.5 seconds with the air ventilation
seat operating, the operation will turn
OFF.
• The air ventilation seats defaults to
the OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
Pre-active Safety Seat (PSS)
(if equipped)
Pre-active Safety Seat helps enhance
safety by adjusting the front passenger’s
reclined seatback to the upright
position or providing driving stability
by tightening the seat belt in a possible
collision or hazardous situation.
CAUTION
Pre-active Safety Seat is a
supplementary device. The driver
should keep their eyes on the road and
verify that there are no obstructions
ahead. When there is no passenger or
the seat belt is not fastened, the system
will not operate.
System Operation
• In a possible collision situation,
Pre-active Safety Seat will limit
the passenger’s movement and
help reduce the chance of injury
from the early stage of collision by
automatically adjusting the seatback
upright to tighten the seat belt against
the passenger.
In the following circumstances, the
system will consider it as a possible
collision situation and the system will
operate when:
- Sudden braking occurs
- The vehicle is difficult to control
- The front radar judges there is a
collision risk
03
3-23
• When sudden braking or sharp turning
occurs, Pre-active Safety Seat will
tighten the seat belt to prevent the
passenger from leaning forward or
sideway and provide driving stability.
In the following circumstances, the
system will consider it as a hazardous
situation and the system will operate
when:
- The passenger leans forward due to
sudden braking
- The passenger leans sideway due to
sharp turning
- Driving on slippery roads
- Driving in off-road conditions
- High risk of rollover is detected
• If the seat is manually adjusted while
Pre-active Safety Seat is operating,
the system will immediately stop
operating. However, after 5 seconds,
if a possible collision or hazardous
situation is detected, the system will
operate again.
System malfunction
When the Pre-active Adjustment Seat
system does not operate properly, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) (if
equipped)
Rear Occupant Alert is provided to help
prevent the driver from leaving the
vehicle with the rear passenger left in the
vehicle.
System setting
To use Rear Occupant Alert, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup Vehicle Settings
Convenience Rear Occupant Alert
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
System operation
• First alert
When you open the front door after
opening and closing the rear door and
turning off the engine, the ‘Check rear
seats’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
• Second alert
After the first alert, the second alert
operates when any movement is
detected in the vehicle after the
driver’s door is closed and all the
doors are locked. The horn will sound
for approximately 25 seconds. If
the system continues to detect a
movement, the alert operates up to 8
times.
Unlock the doors with the smart key
to stop the alert.
• The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 8 hours after the door is
locked.
• The second alert is activated only after
the prior activation of the first alert.
Safety System
3-24
System precautions
• Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the
alert may operate by the sensor
detecting an unintended movement
(e.g. wind or bugs).
•
ClusterCluster Steering wheelSteering wheel
OJX1059019LOJX1059019L ORG3050021ORG3050021
If you do not want to use Rear
Occupant Alert, press the OK button
on the steering wheel when the first
alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing
so will deactivate the second alert one
time.
• An alert can occur if the there is an
impact on the roof.
• If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the boxes or objects. Or, the alert may
operate if the boxes or objects fall off.
• The sensor may not operate normally
if the senor is obscured by foreign
substances.
• The alert may operate if movement
in the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
• The alert may operate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surrounding
vibration or noise.
• If the vehicle is started remotely (if
equipped with Remote Start), inside
movement detection will stop.
WARNING
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
Rear Occupant Alert, always make sure
to check the rear seat before you leave
the vehicle.
Rear Occupant Alert may not operate
when:
• Movement does not continue for
a certain period of time or the
movement is small.
• The rear passenger is covered with
an object such as a blanket.
• Always be cautious of the
passenger’s safety as the detection
function and second alert may
not operate depending on the
surrounding environment and
certain conditions.
03
3-25
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things not to do when using
seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make
sure all passengers have fastened their
seat belts before starting any trip. Air
bags are designed to supplement the
seat belt as an additional safety device,
but they are not a substitute. Most
countries require all occupants of a
vehicle to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is
moving. Take the following precautions
when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
• Children under the age of 13 should
be properly restrained in the rear
seats.
• NEVER allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat, unless the air
bag is deactivated. If a child is seated
in the front passenger seat, move the
seat as far back as possible. And the
child must always be restrained in
the seat properly.
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be
carried on an occupant’s lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is moving.
• Do not allow children to share a seat
or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back.
• NEVER wear a seat belt over fragile
objects. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the seat belt can damage it.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt will not
protect you properly in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the webbing
or hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the
buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle interfering with the seat
belt latch mechanism, because any
materials in the buckle can cause the
seat belt not to be fastened securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted to
remove slack.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing.
• Damaged hardware.
• The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even
if damage to webbing or assembly is
not apparent.
SEAT BELTS
Safety System
3-26
Seat Belt Warning Light
Driver’s seat belt warning
Instrument clusterInstrument cluster
ORG3030013ORG3030013
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position regardless of belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph (9 km/h)
and 12 mph (20 km/h) the warning light will
continue to illuminate and warning chime
will sound until the seat belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h),
the warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds. (warning chime will sound in
three stages)
Front passenger’s seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warning
light will illuminate for approximately 6
seconds each time the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START position
regardless of belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when
vehicle speed is between 5.5 mph (9 km/h)
and 12 mph (20 km/h) the warning light will
continue to illuminate and warning chime
will sound until the seat belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened, when vehicle
speed is above 12 mph (20 km/h), the
warning light will blink and warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds.
(warning chime will sound in three stages)
WARNING
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger’s
seat belt warning system. It is important
for the driver to instruct the passenger
to be seated properly as instructed in
this manual.
Information
• Although the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger’s seat belt warning
may operate when luggage is placed on
the front passenger seat.
03
3-27
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident. Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it fits
snugly.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• NEVER position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver’s 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
OHI038140OHI038140
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull it out of the retractor and insert the
metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There
will be an audible “click” when the tab
locks into the buckle.
OHI038137OHI038137
You should place the lap belt (1) portion
across your hips and the shoulder belt (2)
portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion
is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips. If you lean forward in
a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend
and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Safety System
3-28
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
WARNING
OHI038182LOHI038182L
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident. Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it
fits snugly. This allows your strong
pelvic bones to absorb the force of
the crash, reducing the chance of
internal injuries.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the four different
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
Front seatFront seat
ORG3030014ORG3030014
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
03
3-29
OHI038142OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger’s 3-point
system with convertible locking
retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed
in the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible
retractor is also installed in the front
passenger seat position, NEVER place
any infant/child restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buckle.
There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks into the buckle. When
not securing a child restraint, the seat
belt operates in the same way as the
driver’s seat belt (Emergency Locking
Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts
to the proper length only after the lap
belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly across your
hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from
the retractor to allow the installation of
a child restraint system, the seat belt
operation changes to allow the belt to
retract, but not to extend (Automatic
Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the
“Using a Child Restraint System” section
in this chapter.
Safety System
3-30
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either
emergency or automatic locking
modes, the emergency locking mode
allows seated passengers to move
freely in their seat while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a
collision or sudden stop, the retractor
automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking
mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
the belt to fully retract.
Rear center seat belt (if equipped)
ORG3030015ORG3030015
1. Take out the buckle (2), which is
stored between the seat/seatback
cushions.
2. Insert the metal plate (1) into the
buckle (2), until it clicks.
You can make sure its secure
fastening by pulling the seatbelt
webbing. The buckle with ‘CENTER’
mark should be used for the 3-point
seatbelt.
3. Restore the buckle between the seat/
seatback cushion after unfastening
the seatbelt.
03
3-31
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
OHI038143LOHI038143L
Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s
and front passenger’s Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner). The
purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make
sure the seat belts fit tightly against the
occupant’s body in certain frontal or side
collision(s).
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will
activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant’s body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger’s seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system activates,
the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat
belt will not protect you properly in
an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners by
yourself. This must be done by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated. When
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the pre-
tensioner can become hot and can burn
you.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
seat belt system. Therefore, have the
system to be serviced by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Safety System
3-32
OHI038175LOHI038175L
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are shown
in the illustration above:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner
(3) SRS control module
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS
control module is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
cluster will illuminate for approximately
three to six seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position,
and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will
illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not
malfunctioning. If the warning light
does not illuminate, stays illuminated
or illuminates when the vehicle is being
driven, have the pre-tensioner seat
belts and/or SRS control module be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Information
• Pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal or side
collisions or rollover situations (if
equipped with rollover sensor).
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be inhaled for prolonged periods.
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the pre-
tensioner seat belts were activated.
03
3-33
WARNING
• Fasten your seat belt while sitting
properly in an upright position to
maximize the effectiveness of the
pre-tensioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt system
is designed to activate only once.
Replace the pre-tensioner seat belt
system, if it was activated in an
accident.
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
(if equipped)
The purpose of the Pre-Active Seat
Belt is to tighten the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt when a collision is
sensed, during emergency braking, or
when a loss of control is detected.
NOTICE
Pre-Active Seat Belt is a supplementary
system. Pre-Active Seat Belt activates
only when the driver and front
passenger are wearing their seat belt.
Pre-Active Seat Belt operation
In order to help maximize the safety
of the driver and front passenger, Pre-
Active Seat Belt system may operate in
the situations below.
• Full retraction
The seat belt is tightened when:
- Emergency braking situation occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
- The vehicle detects a collision
- The vehicle detects driving on a
frozen road
- Rough road with severe impact
- Unstable rolling of the vehicle
occurs
• Slack removal
Tightens a loose seat belt if vehicle
speed is over 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
• Belt parking
Tightens a loose seat belt when the
seat belt is unfastened.
Warning message
OJX1059121LOJX1059121L
Check Pre-Active Seat Belt
The Pre-Active Seat Belt warning
message will appear if there is a problem
with your Pre-Active Seat Belt.
Have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products if the warning message
comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
When the Pre-Active Seat Belt warning
message disappears, the master warning
light (
) will illuminate.
Safety System
3-34
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed
between your breasts and away from
your neck. Place the lap belt line so
that it fits snugly and as low as possible
across the hips, not across the abdomen.
WARNING
• Pregnant women and patients are
more vulnerable to any impacts on
the abdomen during an abrupt stop
or accident. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, we recommend you
consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to an unborn child during an
accident, pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion of the
seat belt above or over the area of
the abdomen where the unborn child
is located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among states,
so you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and where
you are travelling. Infant and child
restraints must be properly placed
and installed in a rear seat. For more
information refer to the “Child Restraint
Systems” section in this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child restraint
appropriate for the child’s height and
weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to a child and other passengers,
NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. The violent
forces created during an accident will
tear the child from your arms and throw
the child against the interior of the
vehicle.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that meets
the requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying
any child restraint system, make sure
that it has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
FMVSS 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the child
restraint for this information. Refer to the
“Child Restraint Systems” section in this
chapter.
03
3-35
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat should
always occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt
should lie across the upper thighs and
be snug across the shoulder and chest
to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. A child’s squirming could
put the belt out of position. In the event
of an accident, children are afforded the
best safety restrained by a proper Child
Restraint System in the rear seats.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child must
be securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need to
be returned to an appropriate booster
seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure larger children’s
seat belts are worn and properly
adjusted.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child to
use a single seat belt.
Seat belt use and injured people
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific
recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by
reclining your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
During an accident, you could be thrown
into the seat belt, causing neck or other
injuries.
The more the seat back is reclined, the
greater the chance for the passenger’s
hips to slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder
belt.
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always
sit well back in their seats with the
seatbacks upright and should be
belted properly.
Safety System
3-36
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition,
care should be taken to assure that seat
belts and belt hardware are not damaged
by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of any
kind. Any damaged parts should be
replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
visible. Additional questions concerning
seat belt operation should be consulted
to an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
3-37
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the
rear seats of the vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat. A child riding
in the front passenger seat can be
forcefully struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are safer
when properly restrained in the rear
seats than in the front seat. Even with
air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for
a child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
You must use a commercially available
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat
by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat
of the vehicle. Read and comply with
the instructions for installation and use
provided by the manufacturer of the
child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always
take the following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat.
• Always properly secure the child
restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer’s instructions
for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat
(as described in the child restraint
system manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall
be readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that “hooks” over
a seatback, it may not provide
adequate protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have retailer of
Genesis Branded products check
the child restraint system, seat belts,
tether anchors and lower anchors.
Safety System
3-38
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a Child Restraint System based
on your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
• Select a Child Restraint System that
fits the vehicle seating position where
it will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the Child Restraint
System.
Child Restraint System types
There are three main types of Child
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,
forward-facing and booster Child
Restraint Systems.
They are classified according to the
child’s age, height and weight.
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint
in the front passenger’s seat.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat can result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
ORG3030016ORG3030016
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint
with the seating surface against the back
of the child. The harness system holds
the child in place, and in an accident,
acts to keep the child positioned in the
seat and reduce the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rear-
facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
03
3-39
ORG3030017ORG3030017
Forward-facing Child Restraint System
A forward-facing Child Restraint System
provides restraint for the child’s body
with a harness. Keep children in a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness until they reach the top
height or weight limit allowed by your
Child Restraint System’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing Child Restraint System, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint
System designed to improve the fit of
the vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that it
fits properly over the stronger parts of
your child’s body. Keep your children in
booster seats until they are big enough
to fit in a seat belt properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie comfortable across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
belt should lie comfortable across the
shoulder and chest and not across the
neck or face. Children under age 13
must always be properly restrained to
minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
Safety System
3-40
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your child restraint
system always:
• Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of the
child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions
regarding child restraint systems in
this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions could increase the risk of
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an
accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat as
described in the child seat system
manual, the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
After selecting a proper child seat
for your child, check to make sure it
fits properly in your vehicle. Follow
the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child restraint to
the vehicle. All child restraints must
be secured to the vehicle with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-and-back
and side-to-side to verify that it
is securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-side
movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child restraint
according to the manufacturer
instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. To prevent burns,
check the seating surface and buckles
before placing your child in the child
restraint.
03
3-41
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint
during driving and in an accident. This
system is designed to make installation
of the child restraint easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your child restraint. The LATCH system
uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need to use
seat belts to secure the child restraint to
the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that
will accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle,
you must have a child restraint with
LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide
you with instructions on how to use the
child seat with its attachments for the
LATCH lower anchors.
ORG3030020ORG3030020
LATCH anchors have been provided in
the left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown
in the illustration. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for the center rear
seating position.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH anchors in
the rear center seating position. There
are no LATCH anchors provided for this
seat. Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which may
break or fail in a collision resulting in
serious injury or death.
ORG3030021ORG3030021
[A]: Lower Anchorage Position Indicator,
[B]: Lower Anchorage
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and right
rear seat backs to identify the position
of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.
Safety System
3-42
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the lower
anchors according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child
restraint system.
• To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts and retract the seat belt
webbing behind the child. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their neck
and the seat belt tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child
restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight <
65 lb (30kg)
Securing a child restraint seat with
“Tether Anchor” system
ORG3030018NORG3030018N
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether strap
be attached, attach and tighten the
top tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the rear of the seatbacks.
03
3-43
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child
restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
• Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment
to the vehicle.
ORG3030019ORG3030019
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap
over the child restraint seatback.
Route the tether strap under the
head restraint and between the head
restraint posts, or route the tether
strap over the top of the vehicle
seatback. Make sure the strap is not
twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the tether
strap according to the child seat
manufacturer’s instructions to firmly
secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-
and-back and side-to-side.
Safety System
3-44
Securing a child restraint with lap/
shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
child restraints must be secured to a
vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child
restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in
the front seat can result in serious injury
or death if the child restraint is struck
by an inflating air bag.
OHI038145OHI038145
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency
conditions (emergency locking mode),
you must manually pull the seat belt all
the way out to shift the retractor to the
“Automatic Locking” mode to secure a
child restraint.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will
help prevent the normal movement of
the child in the vehicle from causing
the seat belt to loosen and compromise
the child restraint system. To secure a
child restraint system, use the following
procedure.
To install a child restraint system on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a
rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder
belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure
the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
Information
When using the rear center seat belt, you
should also refer to the “Rear Seat Belt –
Passenger’s 3-point system” section in this
chapter.
OHI038146OHI038146
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct
“click” sound.
03
3-45
Information
Position the release button so that it is easy
to access in case of an emergency.
OLF034076OLF034076
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt
is fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
(child restraint) mode.
OLF034075OLF034075
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting”
sound. This indicates that the retractor
is in the “Automatic Locking” mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
child restraint system while feeding
the shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat belt
is holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
release the seat belt and repeat steps
2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the “Automatic Locking” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the “Automatic
Locking” mode.
If your CRS (child restraint system)
manufacturer instructs or recommends
you to use a tether anchor with the lap/
shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages
for more information.
Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the “Automatic
Locking” mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car,
including manually pulling the seat belt
all the way out to shift the retractor to
the “Automatic Locking” mode.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then
pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the
restraint and allow the seat belt to retract
fully.
3-46
Safety System
1. Driver’s front air bag
2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
5. Driver’s knee air bag
6. Front center side air bag
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ORG3030022LORG3030022L
03
3-47
The vehicles are equipped with a Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver’s seat and
front passenger’s seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air
bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags
are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the
only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if
you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front
passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated.
An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal
injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place
for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front
seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as
possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant
is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully
contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags
or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 in. (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
Safety System
3-48
Where are the Air Bags?
Driver’s and passenger’s front air
bags
Driver’s front air bagDriver’s front air bag
ORG3030024ORG3030024
Driver’s knee air bagDriver’s knee air bag
ORG3030025ORG3030025
Passenger’s front air bagPassenger’s front air bag
ORG3030026ORG3030026
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver
and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are
located in the center of the steering
wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash
pad below the steering wheel, and the
passenger’s side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle’s driver and front passengers with
additional protection than that offered
by the seat belt system alone. The SRS
uses sensors to gather information about
the driver’s and front passenger’s seat
belt usage and impact severity. The seat
belt buckle sensors determine if the
driver and front passenger’s seat belts
are fastened. These sensors provide the
ability to control the SRS deployment
based on whether or not the seat belts
are fastened, and how severe the impact
is. The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation within two
levels. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts. According to the impact
severity, and seat belt usage, the SRS
Control Module (SRSCM) controls the
air bag inflation. Failure to properly
wear seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
03
3-49
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front air bags, take
the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags, while
still maintaining control of the
vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center
console.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, mobile phone holder, cup
holder, perfume or stickers) should
be placed over or near the air bag
modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, windshield glass,
and the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
• Do not attach any objects on the
front windshield and inside mirror.
Side air bags and front center side
air bag
Side air bagSide air bag
•• Front rowFront row •• Second rowSecond row
ORG3030028ORG3030028 ORG3030029ORG3030029
Front center side air bag (Driver’s seat)Front center side air bag (Driver’s seat)
ORG3030030ORG3030030
ORG3030031NORG3030031N
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front and outboard second
row seat. Additionally, a front center
side air bag is provided in the inboard
side of the driver seatback. The purpose
of the air bag is to provide the vehicle’s
additional protection than that offered by
the seat belt alone.
Safety System
3-50
The side air bags and front center side
air bag are designed to deploy during
certain side impact collisions, depending
on the crash severity.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the front center side air bag,
side and/or curtain air bags and pre-
tensioners on both sides of the vehicle
may deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
The side air bags and front center side air
bag are not designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating side air bag
and front center side air bag, take the
following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to
minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• Do not use any accessory seat
covers. This could reduce or prevent
the effectiveness of the system.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
especially when air bag is inflated.
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air bag
inflates such as the door, side door
glass, front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between
the door and the seat. They may
become dangerous projectiles if the
side air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
• Do not cause impact to the doors
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON or START position as this
may cause the side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the system serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
03
3-51
Curtain air bags
ORG3030032ORG3030032
ORG3030033NORG3030033N
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in
certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
For vehicles equipped with a rollover
sensor the side and/or curtain air bags
and pre-tensioners on both sides of
the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or
possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating curtain air bag,
take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep
occupants positioned properly.
• Properly secure Child Restraint
System as far away from the door as
possible.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects.
In an accident, it may cause vehicle
damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Do not attempt to open or repair
the side curtain airbags. If the side
curtain airbags require repair or
maintenance, have them serviced
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Safety System
3-52
How does the Air Bags System
Operate?
ORG3EV031084ORG3EV031084
The SRS consists of the following
components:
(1) Driver’s front air bag module
(2) Passenger’s front air bag module
(3) Front center side air bag module
(4) Side air bag modules
(5) Curtain air bag modules
(6) Front retractor pre-tensioner
(7) Air bag warning light
(8) SRS control module (SRSCM) /
Rollover sensor
(9) Front impact sensors
(10)
Side impact sensors
(11)
Side pressure sensors
(12)
Driver’s knee air bag module
(13)
Occupant classification system
(14)
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat
belt buckle sensors
à Front passenger’s air bag OFF lamp is
located on the overhead console.
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON to
determine if a crash impact is severe
enough to require air bag deployment or
pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
air bag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the air bag symbol
depicted in the illustration. The system
checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light indicates that
there is a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags used
for rollover protection (if equipped with
rollover sensor).
03
3-53
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag
may not inflate properly during an
accident, increasing the risk of serious
injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur,
your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately three to six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately three to six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle
is in motion.
• The light blinks when the engine is
running.
Have authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products inspect the SRS
as soon as possible if any of these
conditions occur.
During a moderate to severe frontal
collision, sensors will detect the
vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the control
unit will inflate the front air bags, at the
time and with the force needed.
The front air bags help protect the driver
and front passenger by responding to
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When
needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side impact
or rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) only when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or
START position and it can be activated
within about 3 minutes after the
engine is turned off.
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain
frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
are designed to inflate based upon the
severity of a collision and its direction.
These two factors determine whether
the sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It is
much more likely that you will simply
see the deflated air bags hanging out
of their storage compartments after
the collision.
Safety System
3-54
• In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, vehicles equipped with a
rollover sensor, side and/or curtain air
bags and front center side air bag will
inflate if the sensing system detects a
rollover.
When a rollover is detected, curtain
air bags will remain inflated longer to
help provide protection from ejection,
especially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts. (if equipped with a
rollover sensor)
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which
to inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises and
broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce the
risk of being injured by an inflating air
bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close
to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10
inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA
recommends that drivers allow at least
10 inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating air bag, take the
following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint in the
front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children
under age 13 in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and
driver’s seats as far to the rear as
possible while maintaining you to
maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock
positions.
• NEVER place anything or anyone
between the air bag and the seat
occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
03
3-55
Driver’s front air bag (1)Driver’s front air bag (1)
OHI038171LOHI038171L
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Driver’s front air bag (2)Driver’s front air bag (2)
OHI038172LOHI038172L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver’s or the front passenger’s forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
Driver’s front air bag (3)Driver’s front air bag (3)
OHI038173LOHI038173L
Passenger’s front air bagPassenger’s front air bag
ODN8039080LODN8039080L
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger’s air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects
(drink holder, CD holder, stickers,
etc.) on the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box where the
passenger’s air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid
air freshener near the instrument
cluster or on the instrument panel
surface.
Safety System
3-56
What to Expect After an Air Bag
Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it
will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation
will not prevent the driver from seeing
out of the windshield or being able
to steer. Curtain air bags may remain
partially inflated for some time after they
deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the
following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as
soon as it is safe to do so after impact
to reduce prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder released by the
inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage
area’s internal components
immediately after an air bag has
inflated. The parts that come into
contact with an inflating air bag may
be very hot.
• Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and mild
soap.
• Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace
the air bag immediately after
deployment. Air bags are designed to
be used only once.
Noise and smoke from inflating air
bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and may produce smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing because of the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. The
powder may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment,
seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is
the case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and seek medical attention
if the symptoms persist.
03
3-57
Occupant Classification System
(OCS)
ORG3030067NORG3030067N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
the front passenger’s seat.
Main components of the Occupant
Classification System
• A detection device located within the
front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
overhead console panel which
illuminates the words “PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF” indicating the
front passenger air bag system is
deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indicator
light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger’s front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk
of injury or death from an inflating air
bag to certain front passenger seat
occupants, such as children, by requiring
the air bag to be automatically turned
OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on the
seat, the occupant classification sensor
can detect it and cause the air bag to
turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For smaller adults it may turn
off. However, if the occupant does not
sit in the seat properly (for example, by
not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge
of the seat, or by otherwise being out of
position), this could cause the sensor to
turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the “PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF” indicator overhead console panel.
This system detects the conditions 1-4
in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the
passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the front
of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick clothes like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion on
the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the seat
with inverter charging.
Safety System
3-58
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
“PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Infant
*2
or child restraint
system with 12 months old
*3 *4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off On Activated
*1 :
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her
physique and posture.
*2 :
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has
outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 :
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 :
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12
months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger
seat. This is a normal condition.
03
3-59
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when
it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of
serious injury or death:
OVQ036013NBOVQ036013NB
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback
pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger
seat.
OLMB033100OLMB033100
• NEVER place your feet on the front passenger
seatback.
OLMB033101OLMB033101
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of
the seat.
OLMB033103OLMB033103
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
OLMB033102OLMB033102
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
Safety System
3-60
OLMB033104OLMB033104
• NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on
one side of the front passenger seat.
ODH035900KODH035900K
• Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily
padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035901KODH035901K
• Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets
and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
OHI038161OHI038161
• Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD
player, or conductive materials such as water bottles
on the passenger seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and
satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
OHI038162OHI038162
• If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the
passenger seat, the air bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely
dried before driving the vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the
occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When replacing the seat, use original Genesis parts only. The OCS has been
developed based on using original Genesis parts car seats only. Altering or
changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase
risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper
operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an
accident.
03
3-61
OHI038118OHI038118
Proper seated position for OCS
If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is on when an adult is seated
in the front passenger seat, place the
Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF
position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat belt
on, legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor). Restart the engine and
have the person remain in t hat position.
This will allow the system to detect the
person and to enable the passenger air
bag. If the “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to
move to the rear seat.
WARNING
NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front passenger seat when the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
is illuminated. During a collision, the
air bag will not inflate if the indicator
is illuminated. Have your passenger
reposition themselves in the seat. If the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly
and the vehicle is restarted, have
the passenger move to the rear seat
because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator generally illuminates for
approximately 4 seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position or after the engine is started.
But, if the ignition switch or ENGING
START/STOP button is turned to the ON
position within 3 minutes after ignition
OFF, the indicator does not illuminate.
If the front passenger seat is occupied,
the OCS will then classify the front
passenger after several more seconds.
Safety System
3-62
Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the
Front Passenger’s Seat
OHI039193NOHI039193N
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a
child or child restraint resulting in serious
or fatal injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rear-facing or front-
facing child restraint in the front
passenger’s seat of the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag could
forcefully strike a child resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always properly restrain children in
an appropriate child restraint in the
rear seat of the vehicle.
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in
a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain types
of accidents in which the air bag would
not be expected to provide additional
protection. These include rear impacts,
second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates
a collision energy absorption, and is not
an indicator of whether or not an air bag
should have inflated.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and causing
serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags
or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors. If the
location or angle of the sensors is
altered, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or may not
deploy when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards or
replace the bumper with a non-
genuine Genesis part. This may
adversely affect the collision and air
bag deployment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF or ACC position, when the
vehicle is being towed to prevent
inadvertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs performed
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
3-63
03
1. SRS control module / Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side impact sensor (Pressure)
4. Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
5. Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
ORG3030034/ORG3032035N/ORG3030036/ORG3030037/ORG3030038/ORG3030039ORG3030034/ORG3032035N/ORG3030036/ORG3030037/ORG3030038/ORG3030039
Safety System
3-64
Air bag inflation conditions
ORG3030040ORG3030040
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on the
severity of impact of the front collision.
ORG3030041ORG3030041
ORG3030042NORG3030042N
Side and curtain air bags and front center
side air bag
Side and curtain air bags and front center
side air bag are designed to inflate when
an impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the severity of
impact resulting from a side impact
collision.
Although the driver’s and front
passenger’s air bags are designed to
inflate in frontal collisions, they also may
inflate in other types of collisions if the
front impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact. Side and curtain air bags and
front center side air bag are designed
to inflate in side impact collisions, but
they may inflate in other collisions if the
side impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
Also, the side and curtain air bags and
front center side air bag are designed to
inflate when a rollover is detected by a
rollover sensor (if equipped with rollover
sensor).
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
03
3-65
Air bag non-inflation conditions
ORG3030045ORG3030045
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
ORG3030046ORG3030046
Front air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants
are moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags
would not provide any additional benefit.
ORG3030044ORG3030044
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags
and front center air bag may inflate
depending on the severity of impact.
ORG3030043ORG3030043
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
Safety System
3-66
ORG3030047ORG3030047
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it
to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this “underride” situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.
ORG3030048ORG3030048
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
Information
With rollover sensor
The side and curtain air bags and front
center side air bag may inflate in a
rollover situation, when it is detected by
the rollover sensor.
ORG3030049ORG3030049
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility poles
or trees, where the point of impact is
concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
03
3-67
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position, or continuously remains
on, have the system be immediately
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Any work on the SRS system, such as
removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger’s panel, front seats and roof
rails be performed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or
wiring, including the addition of any
kind of badges to the pad covers or
modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near
the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, and the
front passenger’s panel above the
glove box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers with
a soft cloth moistened with plain
water. Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the
system.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed.
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions could
increase the risk of personal injury.
Safety System
3-68
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the chance
of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front seats
could interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position may cause the air bags to
inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification
to your vehicle to accommodate a
disability, contact Genesis Customer
Care at 844 340-9741
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.
Air Bag Warning Labels
ORG3030068NORG3030068N
Air bag warning labels, required by the
U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA), are attached
to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the air bags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owners Manual.
03
3-69
ACTIVE HOOD LIFT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The active hood lift system can help
reduce a risk of injury to pedestrians
by raising the hood in certain accident
situations. The active hood lift system
has the additional deformation space
under the hood, which is made available
for subsequent head impact.
System Activation
Prerequisite for activation
The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
START position and the vehicle speed is
between about 15.5 mph (25 km/h) and
31 mph (50 km/h).
Information - Active hood lift
system repair
• If the active hood lift system has
been activated, do not place the hood
back by yourself. Have the system be
repaired by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• If you change or repair the front
bumper, have the system be checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
System activation
The active hood lift system is designed to
work in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of impact
of the front collision
ORG3030056ORG3030056
ORG3030057ORG3030057
The system may activate when:
• The vehicle falls in the gutter or from a
high place
• An impact is detected by a frontal
collision without pedestrians in front.
• Certain high-speed frontal or angled
collision with a vehicle or barrier.
Safety System
3-70
System Limitation
ORG3030058ORG3030058
ORG3030059ORG3030059
ORG3030060ORG3030060
ORG3030061ORG3030061
ORG3030062ORG3030062
The system will not activate when:
• On side collisions, rear collision, and
rollover accident. The vehicle can
detect only frontal collision.
• The front bumper is damaged or
modified.
• The vehicle is in an angled frontal
collision with pedestrians.
• A pedestrian is laying on the road.
• A pedestrian has an object to absorb
the shock such as a suit case, buggy
or cart.
03
3-71
System Malfunction
OIK037067LOIK037067L
If there is a problem with the system a
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display.
This warning message means that the
protection of pedestrians by the active
hood lift system is not working properly.
If the warning message is displayed,
have the system be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
• Do not remove or change the
components and the wiring of the active
hood system.
• Do not change the front bumper or the
body structure.
• Do not install or assemble any
aftermarket accessory on the front
bumper or cover.
• When replacing tires, make sure they
are the same size as your original tires.
If you drive with different tire or wheel
sizes, the active hood lift system may
not work normally.
The above situations may cause a
malfunction of the active hood lift system.
4
Instrument Cluster ............................................................................................ 4-4
Instrument Cluster Control ..........................................................................................4-5
Instrument panel illumination
...................................................................................4-5
Gauges and Meters
......................................................................................................4-5
Speedometer
.............................................................................................................4-5
Tachometer
............................................................................................................... 4-6
Engine coolant temperature gauge (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)............................... 4-6
Fuel gauge
.................................................................................................................. 4-7
Outside temperature gauge
..................................................................................... 4-8
Odometer
.................................................................................................................. 4-9
Distance to empty
.................................................................................................... 4-9
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
................................................................ 4-10
Transmission Shift Indicator
...................................................................................... 4-10
Automatic transmission shift indicator
.................................................................. 4-10
Warning and Indicator Lights
..................................................................................... 4-11
Seat belt warning light
............................................................................................. 4-11
Air bag warning light
................................................................................................ 4-11
Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light
............................................................... 4-11
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light
.......................................................... 4-12
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) system warning light
......................... 4-12
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light
.......................................................... 4-13
Charging system warning light
............................................................................... 4-13
Engine oil pressure warning light
........................................................................... 4-14
Engine coolant temperature warning light (for 8-inch cluster)
............................ 4-15
Low fuel level warning light
.................................................................................... 4-15
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
.......................................................................... 4-15
Master warning light
................................................................................................ 4-16
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light
........................................................ 4-16
Low tire pressure warning light
...............................................................................4-17
Forward Safety warning light
...................................................................................4-17
Lane Safety indicator light
.......................................................................................4-17
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light
...................................................................... 4-18
LED headlight warning light
.................................................................................... 4-18
Icy road warning light
.............................................................................................. 4-19
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light
................................................... 4-19
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF indicator light
........................................... 4-19
Immobilizer indicator light
......................................................................................4-20
AUTO STOP indicator light
......................................................................................4-20
Instrument Cluster
4. Instrument Cluster
4
Turn signal indicator light .........................................................................................4-21
High beam indicator light
........................................................................................4-21
Low beam indicator light
.........................................................................................4-21
Light ON indicator light
............................................................................................4-21
High Beam Assist indicator light
..............................................................................4-21
AUTO HOLD indicator light
.....................................................................................4-22
LCD Display Messages
............................................................................................... 4-22
Vehicle is on
.............................................................................................................4-22
Shift to P
...................................................................................................................4-22
Vehicle is in N. Press START button and shift to P
................................................. 4-22
Low key battery
....................................................................................................... 4-22
Press brake pedal to start engine
..........................................................................4-23
Key not in vehicle
....................................................................................................4-23
Key not detected
......................................................................................................4-23
Press START button again
......................................................................................4-23
Place the smart key in the emergency start slot and press the start button
....... 4-23
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
...................................................................................4-23
Shift to P or N to start engine
..................................................................................4-23
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
......................................... 4-24
Check rear wheel steering system
..........................................................................4-24
Door, Hood, trunk open indicator
........................................................................... 4-24
Sunroof open indicator
............................................................................................ 4-24
Low tire pressure
.....................................................................................................4-24
Lights
........................................................................................................................4-25
Wiper
........................................................................................................................4-25
Low washer fluid
......................................................................................................4-26
Low fuel
....................................................................................................................4-26
Low engine oil
..........................................................................................................4-26
Engine overheated
...................................................................................................4-26
Check haptic steering wheel system
......................................................................4-26
Check headlight
.......................................................................................................4-26
Check turn signal
.....................................................................................................4-26
Check headlight LED
...............................................................................................4-26
4
LCD Display ......................................................................................................4-27
LCD Display Control
.........................................................................................4-27
View Modes ................................................................................................................ 4-27
Driving Assist view
...................................................................................................4-28
Turn By Turn (TBT) view
...........................................................................................4-28
Utility view
................................................................................................................4-28
Additional information display
................................................................................ 4-32
Option Menu
............................................................................................................... 4-32
Service messages
....................................................................................................4-33
3D cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
.......................................................................4-33
Head-up display
....................................................................................................... 4-33
Driver Assistance settings
.......................................................................................4-33
Speed unit
................................................................................................................4-34
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D Cluster)
.....................................................4-34
3D cluster setting
.....................................................................................................4-34
Recommendations to optimize the 3D effect
.......................................................4-34
Vehicle Settings (Infotainment System) ........................................................ 4-37
Setting Your Vehicle ...................................................................................................4-37
4. Instrument Cluster
4-4
Instrument Cluster
Information
Detailed information on 3D instrument cluster is provided later in this chapter.
8-inch8-inch
12.3-inch 3D12.3-inch 3D
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more information, refer to “Gauges and meters” section in this chapter.
ORG3SP041011N/ORG3SP041012NORG3SP041011N/ORG3SP041012N
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
04
4-5
Instrument Cluster Control
Instrument panel illumination
(if equipped)
ORG3040003ORG3040003
When the vehicle’s position lights or
headlights are on, press the illumination
control switch to adjust the brightness of
the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control
switch, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjusted.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss
of control and lead to an accident that
may cause death, serious injury, or
vehicle damage.
OJX1049003LOJX1049003L
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the
maximum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
8-inch8-inch
OJX1049060LOJX1049060L
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049040LOJX1049040L
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Instrument Cluster
4-6
Tachometer
8-inch8-inch
OJX1049031LOJX1049031L
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049041LOJX1049041L
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/
or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may
cause severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
(for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
OJX1049043OJX1049043
This gauge indicates the temperature
of the engine coolant when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the
normal range area toward the “H (Hot)”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” section in chapter 8.
04
4-7
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant
reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
The engine coolant is under pressure
and could cause severe burn. Wait until
the engine is cool before adding coolant
to the reservoir.
Information
OJX1049061LOJX1049061L
For 8-inch instrument cluster, you can
check the engine coolant temperature in
the Utility view on the cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
Fuel gauge
8-inch8-inch
OJX1049032OJX1049032
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1049044OJX1049044
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in
the tank.
Instrument Cluster
4-8
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the “E
(Empty)” level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damaging
the catalytic converter.
Outside temperature gauge
8-inch8-inch
OJX1040072N OJX1040072N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
OJX1040073NOJX1040073N
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside temperature
(there may be a slight delay before the
temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature
unit from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → General Settings → Unit →
Temperature Unit → °C/°F
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while pressing
the OFF button on the climate control
unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the cluster
LCD display and climate control screen
will change.
04
4-9
Odometer
8-inch8-inch
ORG3040034NORG3040034N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040035NORG3040035N
The odometer indicates the total
distance that the vehicle has been
driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should be
performed.
Distance to empty
8-inch8-inch
ORG3040036NORG3040036N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040037NORG3040037N
• The distance to empty is the
estimated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "----" as range.
Instrument Cluster
4-10
Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted,
the distance to empty function may not
operate correctly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The distance to empty may vary
significantly based on driving
conditions, driving habits, and
condition of the vehicle.
Fuel economy (for 12.3-inch 3D
cluster)
OJX1040074NOJX1040074N
The average fuel economy (1) and instant
fuel economy (2) is displayed at the
bottom of the cluster.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy, select between "After Ignition"
or "After Refueling" from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Information
For 8-inch instrument cluster, you can
check the fuel economy in the Utility view
on the cluster.
Refer to ”View Modes” section in chapter
4.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
8-inch8-inch
ORG3040039NORG3040039N
12.3-inch 3D 12.3-inch 3D
ORG3040040NORG3040040N
This indicator informs the current gear
engaged.
04
4-11
Warning and Indicator Lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF
after starting the engine. If any light is still
ON, this indicates a situation that needs
attention.
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to “Seat Belts”
section in chapter 3.
Air bag warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates
for about 6 seconds and then turns
off when all checks have been
performed.
• The air bag warning light will remain
illuminated if there is a malfunction
with the Safety Restraint System (SRS)
air bag operation.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Parking brake & Brake fluid
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The parking brake & brake fluid
warning light illuminates for about 3
seconds and will then turn off once
the parking brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to “Brake Fluid” section in
chapter 9). After adding brake fluid,
check all brake components for fluid
leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or
if the warning light remains on, or if
the brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Instrument Cluster
4-12
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking system. This means you
still have braking on two wheels even if
one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal travel
and greater pedal pressure is required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short
a distance with only a portion of the
brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional engine
braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid warning
light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake
& Brake Fluid warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid level is
low.
If this occurs, Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even if
there is a malfunction with the ABS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) system
warning light
When the ABS warning and
Parking Brake warning lights are on
simultaneously, it may indicate a
problem with the Electronic Brake Force
Distribution system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
04
4-13
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally
and you may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When the ABS warning light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the EPS warning
light may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The electric powering steering
warning light illuminates for about 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the electric power steering.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Charging system warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system.
If there is a malfunction with either the
alternator or electrical charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there
may be a problem in the electrical
charging system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
Instrument Cluster
4-14
Engine oil pressure warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” section in
chapter 9). If the level is low, add oil
as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
as soon as possible.
Continued driving with the warning
light on may cause engine failure.
Information
When engine oil pressure decreases due to
insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light will illuminate. In
addition, the enhanced engine protection
system which limits engine power will
be activated. If the engine oil pressure is
restored, the Engine Oil Pressure warning
light and the enhanced engine protection
system will turn off. However, for gasoline
2.5, 3.5 turbo engine, when the engine oil
pressure is restored, the warning light and
the enhanced engine protection system will
turn off after the engine is restarted.
NOTICE
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light is illuminated
while the engine is running, severe
damage could result.
04
4-15
Engine coolant temperature
warning light (for 8-inch
cluster)
The warning light illuminates:
When the temperature of the engine
coolant is extremely high.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “Overheating” section
in chapter 8.
NOTICE
If the Engine Coolant Temperature
warning light illuminates, it indicates
overheating that may damage the
engine.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below “E”
can cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
• Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause
damage to the emission control
system which could affect drivability
and/or fuel economy.
• If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to
lack of engine oil, engine power
will be limited. If such condition
continues repeatedly, the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp will
illuminate.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power. If
this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
Instrument Cluster
4-16
Master warning light
This warning light illuminates:
When there is a malfunction in operation
in any of the following systems:
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
Warning malfunction
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
Warning radar blocked
- LED headlight malfunction (if
equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction
- Smart Cruise Control radar blocked
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
- Rear wheel steering system
malfunction (if equipped)
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The EPB warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light comes on to indicate that
ESC is not working properly. This does
not indicate malfunction of EPB.
04
4-17
Low tire pressure warning
light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The low tire pressure warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated. (The
location of the underinflated tires are
displayed on the LCD display.)
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second
intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
Forward Safety warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Forward Safety warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
Forward Collision-Avoidance.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)”
section in chapter 7.
Lane Safety indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are satisfied.
• [White] When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are not satisfied.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with Lane Keeping Assist.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.
Instrument Cluster
4-18
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
warning light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
AWD system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to "All Wheel
Drive (AWD)" section in chapter 6.
LED headlight warning light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The LED headlight warning light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
the LED headlight.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This warning light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlight warning light on or blinking
can reduce LED headlight life.
04
4-19
Icy road warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside
temperature gauge is approximately
below 40°F (4°C), the Icy Road warning
light and Outside Temperature Gauge
blinks and then illuminates. Also, the
warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy Road
Warning function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Cluster →
Content Selection → Icy Road Warning
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Information
If the Icy Road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden
braking or sharp turning, etc.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with
ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
While ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in
chapter 6.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) OFF indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
- The ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate ESC system by
pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” section in
chapter 6.
Instrument Cluster
4-20
Immobilizer indicator light
This indicator light illuminates for up to
30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key
in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC or ON position.
- Once the smart key is detected, you
can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected, you
cannot start the engine.
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the
vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
Whenever there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
AUTO STOP indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
When the engine enters the Idle Stop
mode of ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
This indicator light blinks:
When the engine automatically starts,
the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster
will blink for 5 seconds.
For more details, refer to "ISG (Idle Stop
and Go) system" section in chapter 6.
Information
When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking
brake warning light) may turn on for a
few seconds. This happens because of
low battery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.
04
4-21
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
When you operate the turn signal
indicator stalk.
If any of the following occur, there may
be a malfunction with the turn signal
system.
- The turn signal indicator light
illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in the
high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Low beam indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the headlights are on.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the position lamps or headlights
are on.
High Beam Assist indicator
light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the high-beam is on with the light
switch in the AUTO position.
• White: When High Beam Assist is
ready to operate.
• Green: When Hight Beam Assist is
operating.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
will switch the high beam to low beam
automatically.
For more details, refer to “High Beam
Assist (HBA)” section in chapter 5.
Instrument Cluster
4-22
AUTO HOLD indicator light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate Auto Hold
by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with Auto Hold activated.
• [Yellow] Whenever there is a
malfunction with the Auto Hold
function.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB)” section in chapter
6.
LCD Display Messages
Vehicle is on
This message is displayed if you open the
driver’s door when the gear is in P (Park)
and the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON or START position.
Turn the engine off before leaving the
vehicle.
Shift to P
This message is displayed if you try to
turn off the vehicle without the gear in
the P (Park) position.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position.
Vehicle is in N. Press START button
and shift to P
This message is displayed if you try to
turn off the vehicle with the gear in N
(Neutral).
To turn off the vehicle:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
The button will change to the ON
position.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
again, then the vehicle will turn off.
Low key battery
This message is displayed if the battery
of the smart key is discharged while
changing the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
04
4-23
Press brake pedal to start engine
This message is displayed if the Engine
Start/Stop button changes to the ACC
position twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing the brake
pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal and then pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
This message is displayed if the smart
key is not in the vehicle when you leave
the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON or Start position.
Always turn off the engine before leaving
your vehicle.
Key not detected
This message is displayed if the smart
key is not detected when you press the
Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again
This message is displayed if you were
unable to start the vehicle when the
Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button
again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button, we recommend that you have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Place the smart key in the
emergency start slot and press the
start button
This message is displayed if you press
the Engine Start/Stop button while the
warning message “Key not detected” is
displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
This message is displayed if the brake
switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new
one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
position.
Shift to P or N to start engine
This message is displayed if you try to
start the engine in any other position
except P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Information
You can start the engine with the gear
in N (Neutral). But, for your safety, we
recommend that you start the engine with
the gear shifted to P (Park).
Instrument Cluster
4-24
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices (if equipped)
This message is displayed if the 12V
battery voltage is weak due to any
non-factory electrical accessories (ex.
dashboard camera) while parking. Be
careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the message appears after removing
the non-factory electrical accessories,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Check rear wheel steering system (if
equipped)
This message is displayed if the rear
wheel steering system or related
devices is not working properly. Also,
The warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If the message appares after
engine is restarted, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Door, Hood, trunk open indicator
ORG3040006ORG3040006
This warning is displayed if any door or
hood or trunk is left open. The warning
will indicate which door is open in the
display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should
confirm that the door, hood and trunk
are fully closed.
Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
ORG3040007ORG3040007
This warning is displayed if you turn off
the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leaving
your vehicle.
Low tire pressure
ORG3040009LORG3040009L
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
04
4-25
Lights
OJX1049007LOJX1049007L
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Wiper/Lights
Display
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Wiper
OJX1049008LOJX1049008L
This indicator displays which wiper speed
is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights display function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Cluster
→ Content Selection → Wiper/Lights
Display
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Instrument Cluster
4-26
Low washer fluid
This message is displayed if the washer
fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This message is displayed if the fuel tank
is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the low
fuel level warning light in the cluster will
come on.
It is recommended to look for the nearest
fueling station and refuel as soon as
possible.
Low engine oil (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed when
the engine oil level should be checked.
If this warning message is displayed,
check the engine oil level as soon as
possible and add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little
by little into a funnel.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to "Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities“ section in chapter 2.)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on
the dipstick.
Information
After adding engine oil, if you travel
approximately 31~62 miles (50~100 km)
after the engine warms up, the warning
message should disappear.
Engine overheated
This message is displayed when the
engine coolant temperature is above
248°F (120°C). This means that the
engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
“Overheating” section in chapter 8.
Check haptic steering wheel system
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the haptic steering wheel
system. Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Check headlight (if equipped)
This message is displayed if the
headlights are not operating properly. A
lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check turn signal (if equipped)
This message is displayed if the turn
signal lamps are not operating properly.
A lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This message is displayed if there is a
problem with the LED headlight. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
04
4-27
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control switches.
Switch Operation Function
Press MODE button for changing View modes
,
Scroll
UP, DOWN switch for changing items in Utility view and
Option menu
OK
Press SELECT/RESET switch for entering Option menu
Press and hold
SELECT/RESET switch for retrieving assist information or
resetting the selected item
View Modes
View modes Explanation
Driving Assist
Driving Assist view displays the status of the vehicle’s Driver
Assistance systems.
Turn by Turn Turn By Turn view displays the state of the navigation.
Utility
Utility view displays driving information such as the trip distance,
fuel economy and etc.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
LCD Display Control
Type AType A Type BType B
ORG3040010ORG3040010 ORG3SP041010ORG3SP041010
LCD DISPLAY
Instrument Cluster
4-28
OJX1040075NOJX1040075N
Driving Assist, Turn by Turn, Utility view
modes are displayed in the center (A) of
the instrument cluster.
Driving Assist view
ORG3040011ORG3040011
The status of Cruise Control, Smart
Cruise Control, Lane Following Assist,
Highway Driving Assist, etc. is displayed
when Driving Assist view is selected.
For more details, refer to each system
information section in chapter 7.
Turn By Turn (TBT) view
OJX1049064LOJX1049064L
Turn-by-turn navigation, distance/time
to destination information is displayed
when Turn by Turn view is selected.
Utility view
In the Utility view, using the , (UP,
DOWN) switch, you may change through
items in the following order.
ORG3040042NORG3040042N
Fuel economy (for 8-inch cluster)
Average fuel economy (1) and instant fuel
economy (2) are displayed.
04
4-29
• Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the Average Fuel Economy is
displayed.
• Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between ‘After
Ignition’ or ‘After Refueling’ from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system.
- After Ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After Refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of
fuel or more and after driving speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
à For 12.3-inch 3D instrument cluster,
you can check the fuel economy in
the center bottom of the cluster.
ORG3SP042072NORG3SP042072N
Drive info
Trip distance (1), total driving time (2) and
average fuel economy (3) are displayed.
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the engine
has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than 1
second when ‘Drive Info’ is displayed.
ORG3SP042073NORG3SP042073N
Since refueling
Trip distance (1), total driving time (2)
and average fuel economy (3) after the
vehicle has been refueled are displayed.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Since Refueling’ is
displayed.
Instrument Cluster
4-30
ORG3SP042074NORG3SP042074N
Accumulated info
Accumulated trip distance (1), total
driving time (2) and average fuel
economy (3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.
OIK047151NOIK047151N
Digital speedometer
Digital speedometer display shows the
speed of the vehicle.
OJX1069044OJX1069044
Auto stop (if equipped)
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
system.
For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
OJK070140LOJK070140L
Attention level
The driver’s attention level is shown
based on the driver’s driving pattern.
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)“ section in
chapter 7.
04
4-31
ORG3040012LORG3040012L
Tire pressure
The tire pressure of each tire is displayed.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
chapter 8.
OJX1049061LOJX1049061L
Engine temperature (for 8-inch cluster)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
display shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the engine is
running.
à For 12.3-inch 3D instrument cluster,
you can check the engine temperature
in the bottom right side of the cluster.
Select contents
You can select the items to be displayed
in Utility view.
OJX1049026LOJX1049026L
1. Press and hold the OK switch on the
steering wheel.
ORG3SP042046NORG3SP042046N
2. Use the , (UP, DOWN) switch
to change items, and press the OK
switch to select or deselect the item.
3. After selecting the items to be
displayed in the Utility view, press the
(MODE) button to exit the ‘Select
Contents’ display.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not
adjust the setting while driving the
vehicle which may lead to an accident.
Instrument Cluster
4-32
Additional information display
ORG3SP042078NORG3SP042078N
Drive info
Drive information is displayed for 4
seconds after the engine is turned off.
ORG3SP042013NORG3SP042013N
Driving assist information
The current operation conditions of
Manual Speed Limit Assist, Smart Cruise
Control, Lane Following Assist, Highway
Driving Assist, etc. is displayed.
Option Menu
Press the OK switch to enter Option
menu.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do not
adjust the setting while driving which
may lead to an accident.
Information
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Menu Explanation
Service
messages
To check vehicle
warning messages.
3D cluster (for
12.3-inch 3D
cluster)
To activate or
deactivate 3D effect.
Head-up display
To activate or
deactivate head-up
display.
Driver Assistance
settings
To directly display
“Driver Assistance”
menu on the
infotainment system
screen
Speed unit
To set speed unit
between km/h and
MPH.
04
4-33
Service messages
ORG3040014LORG3040014L
When Service Messages menu is
selected, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel to check vehicle warning
messages.
3D cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D cluster)
ORG3040015L ORG3040015L
When 3D Cluster menu is selected, press
the OK switch on the steering wheel. You
may select or deselect 3D cluster effect
by pressing the OK switch.
Head-up display (if equipped)
ORG3040016LORG3040016L
When Head-Up Display menu is selected,
press the OK switch on the steering
wheel. You may select or deselect head-
up display by pressing the OK switch.
Driver Assistance settings
ORG3040017L ORG3040017L
When Driver Assistance Settings menu
is selected, press the OK switch on the
steering wheel. The ‘Driver Assistance’
menu will be displayed on the
infotainment system screen.
Instrument Cluster
4-34
Speed unit (if equipped)
ORG3040027LORG3040027L
When the Speed Unit menu is selected,
press the OK switch on the steering
wheel. You can change the speed unit
setting between km/h and MPH for the
cluster.
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3-
inch 3D Cluster)
3D cluster setting
To use the 3D cluster, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position,
and then select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ 3D Cluster Depth → Medium/Light' in
infotainment system screen.
To use the cluster 2D, select 'Off'.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Recommendations to optimize the
3D effect
ORG3040031NORG3040031N
• Adjust the height of the seat and
steering wheel so that the instrument
cluster and camera module can be
seen at a glance.
• The optimal distance to maximize the
3D effect is 30 in. (75 cm). Adjust the
distance between the driver’s seat and
the instrument cluster.
• Hold the steering wheel with both
hands and drive in an upright position.
04
4-35
Information
• When your face gets too close or far to
the instrument cluster, or the camera
on the instrument cluster is blocked by
the steering wheel or other objects, the
3D cluster changes to 2D automatically.
However if the object blocking the
camera is removed, the cluster changes
back to 3D automatically.
• If outside temperature is below 39°F
(4°C), it may change to 2D about 1 to
10 minutes.
• Two red lights may appear on the
camera in the following conditions
when:
- The outside brightness is dim or
driving at night
- The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
- The camera case of the instrument
cluster is partially damaged
CAUTION
• It may sometimes be difficult to
read information on the 3D cluster
in the following situations. You must
change the cluster to 2D for safe
driving.
- The driver is wearing sunglasses,
special glasses, infrared cutoff
glasses, refracting glasses or thick
glasses
- The driver has heavy eye makeup
(eyeliner, mascara, color makeup,
false eyelash) or eye piercing
- The driver’s view is blocked by his/
her hair, etc.
- The driver is winking or wearing an
eye patch on one eye
- The driver’s face is covered
partially by a mask, muffler, hood,
etc.
- The driver’s view is blocked by
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
- Light from outside, sunlight or
infrared LED light of the camera
is reflected on the glasses or
sunglasses
- The driver turns or lowers his/her
head so that the face or an eye is
hidden from the camera
- The driver shakes his/her head
up and down, or adverse road
conditions cause excessive vehicle
vibrations while driving
- The driver is too tall or short
- More than two people are
looking at the instrument cluster
simultaneously from the driver’s
seat
- The driver’s eyesight of both eyes
are severely different
- The driver has a severe headache
• Do not look toward the camera
within 8 in. (20 cm) for longer than a
minute.
• If you use the 3D cluster while your
vehicle is stopped, it can cause eye
strains or dizziness.
• We recommend people who are
pregnant, elderly or has motion
sickness, avoid using the cluster in
3D.
Instrument Cluster
4-36
WARNING
• You should not use the 3D cluster if
you or any of your family members
or relatives has a history of epilepsy,
convulsions, etc. Flashing or
flickering lights or specific or regular
patterns shown on the cluster may
stimulate epilepsy, convulsions, etc.
• You should not use the 3D effect
immediately if you feel any of the
following symptoms:
Haziness, unconsciousness,
disorientation, nausea, headache,
fatigue, dizziness, etc.
NOTICE
OJX1070030LOJX1070030L
[A] : Interior view camera
• Do not apply any impact on the
surface of the instrument cluster,
interior view camera or around the
area of the interior view camera. If
interior view camera is damaged, the
system may not operate properly.
• Do not place a mobile phone
or an object in front of interior
view camera. The surface of the
instrument cluster or interior view
camera might be damaged due to an
impact while driving.
• Do not place anything on interior
view camera or in front of interior
view camera while driving. Interior
view camera may not operate
properly.
• When cleaning the instrument
cluster or interior view camera, wipe
with a soft and clean cloth to prevent
damages on the surface of the
cluster or interior view camera lens.
In addition, you should not use sharp
tools near the cluster or interior view
camera, or use chemicals to clean
the cluster or interior view camera.
• Always keep interior view camera
clean and dry.
04
4-37
VEHICLE SETTINGS (INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM)
ORG3040026NORG3040026N
Vehicle Settings in the infotainment
system provides user options for a
variety of settings including door lock/
unlock features, convenience features,
driver assistance settings, etc.
Vehicle Settings menu
- Driver Assistance
- Drive Mode
- Active Sound Design
- Head-Up Display
- Cluster
- Climate
- Seat
- Lights
- Door/Trunk
- Digital key
- Convenience
- Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not operate the Vehicle Settings
while driving. This may cause
distraction resulting in an accident.
Setting Your Vehicle
ORG3050002ORG3050002
1. Press the SETUP button on the head
unit of the infotainment system.
OJX1050238NOJX1050238N
2. Select ‘Vehicle’ and change the
setting of the features.
ORG3SP072336NORG3SP072336N
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
5
Convenience Features
Accessing Your Vehicle ..................................................................................... 5-4
Smart Key ......................................................................................................................5-4
Immobilizer System
.................................................................................................... 5-11
Genesis Digital Key ......................................................................................... 5-12
Digital Key (Smart Phone) ...........................................................................................5-12
Digital Key (Card Key)
................................................................................................. 5-18
Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings
................................................................5-20
Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance
....................................................................5-24
Limitations of the System
..........................................................................................5-24
Door Lock .........................................................................................................5-25
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ..................................................... 5-25
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
........................................................ 5-27
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
..............................................................5-30
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
..............................................................................5-30
Electronic Child Safety Lock
.......................................................................................5-31
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
................................................................................................5-32
Theft-Alarm System ........................................................................................ 5-33
Integrated Memory System............................................................................ 5-34
Storing Memory Positions .........................................................................................5-34
Recalling Memory Positions
......................................................................................5-35
Resetting the System
.................................................................................................5-35
Seat Easy Access
........................................................................................................5-36
Smart Posture Care System ............................................................................5-37
Steering Wheel
................................................................................................ 5-38
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .................................................................................... 5-38
Tilt/Telescopic Steering
............................................................................................ 5-40
Horn............................................................................................................................. 5-41
Heated Steering Wheel
..............................................................................................5-42
Mirrors ............................................................................................................. 5-43
Inside Rearview Mirror ...............................................................................................5-43
Side View Mirrors
.......................................................................................................5-53
Reverse Parking Aid
...................................................................................................5-55
Windows .......................................................................................................... 5-57
Power Windows ..........................................................................................................5-58
Remote Window Closing Function
........................................................................... 5-61
5. Convenience Features
5
Panoramic Sunroof ......................................................................................... 5-62
Power sunshade .........................................................................................................5-63
Tilt open/close
............................................................................................................5-63
Slide open/close
........................................................................................................ 5-64
Resetting the Sunroof
................................................................................................5-65
Sunroof Open Warning
............................................................................................. 5-66
Exterior Features ............................................................................................. 5-67
Hood ............................................................................................................................5-67
Non-Powered Trunk
.................................................................................................. 5-68
Power Trunk
................................................................................................................5-70
Smart Trunk
................................................................................................................ 5-76
Fuel Filler Door
...........................................................................................................5-78
Head-Up Display (HUD)...................................................................................5-81
Head-Up Display Settings ......................................................................................... 5-81
Head-Up Display Information
................................................................................... 5-81
Precautions While Using the Head-Up Display
........................................................5-82
Lighting ............................................................................................................ 5-83
Exterior Lights ............................................................................................................5-83
Interior Lights
.............................................................................................................5-87
Welcome System
........................................................................................................ 5-91
High Beam Assist (HBA) ................................................................................. 5-92
High Beam Assist Setting ..........................................................................................5-92
High Beam Assist Operation
......................................................................................5-93
High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations
.......................................................5-93
Wipers and Washers ....................................................................................... 5-95
Front Windshield Wipers ...........................................................................................5-95
Windshield Washers
...................................................................................................5-97
Automatic Climate Control System ...............................................................5-98
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................................................................5-101
Manual Temperature Control Mode
........................................................................ 5-102
System Operation
......................................................................................................5-110
System Maintenance
.................................................................................................5-111
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging ..........................................................5-114
To Defog Inside Windshield ...................................................................................... 5-114
To Defrost Inside Windshield
.................................................................................... 5-115
Defogging Logic
........................................................................................................ 5-115
Rear Window Defroster.............................................................................................5-116
5
Climate Control Additional Features .............................................................5-117
Auto Defogging System ............................................................................................ 5-117
Auto Dehumidify
.......................................................................................................5-118
Recirculating Air when Washer Fluid is Used
.......................................................... 5-119
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
............................................................................... 5-119
Storage Compartment ...................................................................................5-120
Center Console Storage ........................................................................................... 5-120
Rear Console Storage
.............................................................................................. 5-120
Glove Box
................................................................................................................... 5-121
Sunglass Holder
........................................................................................................ 5-121
Interior Features ............................................................................................. 5-122
Cup Holder .................................................................................................................5-122
Sunvisor
.....................................................................................................................5-123
Rear Mirror
.................................................................................................................5-123
Power Outlet
............................................................................................................. 5-124
USB Charger
..............................................................................................................5-125
Wireless Smart Phone Charging System
.................................................................5-125
Clock
..........................................................................................................................5-127
Coat Hook
..................................................................................................................5-127
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
.................................................................................................. 5-128
Rear Side Window Sunshades
................................................................................. 5-129
Rear Window Sunshade
........................................................................................... 5-129
Luggage Net Holder
................................................................................................. 5-130
Infotainment System ......................................................................................5-131
USB Port ..................................................................................................................... 5-131
Antenna
...................................................................................................................... 5-131
Steering Wheel Remote Controls
............................................................................. 5-131
Infotainment System
.................................................................................................5-132
Voice Recognition
.....................................................................................................5-132
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
............................................................................. 5-133
Lexicon Premium Sound System
............................................................................ 5-133
5. Convenience Features
Convenience Features
5-4
Smart Key
Type AType A
ORG3050005ORG3050005
Type BType B
ORG3050006ORG3050006
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses a
Smart Key, which you can use to lock or
unlock the driver and passenger doors or
the rear trunk.
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk open
4. Panic
5. Remote start
6. Lamp on
7. Forward/Reverse (Remote Entry/Exit
Parking function)
Locking your vehicle
OJX1059001OJX1059001
To lock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure all doors, the hood and the
trunk are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
3. Touch the touch sensor on the door
handle (the engraved part) or press
the Door Lock button (1) on the smart
key. The hazard warning lights will
blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
pulling the door handle.
Information
• The side view mirror will fold if
‘Enable on Door Unlock’ is selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome Mirror/
Light → Enable on Door Unlock
• The door handle touch sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• Touching the door handle touch sensor
does not unlock the doors. To unlock
the doors, refer to the following page.
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
05
5-5
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the door handle touch sensor if any
of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is from
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except for
the trunk.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could press the
Engine Start/ Stop button and may
operate power windows, lock the doors
or other controls, or even make the
vehicle move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
Unlocking your vehicle
(When the Two Press Unlock feature
is off)
OJX1059002OJX1059002
To unlock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Put your hand in the door handle or
press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key. All doors will unlock
and the hazard warning lights will
blink two times and the chime will
sound.
3. After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically relock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
• If you unlocked the door with the door
handle, the doors cannot be locked
with the sensor within 2 seconds.
Convenience Features
5-6
Unlocking your vehicle
(When the Two Press Unlock feature
is on)
To unlock your vehicle using the door
handle touch sensor or the Smart Key:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Put your hand in the door handle or
press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key.
3. The driver’s door will unlock.
4. If you touch the door unlock sensor
inside of the front door handle to
unlock the doors within 4 seconds, all
of the doors unlock. When the doors
unlock, the hazard warning lights will
blink two times and the chime will
sound.
5. After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically relock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
• The factory default setting is in
off mode so you should set in the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
• If you unlocked the door with the door
handle, the doors cannot be unlocked
with the sensor within 2 seconds.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door
only, or unlocking all the doors with one
press may be adjusted in the Settings
menu in the infotainment system screen.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to press
the door unlock button once for driver
door only and twice for unlocking all the
doors.
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door → Two
Press Unlock
The Two Press Unlock feature can also be
enabled or disabled by pressing the door
lock and unlock buttons simultaneously
on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
button and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard warning
lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press
Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to
enable/disable the mode again.
Information
• If you press the front passenger outside
door handle with the smart key in your
possession, all the doors will unlock.
• The Two Press Unlock feature is off
when the vehicle is first delivered. To
use the feature, enable the feature from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
05
5-7
Information
• The side view mirror will unfold if
‘Enable on Door Unlock’ is selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome Mirror/
Light → Enable on Door Unlock
• The door handle touch sensor will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7 ~1 m) from the outside
door handle
• The doors may lock or unlock if the
touch sensor of the outer door handle is
recognized while washing your car or
due to heavy rain.
• To prevent unintentional door lock or
unlock:
You may prevent the doors from
locking or unlocking unintentionally.
Press the lock button on the smart
key and immediately press the unlock
button along with the lock button
for more than 4 seconds. The hazard
warning lights will blink four times.
At this time, the doors will not lock or
unlock even though the touch sensor is
touched on the outside door handle.
To deactivate the function, press the
door lock or unlock button on the
smart key.
• The doors may not lock or unlock in
the following situations.
- If the touch sensor is touched with
gloves on
- If the door is suddenly approached
Opening the trunk
ORG3050007ORG3050007
To open the trunk:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in
your possession.
2. Press either the trunk open/close
button on the vehicle or press and
hold the Trunk Unlock button (3)
on the smart key for more than one
second. The hazard warning lights
will blink two times and the trunk will
open.
Information
The trunk open/close button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28 in. (0.7 m) from the trunk.
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for
more than one second. The horn sounds
and hazard warning lights blink for about
30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode,
press any button on the Smart Key.
Convenience Features
5-8
Remotely starting vehicle
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button (5) on the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button on the
smart key within 32 feet (10 m) from
the vehicle.
2. Press the Remote Start button (5) for
more than 2 seconds within 4 seconds
after pressing the door lock button.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the engine will start.
4. To turn off the remote start function,
press the Remote Start button (5)
once.
Information
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you enter the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get
on the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• The Remote Start button (5) may not
operate if the smart key is not within
32 feet (10 m).
• The vehicle will not remotely start if the
engine hood or trunk is opened.
• Do not idle the engine for a long period.
• Do not operate remote start in closed
areas where there is no adequate
ventilation for the engine exhaust.
Turning on the lamps
If the lamp on button (6) is pushed, the
headlights and tail lamps are turned
on. However, it works only when the
following conditions are satisfied:
• The vehicle is turned off.
• The doors are locked.
• The light control switch is in the AUTO
headlight position (The headlights and
tail lamps will turn on when it is dark.)
or in the headlight position.
Remotely moving vehicle forward or
reverse (if equipped)
With the smart key, the driver can move
the vehicle forward or reverse using the
Forward or Reverse button (7) on the
smart key.
For more details, refer to “Remote
Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)” section in
chapter 7.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
Information
If the smart key is not moved for some
time, the detection function for smart key
operation will pause. Lift the smart key to
activate the detection again.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool,
dry place to avoid damage or
malfunction. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart key
to malfunction which may not be
covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from extreme
temperatures.
05
5-9
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver’s door by using the mechanical
key.
To remove the mechanical key from the
smart key FOB:
OJX1059007OJX1059007
1. Place a soft cloth over the groove (A),
and pry open the smart key cover.
OJX1050004LOJX1050004L
2. Press the mechanical key and remove
it from the smart key FOB.
3. After use, reinstall the mechanical key
and smart key cover in the reverse
order of removal.
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
it is recommended that you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining keys to your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products or
tow the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a mobile phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly,
open and close the door with the
mechanical key. If you have a problem
with the smart key, it is recommended to
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such
as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in the
same location such as a pants or jacket
pocket in order to avoid interference
between the two devices.
Convenience Features
5-10
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
NOTICE
• Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to the
key surface.
• Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If the
smart key is left near the vehicle, the
vehicle battery may be discharged.
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working properly,
try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
OJX1059007OJX1059007
1. Place a soft cloth over the groove (A),
and pry open the smart key cover.
OJX1059008OJX1059008
2. Remove battery cover using a phillips
screwdriver.
3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and smart
key cover in the reverse order of
removal.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage, or you feel your
smart key is not working correctly, have
you contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUTTON
BATTERY.
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours. Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part
of the body, seek immediate medical
attention.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
05
5-11
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system helps protect
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ON position, the
immobilizer system indicator should
come on briefly, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, the system does
not recognize the coding of the key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position, then press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position
again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may
not recognize your smart key if another
smart key device is nearby or a metal
object such as a key chain is causing
interference with the smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
start. Remove any metal objects or
additional keys near the smart key before
attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be kept
confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give years
of trouble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to moisture,
static electricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer system malfunction could
occur.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device
Convenience Features
5-12
GENESIS DIGITAL KEY
Genesis digital key provides convenience
to the driver, which the driver can use to
lock or unlock the driver and passenger
doors or the trunk and turn on the
engine.
Digital Key (Smart Phone)
How to register Digital Key (Smart
phone)
To use the smart phone as a digital key
follow the following procedure.
This service is only available for Android
smart phones that passed the internal
usability test. The driver can confirm
supported/compatible devices on our
website (https://owners.genesis.com).
In case of iPhone, Apple does not assist
any of the NFC services. (Services are
expected to be provided according to
policy change.)
Genesis Digital Key App
1. Search ‘Genesis digital key’ from the
Google Play Store and download
the app. Please refer to the detailed
manual of the digital key app or
Genesis website. The option can be
found under the following app menu:
Menu → Application Info → Tutorial.
Please note the manual before using
the app.
2. After downloading the app, sign up for
a Genesis account and service.
Smart phone set up
• The driver can use the Digital Key NFC
(Near Field Communication) feature
after enabling it on the smart phone’s
setting menu. To change the NFC
setting of the smart phone, please
refer to the smart phone manual or
contact the customer service center
of smart phone manufacturers.
• The driver should unlock and turn on
the smart phone screen. (Unlock the
screen lock such as password, pattern
or fingerprint, etc.)
Smart phone registration
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during digital key
registration.
2. Open Genesis Digital Key App in the
vehicle owner’s smart phone and
activate the digital key registration
screen after selecting the vehicle to
register.
ORG3050221NORG3050221N
3. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Enable Digital Key’.
ORG3052008NORG3052008N
[A] : In-vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
4. After ‘Enabling Digital Key’ is selected,
place the backside of the smart phone
on the in-vehicle authentication pad.
05
5-13
ORG3050222NORG3050222N
5. Select ‘Smartphone key → Save’
menu on the infotainment system
screen. The saving process will begin
automatically.
6. When the digital key (smart phone) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
7. Remove the smart phone from the
pad and complete the saving process
under the guidance of the smart
phone screen.
Information
• Vehicle
When there is a digital key (smart
phone) already saved in the vehicle, the
‘Save’ menu is disabled. If you want to
save a digital key again, refer to “How
to delete Digital Key (Smart phone)”
and follow the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
• Smart phone
The digital key cannot be saved again
while the vehicle’s digital key is saved
in the owner’s smart phone. Save the
digital key after deleting the digital key
from the Digital Key App.
• During the digital key saving process,
the process will cancel when:
- The smart phone is removed from
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad)
- Changing the infotainment system or
instrument cluster screen
- The vehicle is turned off
- The gear is shifted
- Saving digital key that does not
belong to the vehicle owner
- The smart phone screen is locked or
turned off
- NFC setting of your smart phone is
off (saving process will not begin)
- There is no smart key (saving process
will not begin)
Convenience Features
5-14
How to Use the Digital Key (Smart
phone)
Smart phone touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the smart phone on the door
handle without activating the Digital
Key App. Also, the engine can be started
by placing the smart phone on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
ORG3050009 ORG3050009
[A] : Door handle authentication pad
[B] : NFC antenna (Backside of the smart phone) (The
antenna position differs depending on models.)
• Locking/Unlocking the doors
- If the driver touches the smart
phone NFC antenna to the driver’s
or passenger’s door handle
authentication pad for more than
2 seconds, the door will lock or
unlock.
- If Two Press Unlock function is
set, only the driver’s door will be
unlocked by touching the smart
phone on the driver’s door handle.
Touch the smart phone once more
within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
- After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30
seconds unless a door is opened.
- If the smart phone digital key does
not operate, move the smart phone
more than 4 in. (0.1 m) from the
door handle authentication pad and
try it again.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the smart phone NFC antenna if
any of the following occur:
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position
- Any of the doors are open except for
the engine hood or trunk
• Starting the engine
1. After placing your registered
smart phone on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad), depress the brake pedal and
press the Engine Start/ Stop button.
2. After starting the engine, the digital
key data will be automatically
updated. It will take 5 to 20 seconds.
After that, the smart phone will
automatically go into the wireless
charging mode. Once the engine is
started, you can remove the smart
phone from the pad.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter
6.
Information
To lock/unlock the doors and/or start the
engine with the smart phone Digital Key,
always turn on and unlock the smart
phone screen.
05
5-15
Information
• After the battery has been reconnected
or the battery has been recharged, it
will take time for the digital key (smart
phone) to operate due to remote security
update. When locking or unlocking the
door with the smart phone NFC antenna,
touch and hold the smart phone on the
door handle until the door(s) is locked or
unlocked.
• If the mobile data connection of the
smart phone is weak, remote security
information update may fail. At this
time, use the card key to lock or unlock
the doors, or start the engine. When
you are in a place where the mobile
data connection of your smart phone is
available, place your smart phone on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charger pad) and start your vehicle, or
touch the digital key on the door handle
to lock or unlock the door, the remote
security information will be automatically
updated. Even though the engine is not
started, wait until the remote security
information is updated and the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad) changes to charging mode.
WARNING
The engine can be started when the
registered smart phone is placed on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who
are not aware of the system since it
can result in serious injury or death. In
addition, always have the registered
smart phone with you to prevent
vehicle theft when leaving the vehicle.
Digital key App remote control
Various control functions such as Door
Lock/Unlock, Remote Start, Panic and
Trunk Open/Close are available using the
Digital Key App. To use the Digital Key App
functions, the smart phone’s Bluetooth must
be activated, and must be approximately
within 32 ft. (10 m) from the vehicle.
• Connecting Digital Key App with the
vehicle
1. Open the Genesis Digital Key App in
the smart phone. Select the vehicle
you want to control from the vehicle
list in the App.
2. Approach the vehicle with the Genesis
Digital Key App opened. The Digital
Key App will automatically connect
with the vehicle.
3. When the connection is complete,
the icons in the Digital Key App will
become active.
• Controlling the vehicle with Digital
Key App
ORG3050010LORG3050010L
Press the icons to remotely control the
vehicle.
1. Lock Doors
2. Unlock Doors
3. Panic On
4. Panic Off
5. Remote Engine On
6. Remote Engine Off
7. Open/Close Trunk
8. Remote Parking
For details on how to use Remote
Parking, see "Remote Smart Parking
Assist (RSPA)" section in chapter 7.
Convenience Features
5-16
The icon will be highlighted or an alarm
and vibration will also be provided when
the selected icon function is being
performed.
After the Digital Key App and vehicle are
connected, if Digital Key App remote
control is not used over 5 minutes, the
connection between the app and vehicle
will disconnect automatically.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using Genesis Digital Key APP if any of
the following occurs:
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position
- Door(s) is open
• Remotely starting vehicle with the
Digital Key App
1. Press the Door Lock button in Genesis
Digital Key App.
2. Press the Remote Engine On icon
within 4 seconds.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the engine will start.
- Unless the driver puts the
registered digital key (smart phone)
on the in-vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charging pad) when
the Remote Start function is on, the
engine will turn off.
- If the driver does not get in the
vehicle within 10 minutes after
the engine is remotely started, the
engine will turn off.
CAUTION
• If the vehicle windows are tinted
with a film containing metallic
substances, it may cause poor
Bluetooth connection and poor
performance of the Digital Key App.
• If multiple users use the digital key
at the same time, the functions of
the Digital Key App may not work
properly. Only the necessary user
should operate the Digital Key App
remote control.
• When using the Digital Key App
remote control, the driver (the
remote control user) should leave
the vehicle after checking that the
doors are locked. When the doors are
locked, the chime will sound and the
hazard warning lights will blink once.
• The remote functions of the Digital
Key App enables the vehicle to be
controlled when the user is within
operating range. If the digital key
is out of the operating range, the
remote control function may not
operate properly.
• If the smart phone is moved
away from the vehicle while the
smart phone and the vehicle are
connected, Digital Key App remote
control may not operate properly.
• When using Digital Key App
remote control via Bluetooth,
communication may be slow or the
operating range may be reduced in
the following circumstances:
- Smart phone mobile data is weak
- Bluetooth connection is weak due
to many Bluetooth devices
- There is an object such as metal or
concrete between the vehicle and
smart phone
- The smart phone is wrapped in
your hand or other electronic
devices that cause interference is
placed near the smart phone
• If you use a smart phone cover that
uses wireless communication or is
made of metal, the digital key NFC
function may not work properly.
Remove the smart phone cover
before using the digital key NFC
function.
05
5-17
• If Digital Key App remote control
does not operate properly, use the
smart phone’s NFC function to lock
and unlock the doors.
How to delete Digital Key (Smart
Phone)
ORG3050223N ORG3050223N
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital
key (smart phone) deleting process.
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Smartphone key → Delete’. The
‘Delete’ menu will be disabled if there
is no digital key (smart phone) saved.
3. When the digital key (smart phone) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
4. Go to ‘Initialize Digital Key’ menu
in the Digital Key App and select
the vehicle to delete the digital key
information.
What to do when user changes
smart phone or deletes app
If the driver changes his/her smart phone
or has deleted the Genesis Digital Key
App, refer to the following to set up the
Genesis Digital Key App again.
Smart phone change
Follow the procedure below to use the
digital key in your new smart phone.
1. Install the Genesis Digital Key App and
log in.
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, first delete the previous digital
key (Digital Key → Smart phone key →
Delete), and then save the digital key
again.
3. If you have shared the digital key with
others, you will need to re-share the
digital key.
Smart phone reset/App delete & reinstall/
App data delete
Follow the procedure below to use the
digital key when the smart phone was
reset, the app was deleted and then
reinstalled, or the app data was deleted.
1. Install the Genesis Digital Key App and
log in.
2. Input the PIN number for user
verification. If PIN is correct, digital
key data will be downloaded to the
user’s smart phone and you can use
the digital key without any further
registration or sharing procedure.
Smart phone operability with Digital Key
The Digital Key App may not be available
on some smart phones. Check for
available smart phone models on the
Genesis website. The smart phone NFC
antenna location guide can be confirmed
on the Genesis website or contact the
smart phone manufacturer’s customer
service center.
Convenience Features
5-18
Digital Key (Card Key)
How to register Digital Key (Card
Key)
To use the card key as a digital key,
follow the following procedure.
For Android smart phones
1. Install Genesis digital key app in main
user’s smart phone and register the
digital key (smart phone). Please refer
to the registration method of the
digital key (smart phone).
1-1. Activate Genesis digital key app
and then select “Menu → Settings
→ Card Key Enroll Authentication”.
Please follow the digital key
authentication procedure
according to the app.
- Bluetooth authentication :
Before starting the process, the
driver needs to make sure to
check whether the Bluetooth
connection is working properly.
To enroll the card key, please
select “Menu → Settings → Card
Key Enroll Authentication”
in the top right corner of the
digital key app. The card saving
process should be completed
within 5 minutes after the
authentication process is done
in the vehicle.
- NFC authentication : After
selecting NFC authentication,
please contact the smart
phone on the driver’s or
passenger’s outside door
handle.
1-2. Get in the vehicle with the smart
key.
Except Android smart phones
1. Get in the vehicle with two smart keys.
ORG3052008NORG3052008N
[A] : In-vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
2. Place the NFC card key on the in-
vehicle authentication pad.
ORG3050224NORG3050224N
3. From the infotainment system
settings menu, select ‘Setup →
Vehicle → Digital Key → Card Key →
Save’. The saving process will begin
automatically.
4. When the digital key (card key) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
05
5-19
Information
• When there is a digital key (card key)
already saved in the vehicle, the ‘Save’
menu is disabled. If you want to save
a digital key again, refer to “How to
delete Digital Key (Card key)” and
follow the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
• When registering a digital key (card
key), authentication is required once
through a smart phone. Complete the
registration within 5 minutes after
authentication.
• To register the digital key (card key),
the smart key must be in the vehicle.
• The registered digital key (card key)
cannot be used for another vehicle.
• The previously saved digital key (card
key) can be not used if a new digital key
(card key) is registered.
How to use the Digital key (Card key)
Card key touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the card key on the door
handle. Also, the engine can be started
by placing the card key on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
ORG3050011 ORG3050011
[A] : Door handle authentication pad, [B] : Card key
NFC antenna
• Locking/Unlocking the doors
- If the driver touches the card key on
the driver’s or passenger’s door handle
authentication pad for more than 2
seconds, the door will lock or unlock.
- If Two Press Unlock function is set, only
the driver’s door will be unlocked by
touching the card key on the driver’s
door handle. Touch the card key once
more within 4 seconds to unlock all
doors.
- After unlocking the doors, the doors will
automatically re-lock after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the NFC antenna if any of the
following occur:
- The Smart Key is in the vehicle
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position
- Any of the doors are open except for
the engine hood or trunk
• Starting the engine
After placing your registered card key
on the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charger pad), depress the brake
pedal and press the Engine Start/ Stop
button.
For more details, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
WARNING
The engine can be started when the
registered card key is placed on the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who
are not aware of the system since it
can result in serious injury or death. In
addition, always have the registered
card key with you to prevent vehicle
theft when leaving the vehicle.
Convenience Features
5-20
CAUTION
• The digital key (card key) may not
work under the following conditions:
- The card key is not touching
the center of the door handle
authentication pad or in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) correctly.
- The card key is used overlapped
with NFC-enabled cards such as
credit card or smart phone.
- If the card key does not work,
move the card key approximately
4 in. (10 cm) away from the
authentication pad and then touch
it again.
• The card key can be damaged by
impacts. If the key is damaged,
replace the card key with a new one
and register it again.
• Long-time exposure to high
temperature may cause the card
key to malfunction. Be careful not to
expose the key to direct sunlight or
high temperature.
• The card key is consumable and it
is not covered by your warranty.
Therefore, the result of misuse by
customers such as breakage or loss is
not guaranteed.
• Always have the card key with you
when leaving the vehicle. If the
authenticated phone has a dead
battery, or it is lost or stolen, you may
be locked out of the vehicle.
How to delete Digital Key (Card key)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital
key (card key) deleting process.
ORG3050225NORG3050225N
2. From the infotainment system settings
menu, select ‘Setup → Vehicle → Digital
Key → Card Key → Delete’. The ‘Delete’
menu will be disabled if there is no
digital key (card key) saved.
3. When the digital key (card key) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
Personalized Profile and Vehicle
Settings
When the registered digital key is
linked with user profile, the vehicle will
automatically operate (door lock/unlock
with digital key, etc.) according to the
user profile setting. User profile linking
and personalization are available for a
total of two drivers.
05
5-21
Linking / Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1. Select ‘Setup → User Profile →
Profile Settings → Link Digital Key
(Smartphone)’ on the infotainment
system settings menu.
2. Unlock the smart phone, enable the
NFC feature, and place it on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) according to the
message on the infotainment system
screen.
3. User profile linking will start with
the message ‘Linking… Pressing any
button will cancel linking the Digital
Key ’.
4. If you select ‘Link’, the registered
phone number’s digital key and the
user profile will link. Select ‘Link’
according to the instruction.
5. When the process is complete, the
message ‘Digital Key Link Complete.’
will appear on the infotainment
system screen.
How to unlink user profile
1. Unlink digital key in the User Profile
settings. Unlinking is possible only
when user profile is linked.
2. When unlinking is complete, the
message ‘Digital key is unlinked.’ will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
Information
• Use profile cannot be linked to
both Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are
connected to a single smart phone.
Personalization will operate with the
recently linked user profile, and the
previously linked user profile will be
automatically canceled.
• User profile can be linked when digital
key is enabled (Set up→ Vehicle →
Digital Key → Enable Digital Key).
The linked user profile information is
maintained even when the digital key
function is disabled. User profile can be
linked to a smart phone with the Digital
Key App installed.
• User profile can be linked when a
digital key is registered on the smart
phone and the vehicle. The smart
phone with another vehicle’s digital key
cannot be linked.
• If you remove the smart phone from the
in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) before completing the
user profile link, the linking process
will not be completed normally.
• To unlink the user profile, the smart
phone does not need to be on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad).
• Once the user profile linked digital
key in the smart phone is deleted, the
digital key should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user profile
again.
Convenience Features
5-22
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
digital key works under the following
conditions:
• Touch the driver’s door handle with
the profile linked smart phone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization
does not operate when locking or
unlocking the front passenger door.).
• When the remote door unlock with
the profile linked smart phone digital
key app works, the user profile linked
with digital key can be changed
manually from the infotainment
system settings.
Information
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows.
Item
Personalization
operation
Initial value Guest
Profile linked smart
phone key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked
smart phone key
Recently activated
profileNFC card key
Smart key
• The personalization function using
the digital key can be operated
after linking the digital key in the
infotainment system profile menu.
• The personalization function works
only when the engine is OFF or when
the engine is started remotely. If
the engine is not started remotely,
personalization function does not
work with the digital key.
05
5-23
Vehicle personalization with digital key
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
System Personalization Item
USM
Head Up Display
(HUD)
Position adjustment of image, Information display
selection
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume,
Welcome sound
Seat/Mirror/
Steering wheel
Seat position, O/S mirror position, Steering wheel
position, Easy Access
Smart heating wire/ventilation On/Off
Door Automatic door lock/unlock, Two Press Unlock
Smart phone
wireless charging
Wireless charging On/Off
Air conditioning
Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/
Automatic ventilation/Window defroster On/Off
Infotainment
menu
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system
Recent destination
User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connection
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning Operating condition
Latest operation setup of the following functions:
Temperature (AUTO), air flow direction, air
volume, air conditioner, air intake control, SYNC,
Front windshield defroster, OFF
For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key in the vehicle after locking or unlocking the doors or
starting the vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked with the central
door lock. Have the digital key with you at all times.
Convenience Features
5-24
Used Vehicle/Digital Key
Maintenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If any of the digital key devices (smart
phone key, card key) are registered in
the vehicle, the message ‘Digital key(s)
active’ will appear on the instrument
cluster once when the vehicle is turned
on after unlocking the vehicle door.
When purchasing a used car, be sure to
check the message and delete the smart
phone key and card key registered by
the previous user. Please let us know
the purchase of a used vehicle through
Genesis Customer Care. Check whether
the card key that came with the used
vehicle operates properly. If the card key
does not work properly, delete the card
key and register the smart phone key,
and then re-register the card key.
Digital Key Maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key
System repaired or replaced, the
registered smart key/card key can be
deleted. In this case, you should delete
the digital key on the smart phone and
re-register the key.
Limitations of the System
• Genesis Digital Key App on the smart
phone and card key may not work if
any of the following occurs:
- The Digital Key App in the smart
phone is deleted (reinstall the app)
- Account log information of Genesis
Digital Key App is expired (required
to re-log in)
- When you try to log in from
another smart phone instead of the
registered smart phone with same
user account - Smart phone rooting
or app hacking is detected
- Smart phone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged
- Smart phone’s screen is off or
locked
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in the
smart phone settings
- Smart phone’s mobile network
setting is off or airplane mode is
activated
- A credit card is overlapped in the
back of your smart phone, or metal
or thick smart phone case is used
- Using the card key with other cards,
or using it in a wallet or card holder
- There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
• The vehicle may not be controlled
by the smart phone if any of the
following occurs:
- Basic and necessary functions of
the smart phone are operating
(general call, urgent call, audio or
NFC payment)
- Using wireless earphone
05
5-25
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
OJX1059013OJX1059013
After pulling the door handle (1), turn the
key (2) toward the front of the vehicle to
lock (A) or turn the key toward the rear of
the vehicle to unlock (B).
If you lock/unlock the driver’s door
with a mechanical key, only the door of
driver will lock/unlock automatically, not
others. Namely, the driver’s door and the
rest of the doors are not interlocked in
terms of mechanical key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
NOTICE
Do not apply excessive force on the
door and door handle. It may damage
the door and door handle.
Information
When the keyhole freezes and does not
open, lightly tap or indirectly warm (i.e.
hand temperature) the keyhole.
Smart key
LockLock
OJX1059001OJX1059001
Touch the touch sensor on the front
outside door handle (the engraved part)
while carrying the Smart Key with you or
press the Door Lock button on the Smart
Key, all doors will lock.
UnlockUnlock
OJX1059002OJX1059002
Put your hand in the front outside door
handle while carrying the Smart Key with
you or press the Door Unlock button on
the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.
For more details, refer to “Smart Key” in
the previous pages.
DOOR LOCK
Convenience Features
5-26
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.
Power door latch (if equipped)
ORG3050013ORG3050013
If a door isn’t closed completely but is
closed to the first detent position, the
door will close automatically.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of injury:
• Before closing the door, check there
are no obstructions in the path of the
door.
• Keep your fingers away from the
edge of the door or they may become
trapped when the power door latch
operates.
Resetting the power door latch
The power door latch may need to be
reset after the battery is discharged or
disconnected or a related fuse has been
replaced or disconnected.
To reset the power door latch, perform
the following steps:
1. Close the door to the first detent
positon.
2. Open the door.
When this is complete, the power door
latch is reset.
If the power door latch do not operate
properly after resetting, we recommend
that the vehicle be inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
05
5-27
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door handle
ORG3051014NORG3051014N
Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when
the door is locked, the door will unlock
and open.
Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is locked, the door will
unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled
once more, the door will open.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously pulling
on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
With the central door lock switch
Driver’s doorDriver’s door
ORG3150015NORG3150015N
Front passenger’s doorFront passenger’s door
ORG3050016ORG3050016
Driver and passenger door
The driver and front/rear passenger
side door armrest is equipped with a
central door lock switch. The lock switch
is indicated by a
symbol. The unlock
switch is indicated by a symbol.
When the lock switch (1) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock switch (2) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is open, the doors will not lock even
though the lock switch (1) is pressed.
Convenience Features
5-28
OJK050063OJK050063
Rear door
When the lock switch (1) is pressed (door
indicator light ON), all the vehicle doors
will lock.
When the unlock switch (2) is pressed, all
the vehicle doors will unlock.
Information
If all doors are locked with the rear door
lock button, and the electronic child safety
lock button (if equipped) in the driver’s
seat is turned ON (indicator light ON), the
rear doors cannot be opened. If you want
to open the rear doors:
• Unlock the door with the smart key
from outside.
• Unlock the door with Genesis
Connected Service using your smart
phone.
• Press the electronic child safety lock
button on the driver’s door to turn
it off (indicator light OFF), then
unlock the doors with the driver’s or
passenger’s central door lock switch.
(Electronic child lock OFF → Door
unlocked)
• Press the electronic child safety lock
button on the driver’s door to turn it
off (indicator light OFF), then pull the
rear inner door handle twice.
In case of an emergency
ORG3050018ORG3050018
In case of emergency such as when the
battery is discharged, the only way to
lock the door(s) is with the mechanical
key from the outside key hole.
Doors without an outside key hole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key into the emergency
door lock hole and turn the key to the
lock position.
3. Close the door securely.
Information
If the electrical power door lock switch
does not operate (ex. dead car battery) and
the trunk is closed, you will not be able to
open the trunk until power is restored.
05
5-29
WARNING
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion. If the doors
are unlocked, the risk of being
thrown from the vehicle in a crash is
increased.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver’s or passenger’s door while
the vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not leave the elderly, children or
animals unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become extremely
hot, causing death or serious injury
to the elderly, unattended children
or animals who cannot escape from
the vehicle. Children might operate
features of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases
the potential risk to you or others from
someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, shift the gear
to the P (Park) position, engage the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position,
close all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the key with you.
CAUTION
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time
while the weather is very hot or cold,
there are risks of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the
outside when someone is in the vehicle.
Convenience Features
5-30
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock
Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features
that will automatically lock or unlock
your vehicle based on settings you select
in the infotainment system screen.
Auto LOCK Enable on speed
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be locked automatically when the
vehicle exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph).
Auto LOCK Enable on shift
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be locked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the
engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK On Shift to P
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted back into P (Park) while
the engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK Vehicle off
When this feature is set in the
infotainment system screen, all the doors
will be unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is turned off.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Additional unlock safety feature air
bag deployment
As an additional safety feature, all doors
will be automatically unlocked when an
impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
(if equipped)
ORG3050020LORG3050020L
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or
similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the
lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion,
they could fall out of the vehicle. The
rear door safety locks should always
be used whenever children are in the
vehicle.
05
5-31
Electronic Child Safety Lock
(if equipped)
ORG3050019ORG3050019
When the electronic child safety lock
button is pressed and the indicator
light on the button illuminates, the rear
doors cannot be opened from inside the
vehicle.
• The rear door window cannot be
opened or closed while the electronic
child safety lock button is in the LOCK
position (indicator light ON).
For more details, refer to “Windows”
section in this chapter.
• Electronic child safety lock does not
automatically turn on unless the driver
presses the electronic child safety
lock button.
• If 3 minutes passes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the
OFF, the indicator on the button
turns off, and the driver cannot turn
off electronic child safety lock by
pressing the button. To turn off the
function, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ACC or ON position, and
then press the electronic child safety
lock button.
• If the power is supplied again after
removing the battery or battery is
discharged while the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK
position, press the button once more
to match the state of the indicator on
the electronic child safety lock button
and actual status of the electronic
child safety lock function.
• If the airbag is activated while the
electronic child safety lock button
is in the LOCK position (indicator
light ON), the rear doors will unlock
automatically.
• Vehicles equipped with the electronic
child safety lock feature is not
provided with a manual child safety
lock.
WARNING
If children accidentally opens the rear
door while the vehicle is in motion, they
could fall out of the vehicle. Electronic
child safety lock should always be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
Convenience Features
5-32
NOTICE
Child safety lock failure
OJX1059018LOJX1059018L
When electronic child safety lock does
not work even though the button is
pressed, the message will be displayed
and an alarm will sound. If this occurs,
have the vehicle be inspected by an
authorized retailer Genesis Branded
products.
Safe Exit Assist (if equipped with
electronic child safety lock)
Safe Exit Assist helps prevent the rear
occupant from opening the rear door.
When an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected after the vehicle
stops, the rear doors will not unlock even
when the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button.
For more details, refer to “Safe Exit
Assist (SEA)” section in chapter 7.
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
If your parked vehicle is in a garage and
engine is left on for a period of time, the
engine will turn off automatically to help
reduce fuel consumption, etc.
System setting
You can activate or deactivate Vehicle
Auto-Shut Off from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
Operating conditions
ODN8A059340ODN8A059340
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer will operate
when all the following conditions are
satisfied:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position or engine is running
• The gear is shifted to P (Park)
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened
• The vehicle door is open
Deactivating conditions
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer will turn off
when one of the situation occur:
• ‘Vehicle Auto-Shut Off’ is deselected
from the Settings menu (However,
the feature is enabled whenever the
engine is turned on.)
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral)
• The driver’s seat belt is fastened
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed
System operation
The engine will turn off automatically
according to the set time.
05
5-33
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn will sound and
the hazard warning lights will blink
continuously if any of the following
occur:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using the
smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then
the system resets. To turn off the alarm,
unlock the doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors
and the trunk. For the system to activate,
you must lock the doors and the trunk
from outside the vehicle with the smart
key or by touching the touch sensor on
the outside of the door handle with the
smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the trunk, or the hood without
using the smart key will cause the alarm
to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the
hood, the trunk, or any door is not fully
closed. If the system will not set, check
the hood, the trunk, or the doors are fully
closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
when the system is armed, the alarm
will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the doors by using the
mechanical key and start the engine by
directly pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking
the vehicle, but neither a door or the
trunk is opened within 30 seconds, the
doors will relock and the system will
rearm automatically.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Convenience Features
5-34
ORG3050022ORG3050022
Integrated Memory System for the
driver’s seat is provided to store and
recall the following memory settings with
a simple button operation.
• Driver’s seat position
• Steering wheel position (power
adjustment)
• Side view mirror position
• Instrument panel illumination
intensity
• Head-Up Display (HUD) position
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
integrated memory system while the
vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If integrated memory system does not
operate normally, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Storing Memory Positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat position,
side view mirror position, steering
wheel position, instrument panel
illumination intensity and head-up
display height/brightness to the
desired position.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you ‘Press
button to save settings’ on the cluster
LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1
or 2) within 4 seconds. The system
will beep twice when the memory has
been successfully stored.
5. ‘Settings 1(or 2) saved’ will appear on
the cluster LCD display. The message
appears only for the driver’s seat
position memory setting.
INTEGRATED MEMORY SYSTEM
05
5-35
Recalling Memory Positions
1. Shift to P (Park) while the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1
or 2). The system will beep once, and
then the driver’s seat position, side
view mirror position, steering wheel
position, instrument panel illumination
intensity and head-up display height/
brightness will automatically adjust to
the stored positions.
3. ‘Settings 1(or 2) applied’ will appear on
the cluster LCD display.
Information
• If you press the SET button or the
corresponding button which the
setting is being recalled, the setting will
temporarily deactivate. If you press the
other buttons, the setting of the pressed
button will activate.
For example, if you press the SET
button or number 1 button with the
number 1 setting in operation, the
setting will temporarily deactivate. If
you press the number 2 button, the
number 2 setting will activate.
• If you adjust the seat, side view mirror,
steering wheel, instrument panel
illumination or head-up display while
recalling the stored positions, the pre-
set settings will become ineffective.
Resetting the System
Take the following procedures to reset
integrated memory system, when it does
not operate properly.
Resetting integrated memory
system
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver’s
door with the vehicle shifted to P
(Park).
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and seatback
to the foremost position.
3. Press the SET button and push
forward the driver’s seat movement
switch over 2 seconds simultaneously.
While resetting integrated memory
system
1. Resetting starts with a notification
sound.
2. The driver’s seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position with
the notification sound.
3. The driver’s seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notification
sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notification
sound may stop.
• The memory button is pressed.
• The seat control switch is operated.
• The driving speed exceeds
2 mph (3 km/h).
• The driver’s door is closed.
Convenience Features
5-36
NOTICE
• While integrated memory system
is being reset, if the resetting
and notification sound stops
incompletely, restart the resetting
procedure again.
• Make sure that there is no objects
around the driver’s seat in advance
of resetting the integrated memory
system.
Seat Easy Access
Seat easy access will move the driver’s
seat and steering wheel automatically as
follows:
• Exiting the vehicle:
The driver’s seat, steering wheel and
seat bolster will move as follows when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position with the gear in P (Park)
and the driver’s door open.
- Driver seat: Moves rearward
depending on the distance selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system.
- Steering wheel: Moves upward
- Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted
to the default position.
However, the driver’s seat may not
move rearward if there is not enough
space between the driver’s seat and
the rear seats.
Also, on a regular basis, the steering
wheel will also move forward to adjust
its location by itself.
• Entering the vehicle:
The driver’s seat, steering wheel and
seat bolster will move as follows
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ACC, ON or START
position or while carrying the smart
key, the driver’s door is closed with
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position.
- Driver seat: Moves back to its
original position.
- Steering wheel: Moves back to its
original position.
- Seat bolster (if equipped): Adjusted
to the default position.
• You can set the Seat Easy Access
function from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system screen.
Select:
- Driver seat
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat →
Seating Easy Access → Driver Seat
Easy Access → Normal/Extended/Off
- Steering wheel
Setup → Vehicle Settings → Seat
→ Seating Easy Access → Steering
wheel easy access
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
05
5-37
The Smart Posture Care system
automatically provides a healthy
posture (position) for the driver’s back,
and sets the steering wheel, outer
side view mirrors, head-up display
positions according to the driver’s body
measurements.
Information
If the Seat Posture Care System does
not operate normally, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
ORG3SP052289CORG3SP052289C
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park) while
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
2. Press the SMART button on the
driver’s door or select ‘Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Seat → Smart Posture Care
→ Enter Driver’s Information’ from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
3. Enter information (Height, Pants
Inseam Length, Weight) in the
infotainment system screen.
4. After entering the driver’s information,
press ‘Posture Analysis → Adjust
Posture → Save Current Posture’. The
driver’s seat, steering wheel, side view
mirror and head-up display will be
adjusted.
5. Save the adjusted seat position in
‘Settings 1’ or ‘Settings 2’.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
SMART POSTURE CARE SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Convenience Features
5-38
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or
if the power steering system becomes
inoperative, you may still steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, we recommend that
you have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
CAUTION
If Electric Power Steering does not
operate normally, the
warning light
and the message ‘Check motor driven
power steering’ will illuminate on the
instrument cluster. You may steer the
vehicle, but it will require increased
steering efforts. We recommend that
you take the vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
and have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Information
The following symptoms may occur during
normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
This happens as the system performs
the EPS system diagnostics. When the
diagnostics are completed, the steering
wheel effort will return to its normal
condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
may have to put more steering effort.
However, it is a temporary condition so
that it will return to normal condition
after charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
• When you operate the steering wheel
in low temperatures, abnormal noise
may occur. If the temperature rises, the
noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
• When an error is detected from EPS,
the steering effort assist function will
not be activated in order to prevent
accidents. Instrument cluster warning
lights may be on or the steering effort
may be high. If these symptoms occur,
drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon
as it is safe to do so. Have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon as
possible.
STEERING WHEEL
05
5-39
Rear Wheel Steering (RWS) (if
equipped)
The Rear Wheel Steering system helps
increase vehicle maneuverability and
improve vehicle stability by using an
electric motor to control the steering
angle of the rear wheels according to
the driving speed of the vehicle and the
steering angle of the front wheels.
When driving at low speed, turning
radius is reduced by steering the rear
wheels in the opposite direction of the
front wheels to increase maneuverability.
At high speeds, the rear wheels are
steered in the same direction as the front
wheels to improve stability when turning
and changing direction.
NOTICE
When using snow chains, be sure to
turn off the Rear Wheel Steering by
selecting 'Snow Chains Installed' from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system to protect the vehicle.
After removing the snow chain,
deselect 'Snow Chains Installed' from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system. If it is not deselected, Rear
Wheel Steering will not operate. For
more details on setting the menu, refer
to “Winter Tire” section in Chapter 6.
CAUTION
If there is a problem with the Rear
Wheel Steering system, a warning light
and warning message appears on the
instrument cluster and Rear Wheel
Steering system stops working. If the
warning light and warning message are
still displayed even when the vehicle
is stopped and the engine is restarted,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
If the Rear Wheel Steering system
operation is stopped while the rear
wheels are not straight, the vehicle may
lean to one side while driving.
Information
With no warning light on the instrument
cluster, the following conditions are
normal:
• Immediately after starting the engine,
Rear Wheel Steering system performs
diagnostics and operates normally after
about 2 seconds.
• When turning the engine on or off,
Rear Wheel Steering system can
operate for about 2 seconds even
though the steering wheel is not steered
to check system condition.
• Motor noise may be heard when you
steer the vehicle while stopping or
driving at low speed.
• In driving conditions in which the
rear wheels are steered in the same
direction as the front wheels when is
on the instrument cluster by pressing
the Lane Following Assist button on
the steering wheel or Highway Driving
Assist function is activated, keep the
rear wheels straight to improve Lane
Keeping Assist performance.
• If 'Snow Chains Installed' is selected
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system, the Rear Wheel
Steering system stops operating, and
the rear wheels are straightened.
Convenience Features
5-40
Tilt/Telescopic Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to a
comfortable position, adjust the steering
wheel so that it points toward your chest,
not toward your face. Make sure you can
see the instrument cluster warning lights
and gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the steering
wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Manual adjustment
ORG3050096LORG3050096L
To adjust the steering wheel angle and
height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance
forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not
engage completely. This may occur when
the gears of the locking mechanism do not
completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down
on the lock-release lever, readjust the
steering wheel again, and then pull back
up on the release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Power adjustment
ORG3050023ORG3050023
To change the steering wheel angle and
height:
• Push the switch (1) up and down to
adjust the angle (2).
• Push the switch forward or rearward
to adjust the height (3).
NOTICE
Do not adjust the steering wheel
longer than necessary when the
engine is turned off. This may result in
unnecessary battery drain.
05
5-41
Resetting steering wheel power adjustment
If adjustment is no longer possible within
the operable range while adjusting the
steering wheel position (angle or height),
reset as follows.
1. From the position the steering wheel
has stopped, push the control switch
(1) for 10 seconds in the direction you
were adjusting the steering wheel.
The steering wheel will move in the
direction the control switch is pushed.
2. Continue pushing the switch (1) for
at least 2 seconds after the steering
wheel has stopped. Resetting will be
complete after the operational range
is recognized.
If the adjustment is still not possible
after resetting the steering wheel
power adjustment, we recommend
that the system be inspected by
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Horn
Type AType A
ORG3050024ORG3050024
Type BType B
ORG3SP051024ORG3SP051024
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area is
pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely, or hit it
with your fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
Convenience Features
5-42
Heated Steering Wheel
(if equipped)
OJX1059023OJX1059023
While the engine is running, touch the
heated steering wheel icon to warm the
steering wheel.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you touch the icon, the
temperature setting of the steering
wheel changes as follows:
OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( )
• Automatic temperature control
The heated steering wheel starts to
automatically control the steering
wheel temperature after being
manually turned ON.
- When HIGH ( ) is manually
selected:
The heated steering wheel
automatically changes to the LOW
position after 30 minutes. You can
turn off the heated steering wheel
by touching the icon to the OFF
position.
- When LOW ( ) is manually
selected:
The heated steering wheel will not
be controlled manually.
• The heated steering wheel defaults to
the OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory
on the steering wheel. The cover or
accessory could cause damage to the
heated steering wheel system.
05
5-43
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the rearview
mirror so that the view through the rear
window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an
accident or deployment of the air bag,
do not modify the rearview mirror and
do not install a wide mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving.
This may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened
with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass
cleaner directly on the mirror as this
may cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
Electrochromic Mirror (ECM)
ORG3050025NORG3050025N
[A] : Indicator
Some vehicles come equipped with an
electrochromic mirror that helps control
glare while driving at night or under low
light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror. The
sensor detects the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically adjusts to
control the headlight glare from vehicles
behind you.
Whenever the the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse), the mirror will automatically
go to the brightest setting in order to
improve the driver’s view behind the
vehicle.
MIRRORS
Convenience Features
5-44
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
ORG3050208NORG3050208N
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™
(NVS
®
) Mirror (if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces
glare by monitoring light levels in the
front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
object that obstructs either light sensor
will degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
For more information regarding NVS®
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles
traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System
provides a convenient way to replace
up to three hand held radio-frequency
transmitters used to activate compatible
devices such as gate operators, garage
door openers, entry door locks, security
systems, and home lighting.
NOTICE
HomeLink® operates while the ignition
switch is in the ACC or ON position
for safety reasons. It is to prevent
unintentional security problems from
happening when the vehicle is parked
outside the garage.
05
5-45
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink® to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure people and objects are out
of the way of the device to prevent
potential harm or damage. Do not
use the HomeLink® with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety
stop and reverse features required
by U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door that cannot detect an
object - signaling the door to stop and
reverse - does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
For more information, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or
call Home-Link customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
It is also recommended that a new
battery be replaced in the handheld
transmitter of the device being trained
to HomeLink® for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio
frequency.
1. Programming HomeLink
®
The following steps show how to
program HomeLink. If you have any
questions or are having difficulty
programming your HomeLink buttons,
refer to the HomeLink website or call the
HomeLink customer support toll-free
number. Do this, before going back to
the dealer who sold you the car.
• Visit the HomeLink website at: www.
homelink.com. Then at the top of the
page, choose your vehicle make. Then
watch the You Tube video, and/or
access additional website information.
• If you choose to access the website
via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
• Or, call HomeLink customer support
at 1-800-355-3515 (Please have the
vehicle make/model AND the opener
device make/model readily available.)
1) Programming Preparation
OJX1050293NOJX1050293N
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
Convenience Features
5-46
2. It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the handheld transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
3. Place the ignition switch to the ACC
(Accessory) position for programming
of HomeLink.
2) Programming a New HomeLink®
OJX1050294NOJX1050294N
1. Press and release the HomeLink
button (1), (2) or (3), you would like
to program. The HomeLink indicator
light (7) will flash orange slowly (if
not, perform the steps of “Erasing
HomeLink Buttons” section, and start
over).
OJX1050295NOJX1050295N
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 – 3 inches (2 – 8cm) away
from the HoleLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7)
is flashing orange, press and hold the
hand-held remote button. Continue
pressing the handheld remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the handheld
remote button.
4. Wait until your garage door comes
to a complete stop, regardless of
position, before proceeding to the
next steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink
button you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly
flashes green, firmly press, hold
for two seconds and release the
HomeLink button up to three times
in a row slowly to complete the
programming process. Do not press
the HomeLink button rapidly. At
this point if your device operates,
programming is complete. If the
device does not operate, continue
with step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
“Learn”, “Smart”, “Set” or “Program”
button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit (see
the device’s manual to identify this
button). The name and color of the
button may vary by manufacturer.
05
5-47
ODL3A040504ODL3A040504
à A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the “Learn”,
“Smart”, “Set” or “Program” button.
You now have up to 30 seconds in
which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release,
the HomeLink button up to three
times in a row slowly. Do not press
the HomeLink button rapidly. As soon
as you see the garage door start to
move, stop pressing any buttons
until a few seconds after the garage
door has come to a complete stop,
regardless of position. At this point,
programming is complete and your
device should operate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
3) Two-Way Communication
Programming (For select garage door
openers)
If your garage door opener has the
‘myQ’ logo on its side, your opener
likely has Two-Way Communication
capability. HomeLink has the capability
to establish Two-Way Communication
with your garage door opener. HomeLink
can receive and display “closing”
or “opening” status messages from
compatible garage door openers. At
any time, Home-Link can also recall
and display the last recorded status
communicated by the garage door
opener to indicate your garage door
being “closed” or “opened”.
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-
way-Communication. If your garage
door opener has this functionality, AND
the Two-Way Communication indicators
(4), (6) in the mirror appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, then
no further steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while
the garage door is opening/closing, use
the following instructions to enable this
functionality.
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
seconds, then release. Confirm that
the garage door is moving. AFTER it
stops, you will have one minute to
complete the following steps:
à A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
Convenience Features
5-48
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the “Learn” button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the garage
door opener). If there is difficulty
locating this button, reference the
device’s owner’s manual.
3. Press and release the “Learn” button.
4. A light on your garage door opener
may flash, and your Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6) in
your vehicle may flash, confirming
completion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the programmed
HomeLink button to activate
your garage door. The Two-Way
Communication indicators (4), (6)
flash in orange when the door is
moving. Do not make any additional
button presses until AFTER the garage
door has come to a complete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality,
it is possible for HomeLink to stop
functioning the garage door shortly
after initial programming, IF the Two-
Way Communication Programming
wasn’t properly completed. This
usually happens after the first 10 times
a programmed HomeLink button is
pressed. If you experience this, completing
the “Programming a New HomeLink
Button” and “Two-Way Communication
Programming” will restore door
operation.
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to “time-
out” (or quit) after a couple seconds of
transmission, which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal
during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the
programming procedures, replace
“Programming a New HomeLink Button”
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release (“cycle”)
your device’s handheld remote every two
seconds until the HomeLink indicator light
(7) changes from orange to green. You may
now release the hand-held remote button.
Then proceed with “Programming a New
HomeLink Button” step 4.
2. Operating HomeLink
®
1) Operating HomeLink®
OJX1050294NOJX1050294N
1. Press and release the desired
programmed HomeLink button (1, 2
or 3).
05
5-49
Information
The HomeLink indicator (7) should
light green, solid or flashing, and your
programmed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not
successful, and you’ll need to reprogram
the button.
2) Two-Way Communication Display
Behavior
ORG3050212NORG3050212N
1. Press and release one of the
programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2
or 3).
OJX1050296NOJX1050296N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener
has Two-Way Communication
functionality.
• If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“Closing”.
• The indicator (4) turns solid green
once the garage door has closed.
• If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange,
it indicates that the garage door is
“Opening”.
• The indicator (6) turns solid green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
• If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last known
status of the garage door for a few
seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way
Communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
press the buttons “1 and 2” OR “2 and 3”
simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “closed”
properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last
activated device was “open” properly.
Convenience Features
5-50
3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single
HomeLink® Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid green. Release the
button as soon as the HomeLink
indicator light (7) begins to flash
orange, usually about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the
“Programming a New HomeLink
Button” section.
Information
If you do not complete the re-
programming of a new device to the
button, it will revert to the previously
stored programming.
2) The following instructions will erase
ALL HomeLink® programming from
ALL buttons:
OJX1050297NOJX1050297N
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
illuminate solid Orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Release the buttons once the
HomeLink indicator light (7) changes
to Green and flashes rapidly.
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons
(1), (2) and (3) are cleared of any
programming.
Information
HomeLink
®
and the HomeLink
®
House
logo are registered trademarks of Gentex
Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark of
The Chamberlain Group, Inc.
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules
part 15 and Innovation, Science, and
Economic Development Canada RSS-
210. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) This
device must accept any interference that
may be received including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: The transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC and
ISED rules. Changes or modifications
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
device.
This equipment complies with FCC
and ISED radiation exposure limits set
forth for an uncontrolled environment.
End Users must follow the specific
operating instructions for satisfying RF
exposure compliance. This transmitter
must be at least 20cm from the user and
must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
05
5-51
FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux
règlements de la FCC, section 15, et
au CNR-210 d’Innovation, Sciences et
Dhveloppement économique Canada. Le
fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne
doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles
et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interférence reçue, y compris celle qui
pourrait entraîner un dysfonctionnement.
MISE EN GARDE : L’émetteur a subi des
tests et est conforme aux règlements de
la FCC et d’ISDE. Les changements ou
modifications non approuvés explicitement
par la partie responsable de la conformité
pourraient rendre caduque l’autorisation de
l’utilisateur de se servir du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
d’ISDE établies pour un environnement
non contrôlé. Les utilisateurs finaux doivent
respecter les instructions d’utilisation
spécifiques pour satisfaire aux exigences
de conformité aux expositions de RF.
L’émetteur doit se trouver à 20 cm au
minimum de l’utilisateur et ne doit pas
être situé au même endroit que tout autre
émetteur ou antenne ni fonctionner avec
un autre émetteur ou antenne.
Méjico
La operación de este equipo está sujeta
a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es
posible que este equipo o dispositivo
pueda no causar interferencia dañina, y
(2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede causar
su operación no deseada.
Convenience Features
5-52
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
ODL3A040518ODL3A040518
05
5-53
Side View Mirrors
ORG3050026ORG3050026
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand side view mirrors.
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely
with the mirror adjustment control
switch. The side view mirrors can be
folded to help prevent damage when
going through an automatic car wash or
when passing through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or look
back directly to determine the actual
distance of other vehicles prior to
changing lanes.
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors
to your desired position before you begin
driving.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side view
mirrors while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
• Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
Convenience Features
5-54
Adjusting the side view mirrors
ORG3051027NORG3051027N
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (Left side) or R
(Right side) button (1) to select the
side view mirror you would like to
adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch (2) to position the selected
mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, press both L and
R button off (indicator light off) to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer than
necessary, because this can damage
the motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand, because this
can damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
ORG3051028NORG3051028N
Folding button
The side view mirrors can be folded or
unfolded by pressing the button.
Infotainment system setting
• Enable on door unlock
If ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Welcome
Mirror/Light → Enable on Door Unlock’
is selected from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen,
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the touch sensor on the outside
door handle.
• Enable on driver approach
If ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Welcome Mirror/Light → Enable on
Driver Approach’ is selected from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen, the mirror will unfold
when the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
05
5-55
NOTICE
The electric type side view mirror
operates even though the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unnecessary
battery discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.
NOTICE
Do not fold the electric type side view
mirror by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
Reverse Parking Aid (if equipped)
ORG3051029NORG3051029N
When the gear is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s)
will rotate downwards to aid with driving
in reverse.
The state of the side view mirror button
(1) determines whether or not the mirrors
will move:
How it works
• When the L or R button (1) is pressed
(indicator lights ON), both side view
mirrors will move.
• If the L and R buttons (1) are not
pressed (indicator lights OFF), both
side view mirrors will not move.
The side view mirrors will automatically
revert to their original positions if any of
the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position or
the ACC position.
• The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
• The side view mirror adjustment
button is not selected.
Convenience Features
5-56
Reverse parking aid user settings
mode
You may change the angle of the side
view mirror if it is difficult to see the rear
view with the basic downward mirror
angle provided when reversing.
When the vehicle is first delivered, the
set downward angle of the left and right
side view mirror are different to ensure
driver visibility.
1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped.
2. Depress the brake pedal and shift
the gear to R (Reverse). When L (Left)
or R (Right) button is pressed, both
side view mirror angle will move
downward to the basic set position.
3. Press either L or R button to select
the side view mirror you would like
to adjust. Then press “▼, ▲, ◄, ►”
switch to adjust the side view mirror
to the desired angle.
4. After adjusting the angle to save the
adjusted side view mirror angle, shift
the gear to another position other
than R (Reverse), or change the L and
R buttons to the neutral position (L
and R buttons are not pressed).
5. Set the other side view mirror
following the above procedure 1 to 4.
Resetting reverse parking aid user settings
mode
To change the side view mirror angle
back to the basic angle, shift the gear to
R (Reverse), and adjust the mirror angle
higher than when the gear is in P (Park),
N (Neutral) and D (Drive).
NOTICE
When changing the angle of both side
view mirrors, it is recommended to
change the angle one side at a time
following the procedure 1 to 4.
05
5-57
ORG3EV051213LORG3EV051213L
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
Convenience Features
5-58
Power Windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must be
in the ON position to be able to raise
or lower the windows. Each door has a
Power Window switch to control that
door’s window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock button which can block the
operation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 3 minutes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front doors are
opened, the Power Windows will not
operate even within the 3 minute period.
Window opening and closing
OJX1059031OJX1059031
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window
switch when you want the window to
stop.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers or
lifts the window even when the switch
is released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
Resetting the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the system
be inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t
activate while resetting the power
window system. Make sure body parts
or other objects are safely out of the
way before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
05
5-59
Automatic reverse
ORG3050031NORG3050031N
If a window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 12 in. (30 cm) to
allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then lower
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not
operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the second
detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 in. (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction.
Convenience Features
5-60
Power window lock button
ORG3050032ORG3050032
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock button.
When the power window lock button is
pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger
power window
• Note that the front passenger control
is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the driver
master control can still operate all the
power windows.
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock button in the
LOCK position. Serious injury or death
can result from unintentional window
operation by a child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
individual door window switch in
opposite directions at the same time.
If this is done, the window will stop
and cannot be opened or closed.
05
5-61
Remote Window Closing
Function (if equipped)
Type AType A
ORG3050033ORG3050033
Type BType B
ORG3050034ORG3050034
You can still control the window
movement with the engine turned off by
pressing the Door Lock button for more
than 3 seconds.The window moves up, as
long as you press the door lock button.
The window movement stops, when you
release the door lock button. The hazard
warning lights blink 3 times, when the
window is completely closed.
Information
• The remote window closing function
may abruptly stop, when you move
away from your vehicle during
operation. Stay in close proximity from
your vehicle, while monitoring the
window movement.
• One of the windows may stop
operating, when the window is
interrupted by certain force. However,
the other windows will keep operating.
Thus, you should make sure that
all windows are closed, and that the
hazard warning lights blink 3 times.
Convenience Features
5-62
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located
on the overhead console.
ORG3050214NORG3050214N
The sunroof can only be operated when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front door is
opened, the sunroof cannot be operated
even within the 3 minute period.
WARNING
• Never Adjust the sunroof or
sunshade when your vehicle stops.
This could result in loss of control
and an accident that may cause
injury, or property damage.
• Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or
when there is luggage on the roof.
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
05
5-63
Power sunshade
ORG3051204NORG3051204N
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
- Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically slides open.
- Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically closes.
However, if the sunroof glass is open,
the glass will close first.
To stop the power sunshade at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direction.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sunshade
by hand as such action may damage
the power sunshade or cause it to
malfunction.
Information
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
are normal due to material characteristic.
Tilt open/close
ORG3052216NORG3052216N
• Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open. However, if
the power sunshade is closed, the
sunshade will open first.
• Push the sunroof switch upward
or forward when the sunroof glass
is tilt opened, the sunroof glass
automatically closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Convenience Features
5-64
Slide open/close
ORG3051215NORG3051215N
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass opens. However, if the power
sunshade is closed, the power
sunshade will open first.
Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass closes. However, if the sunroof
glass is closed, the power sunshade
will close.
• Push the sunroof switch forward
or rearward to the second detent
position, the power sunshade and
sunroof glass operate automatically
(auto slide feature).
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Automatic reverse
ODH043039ODH043039
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstacle while it is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction
then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding power sunshade or
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are
out of the way before operating the
sunroof. Body parts or objects may
get caught causing injuries or vehicle
damage.
• Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The power sunshade or
sunroof glass may reverse direction,
but there is a risk of injury.
05
5-65
NOTICE
• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
• Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
• Dust accumulated between the
sunroof and roof panel can make
noise. Open the sunroof and remove
dust regularly using a clean cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered
with snow or ice. The sunroof may
not work properly and may break if
opened by force.
• Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
• Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle
suddenly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the Sunroof
ORG3SP051271ORG3SP051271
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be required
include:
• When the 12V battery is either
disconnected or discharged
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Convenience Features
5-66
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in
P (Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade
and sunroof glass are open, push
the switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
3. Release the switch when the power
sunshade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade and sunroof glass
move slightly. Then release the switch.
5. Once again push and hold the sunroof
switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass slide open
and close. Do not release the switch
until the operation is completed.
If you release the switch during
operation, start the procedure again
from step 2.
Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may
not operate normally.
Sunroof Open Warning
ORG3040007ORG3040007
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warning
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Also, leaving the sunroof open when the
vehicle is unattended may invite theft.
05
5-67
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood
Opening the hood
ORG3050036ORG3050036
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking
brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
OJX1059042OJX1059042
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push up the secondary
latch (1) inside of the hood center and
lift the hood (2).
After the hood has been lifted halfway,
it will raise completely by itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine room
area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other
combustible material is removed
from the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and
correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 in. (30 cm) from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then double
check to be sure the hood is secure.
If the hood can be raised slightly, it is
not securely locked. Open it again and
close it with more force.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
all obstructions are removed from
around the hood opening.
• Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. Check there is no
hood open warning light or message
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Driving with the hood opened may
cause a total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood in the raised position, as vision
is obstructed, which might result in
an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
Convenience Features
5-68
Non-Powered Trunk (if equipped)
Opening the trunk
1. Make sure the vehicle is shifted to P
(Park) and engage the parking brake.
OutsideOutside
ORG3050040ORG3050040
2. Then do one of the following :
- Press the Smart Key Trunk Open
button for more than one second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
InsideInside
ORG3050039LORG3050039L
- Use the trunk release button.
3. Lift the trunk lid up.
Closing the trunk
Lower the trunk lid and press down
until it locks. To be sure the trunk lid is
securely fastened, always check by trying
to pull it up again.
WARNING
Always keep the trunk lid completely
closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
gases containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
illness or death may result.
Information
To prevent damage to the trunk lift
cylinders and the attached hardware,
always close the trunk before driving.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
Your vehicle should be kept locked and
keys should be kept out of the reach
of children. Parents should teach their
children about the dangers of playing in
the trunk.
05
5-69
Emergency trunk safety release
ORG3050045ORG3050045
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release lever
located inside the trunk. When someone
is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the
trunk can be opened by moving the lever
in the direction of the arrow and pushing
the trunk open.
WARNING
• You and your passengers must
be aware of the location of the
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever in this vehicle and how to open
the trunk in case you are accidentally
locked in the trunk.
• • NEVER allow anyone to occupy the
trunk of the vehicle at any time. If the
trunk is partially or totally latched
and the person is unable to get out,
serious injury or death could occur
due to lack of ventilation, exhaust
fumes and rapid heat build-up, or
because of exposure to cold weather
conditions. The trunk is also a highly
dangerous location in the event of a
crash because it is not a protected
occupant space but is a part of the
vehicle’s crush zone.
• Your vehicle should be kept locked
and the Smart Key should be kept
out of the reach of children. Parents
should teach their children about the
dangers of playing in trunks.
• Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
Trunk release lever
ORG3050046ORG3050046
When the vehicle battery is discharged or
the trunk needs to be opened manually:
1. Open the cover (1) at the center of the
rear seat. Pull the lever on the back of
the cover all the way.
OHI048543OHI048543
2. With the lever pulled to the end, fix
the lever (3) on the projecting part (2).
3. Lift and open the trunk manually.
4. Remove the inserted lever to close the
trunk.
WARNING
Make sure to at least have minimum
space at the back and in the upper area
of the trunk when opening or closing
the trunk. If not, the trunk may hit the
surrounding objects (wall, ceiling,
vehicle, etc.) and result in damaging the
vehicle or injuring the person near.
Convenience Features
5-70
Power Trunk (if equipped)
Power trunk operating conditions
The power trunk operates when vehicle
speed is below 3 km/h (1.8 mph).
WARNING
• Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. Children
may operate the power trunk. Doing
so can result in injury to themselves
or others and can damage the
vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people or
objects and enough space around
the trunk before operating the
power trunk or smart trunk prior to
use. Serious injury, damage to the
vehicle or damage to surrounding
objects (for example, walls, ceilings,
vehicles, etc.) may result if contact
with the trunk occurs.
• Make sure there are no people or
objects around the trunk before
operating the power trunk. Wait
until the liftgate is opened fully and
stopped before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
• Always keep the trunk lid completely
closed while the vehicle is in motion.
If it is left open or ajar, poisonous
exhaust gases containing carbon
monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle
and serious illness or death may
result.
NOTICE
• Do not close or open the power
trunk manually. This may cause
damage to the power trunk. If it is
necessary to close or open the power
trunk manually when the battery is
discharged or disconnected, do not
apply excessive force.
• Do not operate the power trunk more
than 10 times continuously when the
engine is not running. Use the power
trunk with the engine running when
the power trunk is used repeatedly to
prevent battery discharge.
• Do not leave the trunk open for a
long period of time. This may drain
the battery.
• Do not modify or repair any part of
the power trunk by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not operate the power trunk
under the following conditions.
The power trunk may not operate
properly.
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
- Parking on an uneven road such as
a slope, etc.
• Close the trunk completely and lock
all doors and trunk using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
• Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power trunk outside
open/close button. The trunk may
open unintentionally.
05
5-71
Information
• In cold and wet climates, the outside
power trunk open button may not work
properly due to freezing conditions. If
this occurs, remove the ice before using
the outside power trunk open/close
button or use the power trunk open/
close button on the smart key or the
instrument panel.
• If you leave the smart key in the trunk
and close the trunk, a warning will
sound for about 5 seconds. If this
occurs, open the trunk by pressing the
power trunk open button on the outside
of the trunk.
• If there are obstacles such as snow
on the trunk, the trunk may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
• Be careful where there is an incline, as
the trunk lid may drop slightly when it
is stopped before it fully opens.
Operating the power trunk
Power trunk open/close button (Smart
key)
ORG3050038ORG3050038
When the trunk is closed, press the
power trunk open/close button for
1 second. The trunk will open with a
warning sound.
While the trunk is opening, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
Convenience Features
5-72
Power trunk open/close button
(Instrument panel)
ORG3050039 ORG3050039
When the trunk is closed, press the
power trunk open/close button for 1
second. The power trunk will open with a
warning sound.
While the trunk is opening, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
When the trunk is opened, press and
hold the trunk open/close button to
close the power trunk. If you release the
button while the trunk is closing, power
trunk operation will stop with a warning
sound for 5 seconds.
Power trunk open button (Outside the
power trunk)
ORG3050040ORG3050040
When the trunk is closed, press the
power trunk open button to open the
trunk.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
trunk open button with the smart key in
your possession.
While the trunk is opening, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
Power trunk close button (Inside the
power trunk)
ORG3050041ORG3050041
Press the power trunk close button. The
trunk will close with a warning sound.
While the trunk is closing, press the
button to stop power trunk operation.
05
5-73
Power trunk lock button (Inside the power
trunk)
ORG3050042ORG3050042
Press the power trunk lock button while
carrying the smart key. The power trunk
will close and lock with a warning sound.
Additionally, all doors will lock.
The trunk will close and lock, and all
doors will lock only when the engine is
off.
Switching the power trunk from manual
to automatic
If you apply over a certain amount
of power manually when the trunk is
opened, the power trunk system detects
the direction and closes or opens
automatically.
- The power trunk fully opens when the
trunk is raised
- The power trunk closes completely
when the trunk is lowered
Information
The power trunk may not operate
properly if the trunk is not opened above a
certain height.
Automatic reverse
During power trunk operation if the
power trunk senses any obstacle, the
trunk will stop or will fully open. The
automatic reverse feature may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the trunk is almost fully
closed near the latched position.
• The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object
or part of your body in the path of the
power trunk to make sure the automatic
reverse feature operates. Serious injury,
or damage to the vehicle or object may
occur.
Information
The power trunk may stop operating if the
automatic reverse feature operates more
than two times while attempting to open
or close the trunk. If this occurs, carefully
open or close the trunk manually, and then
after 30 seconds try to operate the power
trunk automatically again.
Power trunk settings
Power trunk opening height
To adjust the power trunk opening
height, select ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Door/Trunk → Power Trunk Opening
Height’ in the infotainment system.
The infotainment system may change
after updates. For detailed information
on system settings, see the infotainment
system web manual.
Convenience Features
5-74
Trunk lid control button
OHI048009OHI048009
When the trunk lid control button is
in the UNLOCK (button not pressed)
position, the trunk can be controlled with
the power trunk open or close button.
When this trunk lid control button is in
the LOCK (button pressed) position, the
power trunk can be opened using the
trunk safety release lever.
The smart trunk does not operate, when
the trunk lid control button is pressed to
the LOCK position.
WARNING
Always be careful that all faces, hands,
arms, body parts are not in the path of
the power trunk. Even though the trunk
lid control button is in the LOCK (button
pressed) position, the trunk will still be
propelled upward by mechanical force
if the trunk is manually opened more
than 10 degrees beyond the fully closed
position. In addition, if the trunk is
manually closed to the secondary latch
position, the trunk will be electrically
moved to the fully latched position.
CAUTION
• Always keep the trunk lid control
button in the LOCK (button pressed)
position when not in use. Serious
injury or death can result from
unintentional operation.
• Do not leave valuables in the trunk.
Even though the trunk lid control
button is in the LOCK (button
pressed) position, the trunk can be
opened using the trunk release lever.
Information
Close the trunk and keep the trunk lid
control button in the LOCK (button
pressed) position before washing the
vehicle in an automatic car wash.
Resetting the power trunk
In some circumstances resetting the
power trunk operation may need to
be performed. Some instances where
resetting the power trunk may be
required include:
• When the 12-volt battery is recharged
• When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
• When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
1. With the engine off or running, put the
gear in P (Park).
2. While Pressing the power trunk close
inner button, press the power trunk
open outer button for more than 3
seconds. A chime will sound.
3. Slowly close the trunk manually.
4. Press the power trunk open outer
button. The trunk will open with a
chime sound.
Wait until the trunk fully opens to
complete resetting. If the trunk stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot
be completed.
Information
If the power trunk does not operate
properly after the above procedure, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
05
5-75
Emergency trunk safety release
• Inside the trunk
ORG3050045ORG3050045
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency trunk safety release lever
located inside the trunk. When someone
is inadvertently locked in the trunk, the
trunk can be opened by moving the lever
in the direction of the arrow and pushing
the trunk lid to open.
• Inside the vehicle
Follow the below procedure to open
the trunk manually when the battery is
discharged or when there is a problem
with the vehicle:
ORG3050046ORG3050046
1. Open the pass through cover (1) at the
center of the rear seat.
2. Pull trunk release lever the all the way
back that is located behind the left
side of the pass through cover.
OHI048543OHI048543
3. With the lever pulled to the end, fix
the lever (3) on the projecting part (2).
4. Lift and open the trunk manually.
5. Place manual trunk release lever back
to original position or trunk will not
close.
WARNING
• You and your passengers must
be aware of the location of the
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever in this vehicle and how to open
the trunk in case you are accidentally
locked in the trunk.
• NEVER allow anyone to occupy the
trunk of the vehicle at any time.
• Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
Convenience Features
5-76
Smart Trunk (if equipped)
ORG3050048ORG3050048
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the trunk can be opened with hands-free
activation using the smart trunk system.
How to use the smart trunk
The hands-free smart trunk system
can be opened automatically when the
following conditions are met:
• The smart trunk option is enabled the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
• The smart trunk is activated and ready
15 seconds after all the doors are
closed and locked
• The smart trunk will open when the
smart key is detected in the area
behind the vehicle for 3 seconds
Information
The smart trunk will NOT operate when:
• Any door is open, or all doors are
closed but not locked
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked
• For vehicles equipped with illuminated
exterior front door handles, if the smart
key is detected within 15 seconds from
when the doors were closed and locked
or if the smart key is within 60 in. (1.5 m)
from the front door handles
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Settings
To use smart trunk, it must be enabled
from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door/Trunk
→ Smart Trunk
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
2. Detect and Alert
The smart trunk detecting area extends
approximately 20-40 in. (50-100 cm)
behind the vehicle. If you are positioned
in the detecting area and are carrying the
smart key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound to alert
you that the smart trunk will open.
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you
do not want the trunk to open. If you have
unintentionally entered the detecting area
and the hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, move away from the area
behind the vehicle with the smart key. The
trunk will remain closed.
05
5-77
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink and
the chime sounds 6 times, the smart
trunk will open.
Deactivating smart trunk
ORG3050049ORG3050049
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk open/close
4. Panic button
If you press any button on the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
smart trunk function will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the smart trunk function for
emergency situations.
Information
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the smart trunk function will be
deactivated temporarily. But, if you do
not open any door for 30 seconds, the
smart trunk function will be activated
again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the trunk
opens.
• The smart trunk function will still be
activated if you press the door lock
button (1) or trunk open button (3)
on the smart key as long as the smart
trunk is not already in the Detect and
Alert stage.
• In case you have deactivated the smart
trunk function by pressing the smart
key button and opened a door, the
smart trunk function can be activated
again by closing and locking all doors.
Convenience Features
5-78
Detecting area
ORG3050051NORG3050051N
• The smart trunk detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 in. (50-
100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are
positioned in the detecting area and
are carrying the smart key, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the chime
will sound for about 3 seconds to alert
you that the smart trunk will open.
• The alert stops once the smart key is
moved outside of the detecting area
within the 3 second period.
Information
• The smart trunk function may not
operate properly if any of the following
instances occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• The smart trunk detecting area may
change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline
or slope.
- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite side.
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
ORG3050052ORG3050052
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver’s door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o’clock position.
ORG3050053ORG3050053
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
access the fuel tank cap.
05
5-79
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn
it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on the
door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
Information
The fuel filler door will not close if the
driver’s door is locked. If you lock the
driver’s door while fueling, unlock it
before closing the fuel filler door.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
guidelines may result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if
available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-
up of static electricity by touching
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe
distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source,
with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
• Do not go back into the vehicle
once you have begun refueling.
You can generate a buildup of
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any item
or fabric capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. If you must re-enter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle
or other Gasoline source, with your
bare hand.
Convenience Features
5-80
• When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact
between your bare hand and the
vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete.
• Use only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to carry and
store Gasoline.
• When refueling, always shift the
gear to the P (Park) position, set
the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
Gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling,
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
immediately contact the manager
of the gas station and then contact
the local fire department. Follow any
safety instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and
burns. Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according
to the “Fuel Requirements” section in
suggested in chapter 1.
NOTICE
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
fuel spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
Genesis cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the fuel
system or emission control system.
05
5-81
ORG3051267NORG3051267N
The Head-Up Display is a feature that
allows the driver to view information
projected onto a transparent screen
while still keeping their eyes on the road
ahead while driving.
Head-Up Display Settings
OJX1079242LOJX1079242L
• Head-up display can be enabled from
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Head-
Up Display → Enable Head-Up
Display
• After turning on the head-up
display, you can change the settings
of ‘Display Control’ and ‘Content
Selection’ of the head-up display.
See additional information in
supplied Infotainment Manual.
Head-Up Display Information
ORG3051266NORG3051266N
1. Turn by Turn (TBT) navigation
2. Traffic
3. Speedometer
4. SCC set speed
5. SCC Vehicle distance
6. Lane Following Assist
7. Lane Safety
8. Blind-Spot Safety
9.
Highway Auto Speed Change
10.
Highway Driving Assist
11.
Surrounding vehicle
Information
If you select Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as Head-Up
Display contents, the Turn By Turn
(TBT) navigation information will not be
displayed in the instrument cluster LCD
display.
HEAD-UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Convenience Features
5-82
Precautions While Using the
Head-Up Display
• It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the head-up display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver’s seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the
head-up display cover
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head up
display information, adjust the image
height or brightness level from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen.
See additional information in
supplied Infotainment Manual.
• For your safety, make sure to stop the
vehicle before adjusting the settings.
• Do not tint the front windshield glass
or add other types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the head-up display image
may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on the
windshield glass.
• When replacing the front windshield
glass, replace it with a windshield
glass designed for head-up display
operation. Otherwise, duplicated
images may be displayed on the
windshield glass.
WARNING
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system warnings on the head-up display
are supplemental. Do not solely depend
on them to change lanes. Always take a
look around before changing lanes.
Information
Head-up Display includes GPL, LGPL,
MPL and other open source license
softwares. All license notices including
related source code are provided at http://
www.mobis.co.kr/opensource/list.do.
If the driver requests on-board
software open source code via MOBIS_
[email protected] within 3 years
after buying this product, a CD-ROM or
other storage device will be sent with the
minimum cost covering storage device cost
and delivery cost.
05
5-83
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
OJX1059057OJX1059057
1. OFF position
2. AUTO headlight position
3. Parking lamp position
4. headlight position
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when :
• The headlights are ON.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The vehicle is turned off.
OJX1059059OJX1059059
AUTO headlight position
The parking lamp and headlight will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight as
measured by the ambient light sensor (1)
at the upper end of the windshield glass.
Even with the AUTO headlight feature
in operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the headlights when
driving at night or in a fog, driving in the
rain, or when you enter dark areas, such
as tunnels and parking facilities.
LIGHTING
Convenience Features
5-84
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on the
sensor (1) located at the upper end of
the windshield glass.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the AUTO headlight
system may not work properly.
OJX1059058OJX1059058
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and
instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
OJX1059060OJX1059060
headlight position ( )
The headlight, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in
the ON position to turn on the headlight.
05
5-85
High beam operation
OJX1059062OJX1059062
To turn on the high beam headlight, push
the lever away from you. The lever will
return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlight, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams
will turn on.
OJX1059061OJX1059061
To flash the high beam headlight, pull the
lever towards you, then release the lever.
The high beams will remain ON as long
as you hold the lever towards you.
Turn signals and lane change signals
OJX1059065OJX1059065
To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a left turn or up for a right turn in
position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and will
require replacement.
One touch turn signal
To use One Touch Turn Signal push the
turn signal lever up or down to position
(B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or
7 times.
You can enable the One Touch Turn
Signal function or choose the number
of blinking by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Lights → One Touch Turn Signal
(or One-touch indicator) → 3 flashes/5
flashes /7 flashes/Off’ in the infotainment
system screen.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Convenience Features
5-86
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged.
The system automatically turns off the
parking lamp when the driver turns the
vehicle off and opens the driver-side
door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is opened
if the headlight switch is turned to the
position lamp or AUTO (if equipped)
position after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the headlight switch on
the steering column after the engine is
turned off.
Headlight delay function
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC parking or the OFF position with
the headlights ON, the headlights (and/
or parking lamps) remain on for about
5 minutes. However, if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds. Also,
with the vehicle off if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights (and/
or parking lamps) are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking lamps)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the smart key twice or turning
the headlight switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can enable the headlight delay
function by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle
Settings → Lights → Headlight Delay (or
Headlight time-out)’ in the infotainment
system screen.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver
door, the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlight
delay function does not turn OFF
automatically.
This may cause the battery to
discharge. To avoid battery discharge,
turn OFF the headlights manually from
the headlight switch before exiting the
vehicle.
05
5-87
WARNING
If the function does not work properly,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products. Do not
attempt to inspect or replace the wiring
yourself.
Headlight moisture removal
function
When moisture fogs up inside of the
headlight with the headlight on for a
certain period of time, the fan circulates
air inside the headlight to remove
moisture. If moisture is not removed,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior lights
may obscure your view and cause an
accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is
turned off or the battery will discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go
off approximately 20 minutes after the
vehicle is turned off and the doors are
closed. If a door is opened, the lamp
will go off 25 minutes after the vehicle
is turned off. If the doors are locked by
the smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm system,
the lamps will go off five seconds later.
Convenience Features
5-88
Front lamps
ORG3050218NORG3050218N
Front map lamp ( ):
Touch either icons to turn the map lamp
on or off. This light produces a spot
beam for convenient use as a map lamp
at night or as a personal lamp for the
driver and the front passenger.
Door lamp (
):
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the front or rear doors are opened.
When doors are unlocked by the smart
key, the front and rear lamps come on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as
any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds when the
door is closed. However, if the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
or all doors are locked, the front and rear
lamps will turn off. If a door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position or the OFF position,
the front and rear lamps will stay on for
about 5 minutes.
Room lamp (
)
• Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.
Rear lamps
Room lampRoom lamp
OJX1059248OJX1059248
• : Touch the icon to turn
either lamp on or off.
• : Touch the icon to turn the mood
lamp on or off.
Personal lamp (with sunroof)Personal lamp (with sunroof)
OJX1059224OJX1059224
• : Press the button to turn the
lamp on or off.
05
5-89
Vanity mirror lamp
OHI048428OHI048428
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror lamp.
Rear mirror lamp (if equipped)
ORG3050060ORG3050060
Press the cover and it will slowly open
and the mirror lamp will turn on.
Glove box lamp
ORG3050061ORG3050061
The glove box lamp turns on when the
glove box is opened.
Door handle lamp/Mood lamp/Door
foot lamp
ORG3050091ORG3050091
• Door handle lamp (1): The lamp turns
on when the tail lamps are on.
• Mood lamp (2): The lamp turns on
when ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Lights → Ambient Light’ is selected
from the infotainment system screen.
• Door foot lamp (3): The lamp turns
on when a door is open and turns off
when the door is closed.
Convenience Features
5-90
Trunk lamp
ORG3050062ORG3050062
The trunk lamp comes on when the trunk
is opened.
Puddle lamp
ORG3050063ORG3050063
Welcome light
When all doors (and trunk) are closed
and locked, the puddle lamp will turn on
for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by
the smart key or when you put your hand
in the outside door handle with the smart
key in possession.
For more details, refer to “Welcome
System” in this chapter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position and the driver’s door is
opened, the puddle lamp will turn on for
30 seconds. If the driver’s door is closed
within the 30 second period, the puddle
lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the
driver’s door is closed and locked, the
puddle lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn
on only the first time the driver’s door is
opened after the engine is turned off.
05
5-91
Welcome System
ORG3050059ORG3050059
Welcome system helps keep the driver
visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp
When all the doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
and door handle lamp will turn on for
approximately 15 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When you put your hand in the
outside door handle with the smart
key in possession.
- If ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings →
Convenience → Welcome Mirror/
Light → Enable on Driver Approach’ is
selected from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen, the
lamps will turn on when the vehicle
is approached with the smart key in
possession.
See additional information in
supplied Infotainment Manual.
Headlight and parking lamp
When the light switch is ON, and all the
doors (and trunk) are closed and locked,
the headlight and parking lamp will turn
on for approximately 15 seconds if the
door unlock button is pressed on the
smart key. Note that if the light switch is
in the AUTO position, the headlight and
position light will turn on only when it is
dark outside.
Select ‘Setup → Lights → Headlight Delay’
from the Settings menu to turn on this
function.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the
position and all doors (and trunk)
are closed and locked, the room lamp
will come on for 30 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When you put your hand in the
outside door handle while carrying the
smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
lamps will turn off immediately.
Convenience Features
5-92
OJX1059063OJX1059063
High Beam Assist will automatically
switch between high beam and low
beam depending on the detected
brightness from the lamps of oncoming
vehicles or vehicles in front.
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161NORG3071161N
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
• Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
• For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
High Beam Assist Setting
OJX1059234LOJX1059234L
With the Start/Stop button in the ON
position, select ‘Lights → High Beam
Assist (or HBA (High Beam Assist))’
from the Settings menu to turn on High
Beam Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
HIGH BEAM ASSIST (HBA)
05
5-93
High Beam Assist Operation
Display and control
• After selecting ‘High Beam Assist’
in the Settings menu, High Beam
Assist will operate by following the
procedure below.
- Place the headlight switch in
the AUTO position and push
the headlight lever towards the
instrument cluster. The High Beam
Assist (
) indicator light will
illuminate on the cluster and the
function will be enabled.
- When the function is enabled, high
beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (25 km/h), high beam turn off.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster when
high beam is on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating,
if the headlight lever or switch is used,
the function operates as follow:
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will turn on
without High Beam Assist canceled.
When you let go of the headlight
lever, the lever will move to the
middle and the high beam will turn
off.
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by High Beam Assist, low beam
will be on and the function will turn
off.
- If the headlight switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlight/position/off), High
Beam Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating,
high beam switches to low beam if
any of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlight of an oncoming
vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlight or tail lamp of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light
is bright enough that high beams
are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
High Beam Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
High Beam Assist malfunction
OJX1059235LOJX1059235L
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check High Beam Assist
(HBA) system’ warning message will
appear and
light will illuminate on the
cluster. We recommend that the function
be inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Convenience Features
5-94
Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work properly
in the following situations:
• Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, or because
it is hidden from sight, etc.
• Headlight of a vehicle is covered with
dust, snow or water.
• A vehicle’s headlights are off but the
fog lamps are on and etc.
• There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle’s lamp.
• Headlights have been damaged or not
repaired properly.
• Headlights are not aimed properly.
• Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
• Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
• There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
• There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
• The road conditions are bad such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or
is being towed.
• Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, etc.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
WARNING
• At times, High Beam Assist may
not work properly. The function is
for your convenience only. It is the
responsibility of the driver for safe
driving practices and always check
the road conditions for your safety.
• When High Beam Assist does not
operate normally, change the
headlight position manually between
high beam and low beam.
05
5-95
WIPERS AND WASHERS
ORG3050064ORG3050064
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release. The
wipers will operate continuously
if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
AUTO : The rain sensor located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it rains,
the faster the wiper operates.
When the rain stops, the wiper
stops. To vary the speed setting,
turn the speed control knob.
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice
before using the wiper and washer, it may
damage the wiper and washer system.
Convenience Features
5-96
AUTO (Automatic) control
ORG3050065ORG3050065
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls the
wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be
automatically controlled depends on
rainfall.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the
sensitivity control knob.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the wiper will operate
once to perform a self-check of the
system. Set the wiper to the OFF position
when the wiper is not in use.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from the
windshield wipers, when the engine
is running and the windshield wiper
switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to
stop the auto wiper operation. The
wiper may operate and be damaged
if the switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system components
could occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor,
temporary malfunction could occur
according to sudden ambient light
change made by stone and dust
while driving.
05
5-97
Windshield Washers
ORG3050066ORG3050066
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles. The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the lever. If
the washer does not work, you may need
to add washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
Recirculating air when washer fluid
is used
When washer fluid is used, in order
to prevent the scent from entering
the cabin, recirculation mode and air
conditioning are automatically activated
depending on the outside temperature. If
you select fresh mode while the function
is operating, the function will resume
after a certain amount of time. It may not
work in some conditions such as cold
weather or engine OFF.
For more details, refer to “Climate
Control Additional Features” section in
this chapter.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent
the washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is
dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.
Convenience Features
5-98
Information
Use a clean soft microfiber cloth to gently wipe any finger prints off the touch screen.
Front seatFront seat
Front seat controlFront seat control
ORG3051100LORG3051100L
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Driver’s temperature control
2. Passenger’s temperature control
3. Fan speed control
4. Driver’s mode selection
5. Passenger’s mode selection
6. AUTO (automatic control)
7. OFF (system off)
8. Front windshield defroster
9. Air intake control
10.
SYNC
11.
Rear window defroster
12.
A/C (air conditioning)
13.
Rear temperature control
05
5-99
Information
Use a clean soft microfiber cloth to gently wipe any finger prints off the touch screen.
Rear seat controlRear seat control
ORG3050120NORG3050120N
1. Temperature control
2. Mode selection
3. AUTO
4. OFF
5. Climate control information screen
6. Front control
5-100
Convenience Features
Rear seatRear seat
ORG3050102NORG3050102N
1. Fan speed control
2. Temperature control
3. OFF (system off)
4. AUTO (automatic control)
5. Mode selection
Information
Temperature, Mode selection (air flow direction) can be controlled individually from the
rear seat.
However, if ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings → Climate → Climate Features → Lock the Rear
Climate Control’ is selected, the rear climate control can be operated only from the front
seat. Deselect ‘Lock the Rear Climate Control’ before using it from the rear seats.
05
5-101
Automatic Temperature Control
Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button.
The mode selection, fan speed,
air intake and air-conditioning will
be controlled automatically by the
temperature setting you select.
OJX1059246OJX1059246
2. When the climate control system is
being automatically controlled, fan
speed can be selected (Low/Medium/
High).
- HIGH: Use when quick heating or
cooling is preferred with higher fan
speed capability.
- MEDIUM: Use when medium fan
speed is preferred for cooling or
heating with moderate fan speed
capability.
- LOW: Use when low fan speed is
preferred for cooling or heating with
lower fan speed capability.
3. Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
After the interior has cooled
sufficiently, adjust the knob to
a higher temperature set point
whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any function of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’
sign will illuminate on the climate
information screen once again.)
- Fan speed control icon or knob
- A/C (air conditioning) icon
The selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the
efficiency of the climate control, use the
AUTO button and set the temperature to
72 °F (22 °C).
To change the temperature unit from °C
to °F or °F to °C:
Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
while pressing the OFF button.
Convenience Features
5-102
Information
ORG3050065ORG3050065
Never place anything near the ambient
light/solar sensor to ensure better control
of the heating and cooling system.
Manual Temperature Control
Mode
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected will
be controlled automatically.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh or
Recirculation mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to revert
back to full automatic control of the
system.
The climate control system settings
will be maintained, even when the
vehicle is turned OFF. However, the
climate control system settings will be
initialized when the battery has been
discharged, or when the cables have
been disconnected.
In this case, adjust the climate control
system settings again.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather the more efficient way to heat
the passenger compartment is to do the
following.
• Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
• Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
• After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
05
5-103
Mode selection
Front seatFront seat
Front seat controlFront seat control
Rear seat controlRear seat control
OJX1059155L/ORG3050103NOJX1059155L/ORG3050103N
Front seat mode selection
• Touch the arrows on the climate
control information screen to select
air flow direction.
• Press the SYNC button and when
the indicator light on the button
turns off, the air flow direction of the
driver’s seat, passenger seat, and rear
seat can be controlled individually.
However, passengers and rear seats
cannot select
.
• Touch REAR (1) to control the second
row seat mode selection from the
front seats.
• You may select 2~3 modes at the
same time.
ORG3050104ORG3050104
Rear seat mode selection
• Press the button to select the
direction of the air flow to the desired
position.
• You may select 2 modes at the same
time
Convenience Features
5-104
ORG3052105N
Air flow direction
The mode selection Icon or button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
05
5-105
Defrost (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield.
Face-level (B, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Floor-level (A, C, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
Face-level (E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
Floor-level (F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor.
Front windshield defroster
ORG3050106ORG3050106
Defrost-level (A, D)
Press the button, and the indicator light
on the button will illuminate and the
windshield defroster indicator will appear
on the climate control information
screen.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
When Defogging logic is enabled, Fresh
mode is selected and air conditioning
is selected according to outside
temperature.
Press the button again, the indicator light
will turn off and the previous settings will
be selected.
Convenience Features
5-106
Instrument panel vents
Front seatFront seat
ORG3050107ORG3050107
Rear seatRear seat
ORG3050108ORG3050108
The instrument panel vent air flow can be
directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can also be CLOSED using
the vent adjustment lever.
Move the lever to
position to close,
and to position to open.
Temperature control
Front seatFront seat
Front seat controlFront seat control
Rear seat controlRear seat control
ORG3050121NORG3050121N ORG3050109NORG3050109N
Rear seatRear seat
ORG3050110ORG3050110
Turn the knob to the right to increase the
temperature. Turn the knob to the left to
decrease temperature.
Also, touch the
or icon to select
the temperature for second row seats
from the front row.
The Set Temperature can be increased or
decreased by increments of 1 °F (0.5 °C)
for each incremental location. When set
to the lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously
to quickly cool the interior of the vehicle
initially. After interior temperature has
been cooled down sufficiently, press the
AUTO button and set the temperature to
72 °F (22 °C).
05
5-107
SYNC
ORG3050111ORG3050111
Adjusting the temperature, air flow
direction and fan speed equally
Press the SYNC button (indicator light
ON), the rear seat’s temperature, air flow
direction and fan speed will be adjusted
same as the driver’s control.
Air intake control
ORG3050112ORG3050112
The air intake control button is used to
select either Fresh mode (outside air) or
Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode
is selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be recirculated through the
system and heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected,
air enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Convenience Features
5-108
Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh
mode is recommended. Use Recirculation
mode temporarily only when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the air
conditioning ON can cause fogging of the
windshield. In addition, prolonged use of
the air conditioning ON in Recirculation
mode may result in excessively dry,
dehumidified air in the cabin and may
promote formation of musty vent odor due
to stagnant air.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode for a prolonged period of
time may cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This may lead
to loss of vehicle control which may
lead to an accident.
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in Recirculation
mode with the air conditioning OFF
may allow humidity to increase
inside the cabin. This may cause
condensation to accumulate on the
windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle with
the windows up and either the
heater or the air conditioning ON for
prolonged periods of time. Doing so
may increase the levels of carbon
dioxide in the cabin which may lead
to serious injury or death.
Fan speed control
Front seatFront seat
OJX1059169LOJX1059169L
Rear seatRear seat
ORG3050113ORG3050113
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed touching the
or icon, or
by turning the fan speed control knob.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF icon or button turns off
the fan.
05
5-109
Information
To help improve microphone voice
input sound quality, fan speed may
automatically slow down for a couple
of minutes when you activate voice
recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge.
Operate the fan when the engine is
running.
Air conditioning
OJX1059172LOJX1059172L
Touch the A/C icon to manually turn the
air conditioning on (indicator light will
illuminate) and off.
OFF mode
Front seatFront seat
Front seat controlFront seat control
Rear seat controlRear seat control
ORG3050114ORG3050114 ORG3050115NORG3050115N
Rear seatRear seat
ORG3050116ORG3050116
Touch the OFF icon or press the OFF
button to turn the climate control system
off. You can still operate the mode and
air intake buttons as long as the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
Convenience Features
5-110
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh or
recirculation mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh or
recirculation mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the Front
Defrost
mode.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculation
mode. Return the control to the to
Fresh mode when the unpleasant air
outside has diminished. This will help
keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and the
fan speed to the desired position, turn
on the air conditioning system, and
adjust the temperature control to the
desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle vehicle
air conditioning system is filled with
R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin
is reached, change the air intake
control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the lowest
position, then set the fan speed control
to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the engine temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures
can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air
conditioning system off if the engine
temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
05
5-111
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from
recirculation mode to fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system
performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to
fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection to the
position and fan speed control to the
lowest speed.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
OHI048581LOHI048581L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
We recommend that the cabin air filter
be replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products according to
the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty or rough roads, more frequent
cabin air filter inspections and changes
are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
we recommend that the system be
inspected at an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Convenience Features
5-112
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning
system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is mildly
flammable and operated
at high pressure, the air
conditioning system should
only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. It
is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
05
5-113
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
ORG3050067ORG3050067
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
OHYK059001OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
Convenience Features
5-114
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the
position during
cooling operation in extremely humid
weather. The difference between the
temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility could cause
an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the mode
selection button to the
position
and fan speed control knob to a lower
speed.
• For maximum defrost performance,
set the temperature control to the
highest temperature setting and
the fan speed control to the highest
setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold
after starting, then a brief engine warm
up period may be required for the
vented air flow to become warm or hot.
To Defog Inside Windshield
ORG3050117NORG3050117N
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected
automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control
is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control
indicator light is illuminated, press the
button once to enable Fresh mode
(indicator light OFF).
If the
position is selected, the fan
speed is automatically increased.
05
5-115
To Defrost Inside Windshield
ORG3050118NORG3050118N
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected
automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control
is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control
indicator light is illuminated, press the
button once to enable Fresh mode
(indicator light OFF).
If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
Defogging Logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning are controlled
automatically according to certain
conditions such as
positions. To
cancel or reset the defogging logic, do
the following.
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ) or
(
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within
3 seconds.
The air intake control button indicator
will blink 3 times to indicate that the
defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the
defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Convenience Features
5-116
Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear window
defroster conducting elements bonded
to the inside surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to clean
the window.
ORG3050119ORG3050119
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center control
panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
approximately 20 minutes or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the side
view mirror defrosters, they will operate
at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster.
05
5-117
Auto Defogging System
ORG3050065ORG3050065
Auto defogging helps reduce the
possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indicator
will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging
System will be enabled. The following
steps will be performed automatically:
Step 1) Air conditioning will turn ON.
Step 2) Air intake control will change to
Fresh mode.
Step 3) Fan speed will be set to MAX.
Step 4) Mode will change to defrost to
direct airflow to the windshield.
If the air conditioning is off or
recirculation mode is manually selected
while Auto Defogging System is ON, the
Auto Defogging System indicator will
blink 3 times to signal that the manual
operation has been canceled.
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Convenience Features
5-118
Turning the Auto Defogging System
ON or OFF
Climate control system
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
turned off, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on
the climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
turned on, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
6 times without a signal.
Infotainment system
Auto Defogging System can be turned
on and off by selecting ‘Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Climate → Defog/
Defrost Options → Auto Defog’ from the
infotainment system screen.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto Defogging System, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When Auto Defogging System is
operating, fan speed adjustment,
temperature adjustment, and air intake
control selection are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the windshield
glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
Auto Dehumidify (if equipped)
To increase cabin air quality and reduce
windshield misting, recirculation mode
switches off automatically after about 5
to 30 minutes, depending on the outside
temperature, and the air intake will
change to fresh mode.
Turning Auto Dehumidify ON or OFF
Climate control system
To turn the Auto Dehumidify feature
on or off, select Face level (
) mode
and press the air intake control (
)
button at least five times within three
seconds. When Auto Dehumidify is
turned on, the air intake control button
indicator will blink 6 times. When turned
off, the indicator will blink 3 times.
Infotainment system
Auto Dehumidify can be turned on and
off by selecting ‘Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Climate → Automatic Ventilation →
Auto Dehumidify’ from the infotainment
system screen.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
05
5-119
Recirculating Air when Washer
Fluid is Used
Recirculation mode automatically
activates to reduce any objectionable
scent of the washer fluid from entering
the cabin when the windshield washer is
used.
Turning Activate upon Washer Fluid
Use ON or OFF
Climate control system
To turn the Activate upon Washer Fluid
Use feature on or off, select Floor level
(
) mode, and then press the air
intake control (
) button four times
within two seconds while pressing the
A/C icon.
When Activate upon Washer Fluid Use
ON is turned on, the air intake control
button indicator will blink 6 times. When
turned off, the indicator will blink 3
times.
Infotainment system
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use can be
turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Climate → Recirculate
Air → Activate upon Washer Fluid Use
(or Interlocking washer fluid)’ from the
infotainment system screen.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
However, in cold weather to prevent
the windshield from fogging up, the
recirculation mode may not be selected.
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
(if equipped)
When the is sunroof opened, fresh
mode will be automatically selected.
At this time, if you press the air intake
control button, recirculation mode will
be selected but will change back to fresh
mode after 3 minutes. When the sunroof
is closed, the air intake position will
return to the original position that was
selected.
Convenience Features
5-120
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items
may catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items may fly out of the compartment
and may cause an injury if they strike
the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
Center Console Storage
ORG3050070ORG3050070
To open:
Press the button.
Rear Console Storage
ORG3050068ORG3050068
To open:
Press the button.
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
05
5-121
Glove Box
ORG3050069ORG3050069
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt.
Sunglass Holder
ORG3050219NORG3050219N
To open:
Push and release the cover and the
holder will slowly open. Place your
sunglasses in the compartment door
with the lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is closed
while driving.
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sunglass
holder. Such objects can be thrown
from the holder in the event of a
sudden stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The rear
view mirror of the vehicle can be
blocked by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly into
a sunglass holder. It may cause
personal injury if you try to open
it forcibly when the glasses are
jammed in holder.
Convenience Features
5-122
Cup Holder
FrontFront
ORG3052071NORG3052071N
RearRear
ORG3050073ORG3050073
[A] : Press
Cups or small beverages cups may be
placed in the cup holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
result in the event of a sudden stop
or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your drink.
If liquid spills, it may get into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/electronic
parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do not
use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
INTERIOR FEATURES
05
5-123
Sunvisor
OHI048444OHI048444
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun
from the side window, pull it downward,
release it from the bracket (1) and swing
it to the side (2) towards the window.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward
(4) as needed (if equipped). Use the
ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover securely
and return the sunvisor to its original
position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.
NOTICE
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror
on the sunvisor can be used for toll
road tickets or self parking tickets. Use
caution when inserting tickets into the
ticket holder to avoid damage. Refrain
from putting several tickets in the ticket
holder as this could also damage the
retaining tab.
Rear Mirror (if equipped)
OHI048562OHI048562
To open:
Press the cover and it will slowly open
and the mirror lamp will turn on.
To close:
Push back into position.
NOTICE
Make sure to close the rear mirror
cover after use. If not, the rear mirror
lamp remains ON, possibly draining the
battery or damaging the rear mirror.
Convenience Features
5-124
Power Outlet
ORG3050074ORG3050074
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180 watts with the engine
running.
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.)
into a power outlet or touch the power
outlet with a wet hand.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12 volts electric accessories
which are less than 180 watts in
electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/
electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
05
5-125
USB Charger
Front seatFront seat
ORG3052075NORG3052075N
Rear seatRear seat
ORG3SP051270ORG3SP051270
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electrical devices
using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON (or START) position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
à There are two USB chargers in the rear
seat.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging
method, may not be properly re-
charged. In this case, use an exclusive
charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media In the
infotainment system.
Wireless Smart Phone Charging
System (if equipped)
ORG3052076NORG3052076N
[A] : Indicator light, [B] : Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes
equipped with a wireless smart phone
charger.
The system is available when all doors
are closed, and when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON (or START)
position.
Convenience Features
5-126
Charging smart phone
The wireless smart phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
smart phones (
). Read the label on
the smart phone accessory cover or
visit your smart phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your smart
phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled smart phone
on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place
the smart phone on the center of the
charging pad.
2. The indicator light is orange when the
smart phone is charging. The indicator
light will turn blue when phone
charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system
screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle → Convenience →
Wireless Charging
If your smart phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
smart phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for 10
seconds if there is a malfunction in the
wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your smart phone again.
The system warns you with a message on
the LCD display if the smart phone is still
on the wireless charging unit after the
vehicle is turned OFF and the front door
is opened.
For some manufacturer’s smart phones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smart phone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the smart
phone and not a malfunction of the
wireless charging.
NOTICE
• The wireless smart phone charging
system may not support certain
smart phones, which are not verified
for the Qi specification (
).
• When placing your smart phone on
the charging pad, position the phone
in the middle of the mat for optimal
charging performance. If your smart
phone is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some cases
the smart phone may experience
higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless charging
may stop temporarily when the
Smart Key is used, either when
starting the vehicle or locking/
unlocking the doors, etc.
• When charging certain smart
phones, the charging indicator may
not change to blue when the smart
phone is fully charged.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop, when temperature
abnormally increases inside the
wireless smart phone charging
system. The wireless charging
process restarts, when temperature
falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process may
temporarily stop when there is
any metallic item, such as a coin,
between the wireless smart phone
charging system and the smart
phone.
05
5-127
• When charging some smart phones
with a self-protection feature,
the wireless charging speed may
decrease and the wireless charging
may stop.
• If the smart phone has a thick cover,
the wireless charging may not be
possible.
• If the smart phone is not completely
contacting the charging pad,
wireless charging may not operate
properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets may
be damaged if left with the smart
phone during the charging process.
• When any smart phone without
a wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to the
vehicle discerning compatibility of
the object placed on the charging
pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
the smart phone in any way.
Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position, the charging also stops.
Information
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Clock
The clock can be set from the
infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock
while driving. Doing so may result in
distracted driving which may lead to
an accident involving personal injury or
death.
Coat Hook
Type AType A
OJX1059087OJX1059087
Type BType B
ORG3050077ORG3050077
These hooks are not designed to hold
large or heavy items.
Convenience Features
5-128
WARNING
OJX1059088OJX1059088
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp
or breakable objects in the clothes
pockets. In an accident or when the
curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet
keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners
over the floor mats. If using All Weather
mats, remove the carpeted floor mats
before installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure to remove a protective
film attached on the carpet
before attaching a floor mat on
the front floor carpet. Otherwise,
the floor mat may move freely on
the protective film and it could
result in unintentional braking or
accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only
a single floor mat should be installed
in each position.
NOTICE
Your vehicle was manufactured with
driver’s side floor mat anchors that
are designed to securely hold the floor
mat in place. To avoid any interference
with pedal operation, Genesis Branded
Vehicle recommends that the Genesis
floor mat designed for use in your
vehicle be installed.
05
5-129
Rear Side Window Sunshades
(if equipped)
Use the rear side window sunshade to
block external light coming through the
rear window glass.
ORG3050078LORG3050078L
1. Lift the sunshade by the handle (1).
2. Hang the sunshade on both sides of
the hook (2). If the sunshade is hung
on one side of the hook, the sunshade
may be wrinkled.
NOTICE
• Do not hang any other object except
the rear side window sunshade on
the hooks.
• If you pull the rear side window
sunshade or apply force to return
the sunshade to its original position
after use, you may find the sunshade
wrinkled or out of shape. To lower
the sunshade, be sure to put the
handle downward and slowly return
the sunshade to its original position.
• Sunshades may not work properly if
foreign objects (coins, toys, cookies,
etc.) are stuck in the door. Be careful
that the foreign objects do not get
into the door.
Rear Window Sunshade
(if equipped)
FrontFront
ORG3050079NORG3050079N
RearRear
ORG3050081ORG3050081
• To raise or lower the sunshade, press
the button.
Convenience Features
5-130
ORG3052082NORG3052082N
• The rear window sunshade will be
lowered automatically when the
vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) and
raised automatically when the vehicle
is shifted from R (Reverse) to P (Park).
• After the rear window sunshade is
lowered by shifting the vehicle to R
(Reverse), if you drive more than
12 mph (20 km/h) with the shift
lever in D (Drive), the rear window
sunshade will be raised automatically.
NOTICE
Do not apply excessive force while
operating the rear window sunshade.
This could cause damage to the rear
window sunshade.
Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)
ORG3050083ORG3050083
ORG3050084ORG3050084
To keep items from shifting in the
luggage compartment, you can use the 4
holders located in the luggage board to
attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely
attached to the holders in the luggage
board.
If necessary, we recommend that you
contact your authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to obtain a
luggage net.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch
the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your
face and body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net
when the strap has visible signs of wear
or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep only light
items from shifting in the luggage
compartment.
05
5-131
NOTICE
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may not function
properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from
contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage or
discoloration.
USB Port
FrontFront
ORG3052089NORG3052089N
You can use an USB cable to connect
audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the portable audio device’s power
source.
Antenna
ORG3050092ORG3050092
The shark fin antenna will receive AM,
FM broadcast signals and transmit data.
Steering Wheel Remote Controls
Type AType A
ORG3050085ORG3050085
Type BType B
ORG3SP051272NORG3SP051272N
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
Convenience Features
5-132
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1)
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll up to
increase volume.
• Rotate the VOLUME scroll down to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down and held for 0.8 second or more,
it will function in the following modes:
• RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
• MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up
or down, it will function in the following
modes:
• RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN button.
• MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio or AUX modes.
MUTE ( ) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Infotainment System
ORG3052087NORG3052087N
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Voice Recognition
Type AType A
ORG3050090ORG3050090
Type BType B
ORG3SP051090ORG3SP051090
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
05
5-133
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Type AType A
ORG3050088ORG3050088
Type BType B
ORG3SP051088ORG3SP051088
ORG3050220NORG3050220N
(1) Call / Answer / Call end button
(2) Microphone
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
CAUTION
To avoid driver distractions, do not
excessively operate the device while
driving the vehicle which may lead to
an accident.
Lexicon Premium Sound System
(if equipped)
CAUTION
Lexicon premium sound system is
equipped with door speaker grills made
of stainless steel. The grill surface can
be heated when the vehicle is exposed
to hot weather for a long period of time.
Keep away from the speaker grill when
it is hot.
6
Before Driving ...................................................................................................6-4
Before Entering the Vehicle ........................................................................................ 6-4
Before Starting
............................................................................................................ 6-4
Engine Start/Stop Button ................................................................................. 6-5
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions ........................................................................... 6-6
Starting the Engine
...................................................................................................... 6-7
Smart Key Slot - Emergency Starting
........................................................................ 6-8
Turning Off the Engine
................................................................................................ 6-8
Remote Start
................................................................................................................ 6-9
Automatic Transmission ..................................................................................6-10
Automatic Transmission Operation ...........................................................................6-10
LCD Display Messages (Cluster)
................................................................................ 6-16
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)
.......................................................................... 6-18
Good Driving Practices
.............................................................................................. 6-19
Braking System ................................................................................................ 6-21
Power-Assist brakes ................................................................................................... 6-21
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................................................................ 6-21
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
..................................................................................6-22
Auto Hold
....................................................................................................................6-26
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
.................................................................................. 6-30
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
............................................................................. 6-31
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
.......................................................................6-34
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
................................................................................... 6-35
Good Braking Practices
............................................................................................ 6-36
All Wheel Drive (AWD) .................................................................................... 6-37
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation ..............................................................................6-37
Emergency Precautions
.............................................................................................6-39
Electronic Control Suspension ........................................................................ 6-41
System Malfunction ................................................................................................... 6-41
Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview ............................6-41
System Malfunction .................................................................................................. 6-42
Limitations of the System
......................................................................................... 6-42
6. Driving Your Vehicle
Driving Your Vehicle
6
Launch control ...............................................................................................6-43
Prerequisite for activation ........................................................................................ 6-43
Launch Control activation
........................................................................................ 6-43
Limited use of Launch Control
................................................................................. 6-44
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) ....................................................................................6-45
ISG System Operation ............................................................................................... 6-45
ISG System Off............................................................................................................6-47
Forced to Restart Engine
.......................................................................................... 6-48
ISG Malfunction
......................................................................................................... 6-48
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
................................................................................. 6-48
Coasting ..........................................................................................................6-50
Coasting Setting ........................................................................................................ 6-50
Coasting Operating Conditions
................................................................................ 6-50
Coasting Release Conditions
.................................................................................... 6-51
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ......................................................... 6-52
Drive Mode .................................................................................................................6-52
Road active noise control ...............................................................................6-54
System malfunction .................................................................................................. 6-54
Active sound design .......................................................................................6-54
Special Driving Conditions
............................................................................. 6-55
Hazardous Driving Conditions ..................................................................................6-55
Rocking the Vehicle
...................................................................................................6-55
Smooth Cornering
......................................................................................................6-55
Driving at Night
......................................................................................................... 6-56
Driving in the Rain
..................................................................................................... 6-56
Driving in Flooded Areas
............................................................................................6-57
Highway Driving
.........................................................................................................6-57
Winter Driving .................................................................................................6-58
Snow or Icy Conditions ............................................................................................. 6-58
Winter Precautions
.................................................................................................... 6-62
Vehicle Load Limit ..........................................................................................6-64
The Loading Information Label ................................................................................ 6-65
Trailer Towing ..................................................................................................6-69
06
6-3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust
system checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan
control set to high.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including
components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and
reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain
products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-4
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s),
and outside lights are clean and
unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seat belt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their seat
belts.
• Check the gauges and indicators
in the instrument panel and the
messages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
• Check that any items you are carrying
are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving.
For more information, refer to “Seat
Belts” section in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Assume
other drivers or pedestrians may be
careless and make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause
accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between you
and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving
is dangerous and may result in an
accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment. Just
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions and
emergencies and your reaction time
gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous as or more
dangerous than driving under the
influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take
drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been drinking
or taking drugs. Choose a designated
driver or call a taxi.
BEFORE DRIVING
06
6-5
ORG3060001ORG3060001
Whenever the front door is opened, the
Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate
and will go off 30 seconds after the door
is closed.
WARNING
To turn the vehicle off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than two seconds OR
Rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/ Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the vehicle without depressing
the brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the gear in the N
(Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the vehicle turning off and
loss of power assist for the steering
and brake systems. This may lead
to loss of directional control and
braking function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the gear is in the
P (Park) position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position, and take
the Smart Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the Engine Start/Stop
button or any other control while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence
of your hand or arm in this area
may cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON
Driving Your Vehicle
6-6
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions
Button Position Action Notes
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
Note if the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed with the vehicle
shifted to D (Drive) or R (Reverse),
the gear will automatically shift to
P (Park).
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the gear shifted to
N (Neutral), the Engine Start/Stop
button will change to the ACC
position.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
when the button is in the OFF
position without depressing the
brake pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories
are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for
more than one hour, the battery
power will turn off automatically
to prevent the battery from
discharging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake
pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when the
engine is not running to prevent
the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/ Stop button with the gear
shifted to the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine
with the gear shifted to the P
(Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button without depressing the
brake pedal, the engine does not
start and the Engine Start/Stop
button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
à To prevent vehicle battery discharge, the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the
OFF position when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position with
the gear in P (Park) for a certain period of time. When the function operates, the tail
lamps will turn off. To use the tail lamps again, turn the headlight switch located on
the steering column to the OFF and ON position again.
06
6-7
Starting the Engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots,
sandals, flip flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move which can lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the
rpm is high.
Information
• The vehicle will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
and when it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for the
smart key. When the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the “
” indicator
will blink and the warning 'Key not in
vehicle' will come on. When all doors
are closed, the chime will also sound for
about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in
the vehicle.
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P
(Park) by pressing the P button.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.
• Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming
it up.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-8
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to shift the
gear to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the gear in N (Neutral)
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the Engine Start/Stop button in
an attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the vehicle.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds except
when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot normally start the engine.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If you
are not able to replace the fuse, you
can start the engine by pressing and
holding the Engine Start/Stop button
for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
For your safety always depress the
brake pedal before starting the vehicle.
Smart Key Slot - Emergency
Starting
ORG3062002NORG3062002N
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by placing the smart
key in the smart key slot for emergency
starting. After placing the smart key
in the smart key slot, press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
Turning Off the Engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Press the P button to shift to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position and apply the
parking brake.
06
6-9
Remote Start
Type AType A
ORG3060003ORG3060003
Type BType B
ORG3060004ORG3060004
You can start the vehicle using the
Remote Start button of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
1. Press the door lock button within
32 ft. (10 m) from the vehicle.
2. Press the remote start ( ) button for
over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after
locking the doors. The hazard warning
lights will blink.
3. To turn off the remote start function,
press the remote start (
) button
once.
• The remote start ( ) button may not
operate if the smart key is not within
32 ft. (10 m).
• The vehicle will not remotely start if
the engine hood or trunk is opened.
• The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
• The engine turns off if you do not get
in the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
• Do not idle the engine for a long
period.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-10
Depress the brake pedal whenever rotating the shift dial to change gear or shifting P.
ORG3052265NORG3052265N
[A] : Rotary shifter (Rotary gear shift dial), [B] : P (Park) button, [C] : Cap-cover
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
06
6-11
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before shifting a
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the vehicle is
shifted to the P (Park) position, then
apply the parking brake, then press
the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can occur
if these precautions are not followed.
• When using the paddle shifter
(manual shift mode), do not use
engine braking (shifting from a
high gear to lower gear) rapidly on
slippery roads. The vehicle may slip
causing an accident.
Rotary shifter/ Rotary gear shift dial
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
ORG3062005NORG3062005N
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the P
button while depressing the brake pedal.
If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse),
N (Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear will
automatically shift to P (Park).
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the vehicle is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift
the gear to P (Park) and apply the
parking brake to prevent the vehicle
from rolling downhill.
Automatic gear shift to P (Park)
The gear is shifted to P (Park)
automatically for safety reasons under
the following conditions:
- When the engine is turned off with
the gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
- When the driver’s door is opened
with the engine running, the gear in R
(Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral), the
seat belt unfastened and the vehicle
at a standstill.
- When the driver’s or front passenger’s
door is opened with the gear in N
(Neutral) and the vehicle is turned off.
In situations the gear must be in P (Park),
always check if the gear is shifted to P
(Park) by checking the cluster.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-12
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
rearward.
ORG3062006NORG3062006N
To shift the gear to R (Rear), rotate
the shift dial counterclockwise while
depressing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the
R (Reverse) position, if you open
the driver's door with the seat belt
unfastened, the gear will automatically
shift to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
in motion.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
ORG3062007NORG3062007N
To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the
shift dial clockwise from R (Reverse) or
counterclockwise from D (Drive) while
depressing the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral),
the gear will automatically shift to P
(Park).
However, if you need to stay in N
(Neutral) with the engine off, refer to “To
stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is OFF”
in the following page.
CAUTION
The engine can be started with the gear
in N (Neutral), but for you safety, be
sure to start the engine with the gear in
P (Park).
06
6-13
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is
OFF
OJX1069009LOJX1069009L
ORG3060009ORG3060009
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the
engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
following.
1. Turn off Auto Hold and release
Electronic Parking Brake when the
engine is running.
2. Rotate the shift dial to N (neutral)
while depressing the brake pedal.
3. When you take your foot off the brake
pedal, the message ‘Press and hold
OK button to stay in Neutral when
vehicle is Off’ will appear on the
cluster LCD display.
4. Press and hold the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second.
5. When the message ‘Vehicle will stay in
(N). Change gear to cancel’ (or ‘N will
stay engaged when the vehicle is Off’)
will appear on the cluster LCD display,
press the Engine Start/Stop button
while depressing the brake pedal.
However, if you open the driver’s or
front passenger’s door, the gear will
automatically shift to P (Park) and the
Engine Start/Stop button will change
to the OFF position.
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine
Start/Stop button will be in the ACC
position. In the ACC position, the doors
cannot be locked. The battery may
discharge if left in the ACC position for
a long time.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-14
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically shift
through an 8-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator pedal further until you feel
the transmission downshift to a lower
gear.
ORG3062008NORG3062008N
To shift the gear to D (Drive), rotate the
shift dial clockwise while depressing the
brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver's
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear will automatically shift to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
CAUTION
When you start after stopping on a
steep incline, even if the gear is in
D (Drive), if you do not depress the
accelerator or brake pedal, the vehicle
may roll backwards, which can cause an
accident.
When the battery is discharged
You cannot shift gears, when the battery
is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to shift
the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment.
For more details, refer to "Jump
Starting" section in chapter 8.
2. Release the Electronic Parking Brake
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
06
6-15
ORG3062028NORG3062028N
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and press
the button (2) while depressing the
brake pedal.
Then, the gear will change to the
N (Neutral) position. The button
(2) operates only for 20 seconds to
change the gear between P (Park) and
N (Neutral) from the time when the
button (2) is first pressed. However,
the button must be pressed within 3
minutes after the engine is turned off.
Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position, refer to step 4.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift gear while depressing the brake
pedal.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Take the Key with you when leaving the
vehicle.
WARNING
• When you stay in the vehicle with
the engine running, be careful not
to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat and
start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep away from
the exhaust system components.
• Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper
or leaves. They may ignite and cause
a fire.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-16
LCD Display Messages (Cluster)
Press brake pedal to change gear
OJX1069015LOJX1069015L
This message is displayed when the
brake pedal is not depressed while
shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
Shift to P after stopping
OJX1069016LOJX1069016L
This message is displayed when the gear
is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is
moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
Shifting conditions not met
OJX1069014LOJX1069014L
This message is displayed when engine
RPM is too high, or when driving speed is
too fast to shift the gear.
Decrease vehicle speed or slow down
before shifting the gear.
06
6-17
Shifter system malfunction
OJX1069012LOJX1069012L
This message is displayed when the
transmission or the shift button does not
properly operate in the P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check shifter dial
OJX1069013LOJX1069013L
This message is displayed when there is
a malfunction with the shift dial.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check P button
OJX1069017LOJX1069017L
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the P (Park) button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Rotary shifter stuck
OJX1069022LOJX1069022L
This message is displayed when the shift
dial does not return back to it’s normal
position after rotating it.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-18
Vehicle Power limited due to high
transmission temperature
OJX1069056LOJX1069056L
This message is displayed when the
transmission oil temperature is high.
Drive at steady speed or stop the vehicle
at a safe place with the engine on. When
the oil temperature returns to normal,
the message will disappear.
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift
Mode)
Type AType A
ORG3060011ORG3060011
Type BType B
ORG3SP061011ORG3SP061011
The paddle shifter allows the driver to
shift gear without taking one’s hands off
the steering wheel.
The paddle shifter operates as follow.
• Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic shift
mode to manual shift mode.
• To change back to automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do one
of the following:
- Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second.
- Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7
km/h)
- Gently depress the accelerator
pedal for more than 6 seconds.
- Rotate the shift dial to the D (Drive)
position.
06
6-19
Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not occur.
Good Driving Practices
• Never shift the gear from P (Park) or
N (Neutral) to any other position with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. If the gear is shifted to
N (Neutral) while driving, the vehicle
loses the ability to provide engine
braking. Doing so may increase the
risk of an accident.
Also, shift the gear back to D (Drive)
while the vehicle is moving may
severely damage the transmission.
• When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driving
forward or shift to R (Reverse) for
driving rearwards. After selecting
D (Drive) or R (Reverse), check the
gear position indicated on the cluster
before driving. If you drive in the
opposite direction of the selected
gear, the engine will turn off and a
serious accident might occur due to
degraded brake performance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-20
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends you to follow all posted
speed limits.
NOTICE
Kickdown mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The automatic transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
06
6-21
Power-Assist brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
In the event of a vehicle power failure,
the power assist for the brakes will not
work. You can still stop your vehicle, but
it will require greater force and increased
pedal travel than normal. The stopping
distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
Information
• When the brake pedal is depressed
under certain driving conditions
or weather conditions, you may
temporarily hear a noise. This is
normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
• While driving on a road with deicing
chemicals, brake noise or abnormal
tire wear may occur due to deicing
chemicals. In a safe traffic condition,
additionally apply the brakes to remove
deicing chemicals on the brake discs
and pads.
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormal high brake temperatures,
excessive brake lining and pad wear,
and increased stopping distances.
• When descending down a long or
steep hill, use the paddle shifter
and manually downshift to a
lower gear in order to control your
speed without using the brake
pedal excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will cause
the brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of braking
performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
vehicle may also pull to one side
when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the
brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
heat up the brakes while maintaining
a safe forward speed until brake
performance returns to normal.
Avoid driving at high speeds until the
brakes function correctly.
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front
or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continue to drive with worn brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.
BRAKING SYSTEM
Driving Your Vehicle
6-22
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
ORG3060012ORG3060012
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
light comes on.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be
automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding
the EPB switch. Braking is possible only
while you are holding the EPB switch.
However, braking distance will be longer
than normal.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH, do not operate the EPB
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and lead to
an accident.
Information
During emergency braking, the Parking
Brake warning light will illuminate to
indicate that the system is operating.
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used for
emergency braking, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
06
6-23
Releasing the parking brake
ORG3060013ORG3060013
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake):
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON or START position.
2. Press the EPB switch while depressing
the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning
light goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
automatically:
• Gear in P (Park)
With the engine running depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Gear in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened
and the doors, hood and trunk are
closed.
2. With the engine running, depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or
Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
warning light goes off.
Information
• For your safety, you can engage EPB
even though the Engine Stop/Start
button is in the OFF position (only if
battery power is available), but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing up
the vehicle.
NOTICE
• If the Parking Brake warning light is
still on even though the EPB has been
released, have the system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-24
Warning messages
ORG3060031NORG3060031N
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door,
hood and trunk
• If you try to drive with EPB applied, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened
and the engine hood or trunk is
opened, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle,
a warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal.
Shift the gear into P (Park), pull the
EPB switch, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Take the Key with you when
leaving the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the EPB switch. If EPB is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
• Only release EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged.
If you depress the accelerator pedal
with EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake may
occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the braking system and
cause premature wear or damage
to brake parts. Make sure EPB is
released and the Parking Brake
warning light is off before driving.
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB. These
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a parking
attendant or assistant, make sure to
inform him/her how to operate EPB.
06
6-25
OJX1069034LOJX1069034L
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
OJX1069028LOJX1069028L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
EPB malfunction
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning
light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position and
goes off in approximately 3 seconds if
the system is operating normally.
If the EPB warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the Engine Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The EPB warning light may illuminate
when the ESC indicator comes on to
indicate that ESC is not working properly,
but it does not indicate a malfunction of
EPB.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-26
NOTICE
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the Parking Brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, EPB may not be applied.
• If the Parking Brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the switch, and then pull it
up. Repeat this one more time. If the
EPB warning does not go off, have
the system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Parking brake warning light
Check the Parking Brake
warning light by pressing the
Engine Stop/Start button to the
ON position.
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the Engine
Stop/Start button in the START or ON
position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Parking Brake
warning light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake warning light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while the engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle
immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating
the vehicle and only continue to drive
the vehicle until you can reach a safe
location.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally,
contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products by loading the vehicle
on a flatbed tow truck and have the
system checked.
Auto Hold
Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
not depressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
the brake pedal.
To apply:
ORG3062015NORG3062015N
1. With the driver's door and engine
hood closed, depress the brake
pedal and then press the AUTO
HOLD switch. The white AUTO HOLD
indicator will come on and the system
will be in the standby position.
06
6-27
ORG3060016ORG3060016
2. When you stop the vehicle completely
by depressing the brake pedal, Auto
Hold maintains the brake pressure
to hold the vehicle stationary. The
indicator changes from white to
green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
To release:
If you depress the accelerator pedal
with the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or
Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle
will start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to white.
WARNING
When Auto Hold is automatically
released by depressing the accelerator
pedal, always take a look around your
vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth start.
To cancel:
ORG3062017NORG3062017N
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the AUTO HOLD switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your
foot on the brake pedal to cancel Auto
Hold before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-28
Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more
than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the Parking Brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white, and a warning sound and a
message will appear to inform you that
EPB has been automatically engaged.
Before driving off again, depress the
brake pedal, check the surrounding
area near your vehicle and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes
to yellow, Auto Hold is not working
properly. Contact an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
when you start the vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel Auto Hold
when you drive downhill, back up the
vehicle or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open
detection system, Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Warning messages
OJX1069028LOJX1069028L
Parking brake automatically engaged
When EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
06
6-29
OJX1069034LOJX1069034L
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake
pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, Auto
Hold and EPB may not operate. For your
safety, depress the brake pedal.
OJX1069035LOJX1069035L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
you release Auto Hold by pressing the
AUTO HOLD switch, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
OJX1069036LOJX1069036L
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door and hood.
When you press the AUTO HOLD switch,
if the driver's door and engine hood are
not closed, a warning will sound and a
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display.
Press the AUTO HOLD switch after
closing the driver's door and hood.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-30
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle
control is improved during emergency
braking, always maintain a safe
distance between you and objects
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during extreme
road conditions. The braking distance
for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC
may be longer than for those without
these systems in the following road
conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds
during the following conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle.
The safety features of ABS or ESC
equipped vehicle should not be tested
by high speed driving or cornering. This
could endanger the safety of yourself or
others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
the driver to steer and brake at the same
time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your brake
pressure and do not try to pump your
brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard
as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance
it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
as trying to take a corner too fast or
making a sudden lane change. Always
drive at a safe speed for the road and
weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
The ABS (
) warning light will stay
on for several seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
06
6-31
During that time, ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the ABS ( ) warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
your brakes continuously, ABS will be
active continuously and the ABS (
)
warning light may illuminate. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and turn the
vehicle off.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light is off, then your ABS system is
normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem
with your ABS system. Contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
Information
When you jump start your vehicle because
of a drained battery, the ABS (
)
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery
recharged before driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
ORG3061018NORG3061018N
Electronic Stability Control helps to
stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC
applies braking pressure to any one of
the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the
engine management system to assist the
driver with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Always adjust your
speed and driving to the road conditions.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-32
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions when cornering. ESC will not
prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON position, ESC and the ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, ESC is enabled.
When operating
When ESC is in operation, the
ESC indicator light blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in
the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
• When ESC activates, the engine may
not respond to the accelerator as it
does under routine conditions.
• If Smart Cruise Control was in use
when ESC activates, Smart Cruise
Control automatically disengages.
Smart Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road conditions
allow. See “Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)” section in chapter 7 (if
equipped).
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the engine
RPM (revolutions per minute) may
not increase even if you press the
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation:
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
ESC OFF indicator light and/or message
'Traction Control disabled' will illuminate.
In this state, the traction control function
of ESC (engine management) is disabled,
but the brake control function of ESC
(braking management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds.
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
message 'Traction & Stability Control
disabled' illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. In this state, both the
traction control function of ESC (engine
management) and the brake control
function of ESC (braking management)
are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle,
ESC will automatically turn on again.
06
6-33
Indicator lights
■
ESC indicator light (blinks)
■
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the ON position, the ESC
indicator light illuminates, then goes off
if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning light
illuminates, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC
is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER turn ESC off while
the ESC indicator light is blinking or you
may lose control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized wheels and
tires installed.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping
operation of ESC, to maintain wheel
torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
and Parking Brake warning lights
are displayed. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do not
spin the wheel(s) excessively while
these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle
on a dynamometer, make sure
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
Information
Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or
standard brake system operation.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-34
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
Vehicle Stability Management is a
function of the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle
stay stable when accelerating or braking
suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four tires
can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Vehicle Stability Management:
• ALWAYS check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. VSM
is not a substitute for safe driving
practices.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. VSM will not prevent
accidents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, on slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe accidents.
VSM operation
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate ESC, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
VSM is active.
Information
VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• The EPS (Electric power steering)
warning light (
) is on or blinks.
06
6-35
VSM OFF condition
To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC
OFF button. ESC OFF (
) indicator light
will illuminate.
To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF
button again. The ESC OFF indicator light
will go out.
WARNING
If the ESC ( ) indicator light or EPS
(
) warning light stays illuminated
or blinks, your vehicle may have a
malfunction with the VSM system.
When the warning light illuminates,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the VSM
system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized tires and
wheels installed.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards
when starting a vehicle from a stop on
a hill. The system operates the brakes
automatically for approximately 5
seconds and releases the brake after 5
seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off
an incline. Hill-Start Assist Control
activates only for approximately 5
seconds.
Information
• Hill-Start Assist Control does not
operate when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) or N (Neutral).
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even
when the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off. However, it does not
activate, when ESC does not operate
normally.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-36
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the brake
pedal. Shift the gear to the P (Park)
position, then apply the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake
not applied or not fully engaged may
roll inadvertently and may cause injury
to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply
the parking brake before exiting the
vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal. If the braking action does not
return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe
to do so and we recommend that you call
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
06
6-37
All Wheel Drive (AWD) delivers engine
power to front and rear wheels for
maximum traction. AWD is useful when
extra traction is required, such as when
driving on, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging off-road
conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
WARNING
If the AWD ( ) warning light stays on
the instrument cluster, your vehicle
may have a malfunction with the
AWD system. Whenever the AWD
(
) warning light illuminates, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the water
level is higher than the bottom of the
vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water. Depress
the brake pedal several times as you
move slowly until you feel normal
braking condition is returned.
• Shorten your scheduled
maintenance interval if you drive in
off-road conditions such as sand,
mud or water (see "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions"
section in chapter 9).
• Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off road use, especially the
bottom of the vehicle.
• Be sure to equip the vehicle with four
tires of the same size and type.
• Make sure that a full time AWD
vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow
truck.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation
If the AWD system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the engine's
driving power is distributed to all four
wheels automatically.
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Driving Your Vehicle
6-38
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are wearing
seat belts.
• Sit upright and closer to the steering
wheel than usual. Adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Apply engine braking during
deceleration by using the paddle
shifter (manual shift mode) and
manually selecting a lower gear.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck.
NOTICE
When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand
or mud, place a nonslip material under
the drive wheels to provide traction
OR slowly spin the wheels in forward
and reverse directions which causes
a rocking motion that may free the
vehicle.
However, avoid running the engine
continuously at high rpm, doing so may
damage the AWD system.
Information
• When using Snow Tires, mount them
on all four wheels.
• When using tire chains, install them on
the rear tires. However, driving speed
must be below 30 km/h and minimize
the driving distance. Hight-speed or
long-term driving with the chains
installed may malfunction or damage
the AWD system.
• If tire chains must be used, use
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and
install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the tire
chains.
For more information on Snow Tires and
Tire Chains, refer to "Winter Driving" in
this chapter.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving
downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking
while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
06
6-39
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution driving up or
down steep hills. The vehicle may flip
over depending on the grade, terrain,
water and mud conditions.
Emergency Precautions
Tires
When replacing tires, be sure to equip
all four tires with the same size, type,
tread pattern, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with different
size and type from the one originally
installed on your vehicle. It can affect
the safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing serious injury.
In an emergency situation, a compact
spare tire may be used. But, do not use
the compact spare tire continuously.
Repair or replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid failure of the
differential or AWD system.
WARNING
ORG3060019ORG3060019
Never start or run the engine while a
vehicle is raised on a jack. The vehicle
can slip or roll off of a jack causing
serious injury or death to you or those
nearby.
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with
a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more details, refer to
"Towing" section in chapter 8.
Vehicle inspection
• If the vehicle needs to be operated on
a vehicle lift do not attempt to stop
any of the four wheels from turning.
This could damage the AWD system.
• Never engage the parking brake while
running the engine on a car lift. This
may damage the AWD system.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-40
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
ORG3060029LORG3060029L
[A] : Roll tester (Speedometer),
[B] : Temporary free roller
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester
must be used, perform the following
procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll tester
for a speedometer test as shown in
the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the
temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the
dynamometer. The vehicle can jump
forward and cause serious injury or
death.
06
6-41
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED SUSPENSION
WITH ROAD PREVIEW (IF
EQUIPPED)
Electronic Control Suspension controls
the vehicle suspension automatically
using vehicle sensors to maximize
driving comfort by taking into account
the driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stopping
requirements and acceleration.
System Malfunction
OJX1069040LOJX1069040L
Check Electronic Suspension
When Electronic Control Suspension
is not working properly, this warning
message will appear on the cluster LCD
display. If this occurs, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
ELECTRONIC CONTROL
SUSPENSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Electronically Controlled Suspension
with Road Preview controls the vehicle
suspension automatically using the front
view camera and vehicle sensors to
maximize driving comfort by taking into
account the driving conditions such as
speed, surface of the road, cornering,
stopping requirements and acceleration.
Front view camera
ORG3060021ORG3060021
The front view camera is a sensor that
detects the front road. If the windshield
or the front view camera is covered
with snow, rain or foreign matters, the
data collected by the camera is limited
due to the degradation of the camera’s
performance. Always keep the front view
camera clean.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-42
NOTICE
• NEVER install any accessories or
stickers on the front windshield, or
tint the front windshield.
• NEVER place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection may
prevent the system from functioning
properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera dry.
• Never disassemble the camera
assembly, or apply any impact on the
camera assembly.
Information
Have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The front view camera or cover gets
damaged or replaced.
System Malfunction
OJX1069040LOJX1069040L
Check Electronic Suspension
When Electronically Controlled
Suspension with Road Preview is not
working properly, this warning message
will appear on the cluster LCD display. If
this occurs, have the system inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
NOTICE
If the battery level is high or low,
Electronically Controlled Suspension
with Road Preview may not work
temporarily to protect the system. If this
occurs, ‘Check Electronic Suspension’
warning message will appear.
Limitations of the System
Electronically Controlled Suspension
with Road Preview always operates
while driving according to the vehicle’s
movement, and the preview function
starts to work when the front view
camera detects road conditions such as
speed bumps. Therefore, the preview
function is limited when there is an
extreme condition that the front view
camera may not work normally. In this
case, the electronic control suspension
function operates without the preview
function in accordance with vehicle
movement.
06
6-43
Launch Control system controls the
vehicle to reduce wheel spin or slip on a
hard acceleration from a standing start.
Prerequisite for activation
Launch Control gets ready to be
activated, when the following
prerequisites are satisfied.
• The engine is warmed up.
• Malfunction warning lights related
to the engine and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) are off.
CAUTION
For safety purposes, check the
following conditions before using
Launch control.
• The driver's seat belt is fastened.
• All doors, hood and trunk (or tailgate)
are closed.
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• Align the steering wheel straight.
Launch Control activation
To activate Launch Control:
1. Select SPORT or SPORT+ mode using
the drive mode selection button.
SPORT or SPORT+ indicator will
illuminate on the instrument cluster
LCD display.
2. Turn off ESC by pressing the ESC OFF
button for more than 3 seconds. The
ESC OFF indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.
3. Shift to the D (Drive) position.
ORG3SP061057LORG3SP061057L
4. Depress the brake pedal firmly with
your left foot, while depressing the
accelerator pedal down fully with your
right foot. Then, the Engine RPM will
reach an optimized level.
The message ‘Launch Control Ready’
will appear on the instrument cluster
LCD display.
5. A smooth, quick release of the
brake pedal, while maintaining full
depression of the accelerator pedal
will initiate launching of the vehicle.
LAUNCH CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
Driving Your Vehicle
6-44
ORG3SP061058LORG3SP061058L
6. During vehicle launching, continue to
depress the accelerator pedal to keep
the Launch Control system active until
desired duration.
The message ‘Launch Control Active’
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
To deactivate (end) Launch Control,
release the accelerator pedal.
Information
Launch Control is available again after
cooling down by driving the vehicle for at
least 3 minutes.
CAUTION
• Launch Control system is intended
for use at a closed race track and not
intended for use on public roads. It
will not compensate for driver's who
are inexperienced or lack familiarity
with the race track.
• Do not use Launch Control during
break-in period of the vehicle.
NOTICE
Constant use of Launch Control can
put enormous stress on the vehicle
resulting in premature wear of related
components.
Limited use of Launch Control
OIK057181NOIK057181N
Transmission temperature too high.
Launch control not available
A warning message will pop up on the
cluster LCD display if the transmission
fluid temperature is above a certain
level while using Launch Control. Also,
Launch Control will be automatically
deactivated.
If this occurs, the driver should cool
down the transmission fluid temperature
by driving the vehicle at a constant
speed over 60 km/h (37 mph).
06
6-45
Idle Stop and Go helps reduce fuel
consumption by automatically shutting
down the engine, when the vehicle is
at a standstill (i.e. red stop light, stop
sign, and traffic jam) subject to certain
prerequisite conditions being satisfied as
listed below.
The engine is automatically started upon
satisfying the starting conditions.
ISG system is always active, when the
engine is running.
Information
When the engine is automatically started
by ISG system, warning lights (i.e. ABS,
ESC, ESC OFF, EPS, and parking brake
warning light) may illuminate for a few
seconds due to low battery voltage.
However, it does not indicate a
malfunction with ISG system.
ISG System Operation
Prerequisite for activation
ISG system operates in the following
situations.
• The driver's seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door and hood are closed
• The battery sensor is activated and
the battery is sufficiently charged
• Outside temperature is not too low or
too high
• The vehicle is driven over a constant
speed and stops
• The climate control system satisfies
the conditions
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
• ISG related parts are working properly
• The incline is gradual
• The steering wheel is turned less than
180 degrees and then the vehicle
stops
Information
ISG system is not activated, when the
prerequisites to activate the ISG system
are unsatisfied. If this occurs, the ISG
OFF button indicator illuminates, and the
Auto Stop (
) indicator illuminates in
yellow on the instrument cluster.
When the Auto Stop (
) indicator stays
on the instrument cluster, have the system
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Auto stop
When ISG is on the engine will be
stopped automatically when both of the
following occurs:
1. Vehicle speed decreases to 0mph (0
km/h) full stop condition.
2. Brake pedal is depressed and gear is
in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The Auto Stop (
) indicator illuminates
in green on the instrument cluster, when
the engine stops.
Information
Idle stop cannot reoccur again until the
vehicle speed goes above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and then returns again to the automatic
stop conditions as previously mentioned.
IDLE STOP AND GO (ISG)
Driving Your Vehicle
6-46
In the Auto Stop mode, if the engine
hood is opened, ISG system will be
deactivated.
ORG3060032LORG3060032L
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
off button indicator will illuminate and
a message ‘Auto Stop error. Shift to P or
N to start engine manually’ appears on
the cluster LCD display with a warning
sound.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal
and restart the engine manually.
Auto start
When the engine stops automatically by
ISG, the engine will restart if one of the
following is done.
- Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold is activated, take
your foot off the brake pedal and then
depress the accelerator pedal.
- While depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear from N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) to R (Reverse) or P (Park).
- While depressing the brake pedal,
shift the gear from N (Neutral) to D
(Drive).
The Auto Stop (
) indicator goes off on
the instrument cluster, when the engine
is restarted.
LCD display messages
The messages are displayed on the
instrument cluster to help use ISG
system.
OJX1069069LOJX1069069L
Auto stop error. Shift to P or N to start
engine manually
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
off button indicator will illuminate and
a message will appear on the cluster
LCD display with a warning sound in the
following situations.
- When the engine hood is opened.
- When ISG system is not working
normally.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal
and restart the engine manually. For your
safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
06
6-47
OJX1069071LOJX1069071L
Press brake pedal before driving on
When the gear is shifted from N(neutral)
or D(Drive) to R(Reverse) without the
brake pedal depressed, a message will
appear on the cluster LCD display. To
activate auto start, depress the brake
pedal.
OJX1069044OJX1069044
AUTO STOP elapsed time
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by the Idle Stop and
Go system.
You may check AUTO STOP elapsed time
in the Utility view on the instrument
cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
ISG System Off
ORG3060022ORG3060022
Press the ISG OFF button to turn off ISG
system. The ISG OFF button indicator will
illuminate. To use the system, press the
ISG OFF button again.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-48
Forced to Restart Engine
The engine is automatically restarted in
the following situations.
• The engine has stopped for about 5
minutes
• The air conditioning is ON with the
fan speed set to higher positon than
7 step
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
• The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is
unsatisfactory
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) when
Auto Hold is activated
• The door is opened or the seatbelt
is unfastened when Auto Hold is
activated
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto
Hold is activated
The Auto Stop (
) indicator blinks in
green for 5 seconds on the instrument
cluster when the engine is restarted.
WARNING
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode,
the engine may restart without the
driver taking any action. Before leaving
the vehicle or working on the engine
compartment, turn off the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position.
ISG Malfunction
ISG system may not operate when there
is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or
ISG system.
The following will occur, when there is a
malfunction with the ISG system:
• The Auto Stop ( ) indicator will blink
in yellow on the instrument cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not operate
immediately. If you want to use the
system, the battery sensor needs to
be calibrated following the below
procedure.
ORG3060023LORG3060023L
[A] : Battery sensor
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect all electronic devices
that were additionally installed after
the vehicle was delivered, such as
navigation, dashcam, etc.
3. After 4 hours with the engine off, turn
the engine on and off 3 to 4 times.
06
6-49
Information
The ISG system may not operate in the
following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
• Use only a genuine Genesis ISG
battery for replacement. If not,
the ISG system may not properly
operate.
• Do not recharge the ISG battery with
a general battery charger. It may
damage or explode the ISG battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap. The
battery electrolyte, which is harmful
to the human body, may leak out.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-50
When certain conditions are met, the
engine is automatically decoupled from
the transmission while gear remains in D
(Drive). When Coasting is operating, the
engine stays at idling speed to reduce
fuel consumption and increase coasting
distance.
Coasting Setting
OJX1069045LOJX1069045L
• The Coasting function must be turned
ON from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Drive
Mode → Coasting
See additional information in
supplied Infotainment Manual.
• When Coasting is turned ON and
the conditions are met, the function
operates with a ‘Coasting’ message
illuminated on the instrument cluster.
Coasting Operating Conditions
The Coasting function will operate when
the accelerator pedal is depressed and
released under the following conditions.
• ECO is selected for driving mode
• ECO or Smart is selected for
Powertrain in the CUSTOM menu from
the infotainment system screen. If
Smart is selected, driver acceleration
should be mild
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• Smart Cruise Control is OFF
• The accelerator or brake pedal is not
depressed
• The vehicle’s speed is within 30~100
mph (50~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is within -5~+5%
range
Information
• If the front radar for Smart Cruise
Control cannot operate normally, the
inter-vehicle distance and relative speed
condition are automatically ignored.
• The Coasting function works after the
engine is turned on, the transmission is
warmed up, and the engine sensor self-
diagnosis is completed.
• Depending on the driving situation,
Coasting operation may be temporarily
delayed even if the above conditions are
met.
COASTING (IF EQUIPPED)
06
6-51
Coasting Release Conditions
The Coasting function will be
automatically released when the
following conditions are met.
• Comfort or Sport is selected for
driving mode
• The driver uses the paddle shifter
• Smart Cruise Control is activated (Set
speed appears on the cluster)
• The vehicle’s speed exceeds 30~100
mph (50~160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is under -5% or over
+5%
• If the distance between the vehicle
ahead is too close or the relative
speed changes momentarily in Smart
mode
• If lane change is predicated in Smart
mode (e.g. the turn signal is turned
ON or a LKA warning appears due to
steering wheel control, etc.)
Information
It is recommended to turn off the
Coasting function if you are driving under
frequently stop-and-go condition. Change
the drive mode to Comfort or Sport or
deselect Coasting from the infotainment
system screen.
NOTICE
• If the accelerator pedal is pressed
quickly for accelerating with the
Coasting function in operation,
acceleration may occur after the
engagement of the clutch inside the
transmission. In turn, the driver may
continue to feel acceleration even
after the system is turned off.
• Driving with the Coasting function
off may be required in some cases
since the engine brake is not applied
while the Coasting function is
operating.
• Operating the infotainment system
screen to activate or deactivate
the Coasting function while driving
may be dangerous as the driver’s
attention is dispersed.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-52
ORG3062024NORG3062024N
Drive mode may be selected according
to the driver's preference or road
condition.
Drive Mode
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE
MODE button is pressed.
COMFORT mode
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable if equipped with
ECS.
ECO mode (if equipped)
ECO mode helps improve fuel
efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
Fuel efficiency varies according
to the driver's driving habit and
road condition.
• When ECO mode is selected, the
ECO indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• When ECO mode is activated:
- The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
- The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
- The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
- Engine noise may be louder at some
automatic transmission shifts as
down-shift requires pressing down
more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated
to help improve fuel efficiency.
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
06
6-53
SPORT mode
SPORT mode provides sporty
but firm if equipped with ECS.
In SPORT mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
• When SPORT mode is selected, the
SPORT indicator will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
SPORT+ mode (if equipped)
The SPORT+ mode provides
sporty but firm riding.
In the SPORT+ mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
• When the SPORT+ mode is selected,
the SPORT+ indicator will illuminate
on the instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
the COMFORT mode. If the SPORT+
mode is desired, re-select the SPORT+
mode.
• When the SPORT+ mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
- Downshifts are advanced while
braking.
NOTICE
• In the SPORT or SPORT+ mode, the
fuel efficiency may decrease.
• ISG is deactivated in the SPORT+
mode.
CUSTOM mode (if equipped)
In CUSTOM mode, the driver can select
separate modes for each items in the
infotainment system screen.
- Powertrain: ECO/COMFORT/SPORT/
SPORT+
- Steering wheel: COMFORT/SPORT/
SPORT+
- Suspension: COMFORT/SPORT
- AWD system: ECO/COMFORT/SPORT
For detailed information, scan the QR
code in a separately supplied simple
maunal.
• When CUSTOM mode is selected, the
CUSTOM indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If CUSTOM mode is
desired, re-select CUSTOM mode.
NOTICE
• Depress the accelerator pedal softly
on the snow and the ice.
• Keep the distance from the vehicle in
the front.
• Prevent rapid acceleration,
deceleration and steering control.
Abrupt driving on the snow may
cause the accident.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-54
Road Active Noise Control helps reduce
noise caused while driving.
The system may not operate properly in
the following conditions:
• Any of the window is open
• Any of the door is open
• The sunroof is open
• The trunk is open
• Vehicle’s microphone and speaker is
blocked by loads
System malfunction
OJX1069055LOJX1069055L
When Road Active Noise Cancel is
malfunctioning, this warning message
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
If this occurs, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
ROAD ACTIVE NOISE
CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
ACTIVE SOUND DESIGN
(IF EQUIPPED)
• Active Sound Design is a function
that provides enhanced virtual engine
sound when the driver is depressing
the accelerator pedal.
• You can activate or deactivate Active
Sound Design function from the
Settings menu in the infotainment
system screen. Select:
- Setup → Vehicle Settings → Active
Sound Design → Largest Change/
Moderate Change/Smallest
Change/OFF, or
- Setup → Sound Settings → Active
Sound Design → Largest Change/
Moderate Change/Smallest
Change/OFF
See additional information in
supplied Infotainment Manual.
• Any unauthorized replacement of
the vehicle’s speaker and amplifier
may cause Active Sound Design to
malfunction.
06
6-55
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water, snow,
ice, mud and sand, take the following
precautions:
• Drive cautiously and maintain a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in
snow, mud, or sand, use second
gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid
unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other
non-slip materials under the wheels to
provide additional traction while the
vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow,
or mud.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on slippery
surfaces can cause an accident. The
sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. Be careful when
downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
the steering wheel right and left to clear
the area around your front wheels. Then,
shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transmission
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive
wheel spin occurs, the temperature
in the tires can increase very quickly.
If the tires become damaged, a tire
blow out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous - you and
others may be injured. Do not attempt
this procedure if people or objects are
anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire or
other damage. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to prevent
overheating of either the tires or the
engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to
spin the wheels above 35 mph
(56 km/h).
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to
the transmission, and tire damage. See
“Towing” section in chapter 8.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-56
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards than
driving in the daylight. Here are some
important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other drivers’ headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to
readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or on
slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes
it harder to see and increases the
distance needed to stop your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Smart Cruise Control
• Replace your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough tread.
If your tires do not have enough depth
of tire tread, making a quick stop on
wet pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. See “Tire
Tread” section in chapter 9.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as
the depth of tire tread decreases, refer
to “Tire Tread” section in chapter 9.
06
6-57
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage
the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires,
which may reduce traction or fail the
braking operation.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway
consumes more fuel and is less efficient
than driving at a slower, more moderate
speed. Maintain a moderate speed in
order to conserve fuel when driving on
the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant
level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-58
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other
problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following
suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of
you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may
cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install
tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include
tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper
cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Summer tires
• Summer tires are used to maximize the driving performance on dry roads.
• If the temperature is below 7°C or you are driving on snowy or icy roads, the
summer tires lose their brake performance and traction as the tire grip weakens
significantly.
• If the temperature is below 7°C or you are driving on snowy or icy roads, mount
snow tires or all-season tires of the same size with your vehicle's standard tire for
safe driving. Both snow and all-season tires have M+S markings.
• When using the M+S tires, use tires with the same tread produced by the same
manufacturer for safe driving.
• When driving with the M+S tires with the lower maximum allowable speed than that
of the vehicle's standard summer tire, be careful not to exceed the speed allowed
for the M+S tires.
WINTER DRIVING
06
6-59
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
We recommend that you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F (7°C).
Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for your vehicle.
Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Tire size Wheel size Tire size Wheel size
245/50R18 8.0J X 18
245/50R18 8.0J X 18
245/45R19 8.5J X 19
245/40R20 8.5J X 20
245/45R19 8.5J X 19
245/45R19 8.5J X 19
245/40R20 8.5J X 20
275/40R19 9.5J X 19
275/40R19 9.5J X 19
275/35R20 9.5J X 20
245/40R20
245/40ZR20
8.5J X 20 245/40R20 8.5J X 20
275/35R20
275/35ZR20
9.5J X 20 275/35R20 9.5J X 20
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same Inflation pressure
as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer
for maximum speed recommendations.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-60
Tire chains
ORG3060025ORG3060025
Since the sidewalls on some radial tires
are thinner than other types of tires,
they may be damaged by mounting
certain types of tire chains on them.
Do not mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels; if
unavoidable use AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain or similar). Install AutoSock® after
reviewing the instructions provided
with AutoSock®. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper use of fabric snow
chains are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer's warranty.
Information
AutoSock® is a Registered trademark of
AutoSock.
WARNING
The use of AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain) may adversely affect vehicle
handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the AutoSock® manufacturer’s
recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.
Disabling Rear Wheel Steering system to
install snow chains
If the Rear Wheel Steering system is
applied, disable the system to protect the
vehicle when snow chains are installed.
Select ‘Settings → Vehicle → Convenience
→ Snow Chains Installed’ in the
infotainment system to disable the Rear
Wheel Steering system.
After selecting ‘Snow Chains Installed’
in the infotainment system, turn the
steering wheel 180 degrees to the left
and right 2 to 3 times while the vehicle is
stopped, and check if the rear wheels are
straight before driving.
After removing the snow chain,
deselect ‘Snow Chains Installed’ in the
infotainment system before driving.
06
6-61
CAUTION
• For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
• After removing the snow chain,
be sure to deselect ‘Snow Chains
Installed’ in the infotainment system
to operate the Rear Wheel Steering
system again.
NOTICE
If you drive without disabling the
Rear Wheel Steering system in the
infotainment system after installing
snow chains, the snow chains can
damage your vehicle’s body or chassis
parts. When you hear the snow chain
hitting the vehicle, stop the vehicle and
check whether the snow chains are
installed properly and whether the Rear
Wheel Steering system is disabled.
Information
• Install AutoSock® (fabric snow chain)
only in pairs and on the rear tires.
It should be noted that installing
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on the
tires will provide a greater driving
force, but will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-62
Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock® (fabric
snow chain), follow the manufacturer's
instructions and mount them as tightly
as possible. Drive slowly (less than 20
mph (30 km/h)) with AutoSock® installed.
If you hear the fabric snow chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until the noise stops. Remove
the AutoSock® as soon as you begin
driving on cleared roads.
When mounting AutoSock®, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency
warning device behind the vehicle (if
available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off the
engine before installing tire chains.
NOTICE
When using AutoSock® (fabric snow
chain):
• Wrong size fabric snow chains or
improperly installed fabric snow
chains can damage your vehicle's
brake lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by fabric
snow chains contacting the body,
retighten the fabric snow chains to
prevent contact with the vehicle
body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the fabric snow chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because it
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or
replenish your coolant in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
chapter 9. Before winter, have your
coolant tested to assure that its freezing
point is sufficient for the temperatures
anticipated during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter temperatures affect battery
performance. Inspect the battery and
cables, as specified in chapter 9. The
battery charging level can be checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or in a service station.
Change to “winter weight” oil if
necessary
In some regions during winter, it is
recommended to use the “winter
weight” oil with lower viscosity. In
addition, replace the engine oil and filter
if it is close to the next maintenance
interval. Fresh engine oil ensures
optimum engine operation during the
winter months. For further information,
refer to chapter 2. When you are not sure
about a type of winter weight oil, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
06
6-63
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in
chapter 8. If necessary, replace them.
Also check all ignition wirings and
components for any cracks, wear-out,
and damage.
To prevent locks from freezing
To prevent the locks from being frozen,
spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin
into key holes. When a lock opening is
already covered with ice, spray approved
de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it.
When an internal part of a lock freezes,
try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully
use the heated key to avoid an injury.
Use approved window washer anti-
freeze solution in system
To prevent the window washer from
being frozen, add authorized window
washer anti-freeze solution, as specified
on the window washer container.
Window washer anti-freeze solution is
available from an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products, and most
vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of anti-
freeze solution, to prevent any damage
to the vehicle paint.
Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when there
is an accumulation of snow or ice around
or near the rear brakes or if the brakes
are wet. When there is the risk that your
parking brake may freeze, temporarily
apply it with the gear in P (Park). Also,
block the rear wheels in advance, so the
vehicle may not roll. Then, release the
parking brake.
Do not let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in such conditions during the severe
winter, you should check underneath
the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure
that the front wheels and the steering
components is unblocked.
Carry emergency equipment
In accordance with weather conditions,
you should carry appropriate emergency
equipment, while driving. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials in the
engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the engine
compartment may cause an engine
failure or combustion, because they may
block the engine cooling. Such damage
will not be covered by the manufacturer’s
warranty.
Drive your vehicle when water vapor
condenses and accumulates inside the
exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a
long time in winter while the engine is
running, water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-64
Two labels on your driver’s door sill show
how much weight your vehicle was
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading
Information Label and the Certification
Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms for
determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, from the vehicle’s specifications
and the Certification Label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional
equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the Certification Label. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
of the fully loaded vehicle (including
all options, equipment, passengers
and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the
Certification Label located on the driver’s
door sill.
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
06
6-65
The Loading Information Label
Type AType A
ORG3080040NORG3080040N
Type BType B
ORG3080042NORG3080042N
Type CType C
ORG3SP081046NORG3SP081046N
Type DType D
ORG3SP081047NORG3SP081047N
The label located on the driver’s door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that can
be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
Driving Your Vehicle
6-66
Vehicle capacity weight
882 lbs. (400 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum
combined weight of occupants and
cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a
trailer, the combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a driver,
your vehicle may carry. However, the
seating capacity may be reduced based
upon the weight of all of the occupants,
and the weight of the cargo being carried
or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo, the
vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this vehicle
for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will
increase or decrease depending on the
weight and the number of occupants
and the tongue load, if your vehicle is
equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct load
limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on
your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example,
if the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit, including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If the
GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts
on the vehicle can be broken, and it can
change the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose control
and result in an accident.
06
6-67
Example 1
≥ +
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
≥ +
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
≥ +
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
Driving Your Vehicle
6-68
Certification label
OBH059070OBH059070
The certification label is located on the
driver's door sill at the center pillar and
shows the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle,
all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum
weight that can be supported by the
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle, including
all occupants, accessories, cargo, and
trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your front
and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure
to spread out your load equally on both
sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the front
or rear axle and vehicle capacity
weight. Exceeding these ratings
can affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability, and cause an
accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause
heat buildup in your vehicle's tires
and possible tire failure, increased
stopping distances and poor vehicle
handling-all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered
by your warranty. Do not overload your
vehicle.
06
6-69
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle
(e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else), they are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items will keep going and can cause
an injury if they strike the driver or a
passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of your
vehicle. Try to spread the weight
evenly.
• Do not stack items like suitcases
inside the vehicle above the tops of
the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it.
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this vehicle
for trailer towing.
7
Driving Safety
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) .............................................................. 7-2
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
....................................................................................... 7-26
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
........................................................ 7-32
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
..........................................................................................7-45
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
...............................................................................................7-50
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
.........................................................................7-56
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
.......................................................................7-60
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
.............................................................................7-65
Forward Attention Warning (FAW)
........................................................................... 7-71
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
...............................................................................7-75
Driving Convenience
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)......................................................................................7-77
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
...................................................7-96
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
....................................................................................7-103
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
................................................................................ 7-107
Parking Safety
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ....................................................................................... 7-119
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
...............................................................................7-123
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
.........................................7-128
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
............................................7-138
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
...............................................7-144
Parking Convenience
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ....................................................................7-152
Declaration of Conformity
............................................................................................7-178
7. Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance System
7-2
Basic function
ORG3071159N ORG3071159N
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian
or cyclist in the roadway and warn the
driver that a collision is imminent with
a warning message an audible warning
and application of emergency braking.
In addition, if equipped with front corner
radars, when driving at high speeds,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will help detect vehicles in front and
adjacent lanes. If a collision is imminent
when changing lanes, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist will apply emergency
braking to help prevent a collision.
Junction Turning function
ORG3SP071281N ORG3SP071281N
Junction Turning function can help avoid
a collision with an oncoming vehicle in
an adjacent lane when turning left at
a crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
ORG3SP071166ORG3SP071166
Junction Crossing function can help
avoid a collision with oncoming vehicles
on the left or right side when crossing
an intersection by applying emergency
braking.
07
7-3
Lane-Change Oncoming function (if
equipped)
ORG3071133N ORG3071133N
[A] : Oncoming vehicle
Lane-Change Oncoming function can
help avoid a collision with an oncoming
vehicle when changing lanes by assisting
the driver’s steering.
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
ORG3070134 ORG3070134
[A] : Decelerating vehicle
Lane-Change Side function can help
avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead
in the next lane when changing lanes by
assisting the driver’s steering.
equipped)
Driver steering assist Driver steering assist
ORG3SP072332NORG3SP072332N
• Driver steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function can
help avoid a collision with a vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist ahead in the
same lane. When a risk of collision
is detected, Evasive Steering Assist
function will warn the driver and if the
driver steers to avoid collision it will
assist the driver’s steering.
• Evasive steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function helps
avoid a collision with a pedestrian or
cyclist ahead in the same lane. When
a risk of collision is detected, Evasive
Steering Assist function will warn the
driver and if there is space to avoid
collision in the lane, it will assist the
driver’s steering.
Driver Assistance System
7-4
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161N ORG3071161N
ORG3071162N ORG3071162N
ORG3071163N ORG3071163N
[1]: Front view camera, [2]: Front radar,
[3]: Front corner radar (if equipped),
[4]: Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
07
7-5
• If the radar or the area around
warning message does not appear
•
repair or replace a damaged front
•
radar and/or rear corner radar
-
front corner radar or rear corner
-
surroundings of the front corner
radar or rear corner radar has
-
performance of the rear corner
radar or Forward Collision-
Assist settings
Setting features
ORG3SP071190NORG3SP071190N
Forward Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance → Forward Safety’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use each function.
- If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist or steering
assist (if equipped) will be applied
depending on the collision risk.
- If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking and steering (if
equipped) will not be assisted.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist will off. The
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF
status from the Settings menu. If the
warning light remains ON when Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is ON, have
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-6
ORG3SP072280NORG3SP072280N
Forward Cross-Traffic Safety (if
equipped)
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Forward Safety → Forward Cross-Traffic
Safety’ from the Settings menu to turn on
Junction Crossing function and deselect
to turn off the function.
CAUTION
•
and steering (if equipped) is not
•
•
Junction Crossing function will
•
Information
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will turn off when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF button.
The
warning light will illuminate on
the cluster.
07
7-7
ORG3SP072191NORG3SP072191N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu
to change the initial warning activation
time for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If ‘Driving Safety Priority’ is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected,
Warning Volume of Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist will not turn off but the
volume will sound as ‘Low’.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
all functions of Forward Collision-
•
•
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting.
Driver Assistance System
7-8
Assist operation
Warning and control
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is to
warn and control the vehicle depending
on the collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’.
ORG3071001NORG3071001N
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle is detected in front,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6~124 mph
(10~200 km/h).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately 6-53
mph (10-85 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
ORG3071002NORG3071002N
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• If a vehicle is detected in front,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6-53 mph
(10-85 km/h).
• If a vehicle is detected in front,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6-62 mph
(10-100 km/h) (if equipped with front
corner radar).
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately 6-40
mph (10-65 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with
the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead.
07
7-9
ORG3070107LORG3070107L
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Turning function
Warning and control
Junction Turning function will warn
and control the vehicle depending on
the collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’
ORG3EV071005LORG3EV071005L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
6-19 mph (10-30 km/h) and the
oncoming vehicle speed is between
approximately 19-44 mph (30-70
km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, braking
may be assisted.
Driver Assistance System
7-10
ORG3EV071006LORG3EV071006L
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6-19 mph
(10-30 km/h) and the oncoming vehicle
speed is between approximately 19-44
mph (30-70 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with
the oncoming vehicle.
ORG3070107LORG3070107L
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the
vehicle is stopped by emergency
braking for approximately 2 seconds.
07
7-11
Junction Crossing function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
Junction Crossing function will warn
and control the vehicle depending
on collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’
ORG3070009LORG3070009L ORG3070010LORG3070010L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6-19
mph (10-30 km/h) and the detected
crossing vehicle speed is between
approximately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h).
• If ‘Active Assist’ and 'Forward Cross-
Traffic Safety' are selected, braking
may be assisted.
ORG3070011LORG3070011L ORG3070012LORG3070012L
• To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Braking’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 6-19
mph (10-30 km/h) and the detected
crossing vehicle speed is between
approximately 6-12 mph (10-20 km/h).
• In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking
power by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist to help prevent collision with
the crossing vehicle.
Driver Assistance System
7-12
ORG3070107LORG3070107L
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
CAUTION
If the collision angle with the crossing
Junction Crossing function warning and
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
Lane-Change Oncoming function will
warn and control the vehicle depending
on collision level: ‘Collision Warning’ and
‘Emergency Steering’
ORG3EV071241LORG3EV071241L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
25-87 mph (40-145 km/h) and the
detected oncoming vehicle speed is
approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and the relative speed with your
vehicle is approximately below 124
mph (200 km/h).
07
7-13
ORG3EV071190LORG3EV071190L
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle
speed is between approximately
25-87 mph (40-145 km/h) and the
detected crossing vehicle speed is
approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
and the relative speed with your
vehicle is approximately below 124
mph (200 km/h).
• In an emergency steering situation,
steering is assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist to help
prevent a collision with the oncoming
vehicle.
Lane-Change Side function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
Lane-Change Side function will warn
and control the vehicle depending on
collision level: ‘Collision Warning’ and
‘Emergency Steering’
ORG3EV071241LORG3EV071241L ORG3EV071188L ORG3EV071188L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
‘Collision Warning’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 25-87 mph
(40-145 km/h).
Driver Assistance System
7-14
ORG3EV071190LORG3EV071190L ORG3EV071191LORG3EV071191L
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
an audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 25-87 mph
(40-145 km/h).
• In emergency steering situation,
steering is assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist to help
prevent collision with the front-side
vehicle.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
Evasive Steering Assist function will warn
and control the vehicle with ‘Emergency
steering’.
ORG3EV071016LORG3EV071016L ORG3EV071017LORG3EV071017L
assist)
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 25-53 mph
(40-85 km/h).
• If there is a risk of collision with a
vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in
front, the steering will be assisted to
help prevent collision when the driver
steers the vehicle to avoid collision.
07
7-15
ORG3EV071016LORG3EV071016L ORG3EV071017LORG3EV071017L
assist)
• To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the
‘Emergency Steering’ message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between approximately 40-47 mph
(65-75 km/h).
• If there is high risk of collision with a
pedestrian and cyclist in front, and the
vehicle speed to operate emergency
braking has exceeded, the steering
will be assisted to help prevent
collision when there is space to avoid
collision in the driving lane.
CAUTION
•
•
•
the steering wheel is held tight or
•
•
Information
For more details on warning messages,
refer to warning messages mentioned in
“Basic Function”.
Driver Assistance System
7-16
•
•
from the Settings menu and the
warning light will illuminate on the
•
does not operate in all situations and
•
depend on Forward Collision-
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
depresses the accelerator pedal or
07
7-17
CAUTION
• Depending on the condition of the
speed range to operate Forward
•
will operate under certain conditions
the condition of the oncoming
• When a collision with a surrounding
Information
In a situation collision is imminent,
braking may be assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist when braking
is insufficient by the driver.
Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
OJX1079006LOJX1079006L
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Forward Safety’ warning message will
appear, and the
and warning lights
will illuminate on the cluster. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-18
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
disabled
OJX1079005LOJX1079005L OJX1079212LOJX1079212L
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, bumper or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety system
disabled. Camera obscured’ or the
‘Forward Safety system disabled. Radar
blocked’ warning message, and the
and
warning lights will illuminate on
the cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate normally when snow, rain or
foreign matter is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate normally after
obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed (including trailer,
carrier, etc. from the rear bumper), have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
•
warning light does not appear on the
•
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
• The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• An object is placed on the dashboard
07
7-19
• Your vehicle is being towed
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist is detected
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually shaped
luggage, trailer, etc.
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights,
tail lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small
or the vehicle does not look normal,
such as when the vehicle is tilted,
overturned, or the side of the vehicle
is visble, etc.
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
• The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by an obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
slow
• The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle to
avoid a collision
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• You are departing or returning to the
lane
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill.
• Rear wheel steering system (if
equipped) is disabled
Driver Assistance System
7-20
OADAS044OADAS044
The illustration above shows the image
the front view camera and front radar
are capable of detecting as a vehicle,
pedestrian and cyclist.
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Forward Safety’ warning message will
appear, and the
and warning lights
will illuminate on the cluster. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not
fully detected, for example, if the
pedestrian is leaning over or is not
fully walking upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect as a pedestrian or
cyclist
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving intersected with the driving
direction
• There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similar shaped
structure in the surroundings
• You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic signs, structures, etc.
near the intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollgate,
construction area, unpaved road,
partial paved road, uneven road,
speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as
driving in an area with strong radio
waves or electrical noise
Junction Crossing, Lane-Change
Oncoming, Lane-Change Side, Evasive
Steering Assist function (if equipped)
• The temperature around the front
corner radar or rear corner radar is
high or low
• A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
• The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt,
etc.
• The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is covered
with objects, such as a bumper
sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
07
7-21
• The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is impacted,
damaged or the radar is out of
position
• The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is blocked by other vehicles,
walls or pillars
• Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp
• Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A small moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
• The lane is difficult to see due to
foreign material, such as rain, snow,
dust, sand, oil and water puddles
• The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
• There are markings on the road near
the lane or the markings on the road
looks similar to the lane markings
• The shadow is on the lane marking by
a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing complicatedly
• There are more than two lane
markings on the road
• The lane markings are complicated or
a structure substitutes for the lines,
such as a construction area.
• There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection.
• The lane is very wide or narrow
• There is a curb or road edges without
a lane
• The vehicle in front is driving with one
side on the lane marking
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short
Driver Assistance System
7-22
•
OADAS014SDOADAS014SD
OADAS016SDOADAS016SD OADAS018SDOADAS018SD
assist or steering assist (if equipped)
OADAS015SDOADAS015SD
OADAS017SDOADAS017SD OADAS019SDOADAS019SD
07
7-23
•
OADAS012SDOADAS012SD
OADAS010SDOADAS010SD OADAS011SDOADAS011SD
of the sensors
• Changing lanes
OADAS030SDOADAS030SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
Driver Assistance System
7-24
OADAS031SDOADAS031SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle,
[C] : Same lane vehicle
•
ORG3070006ORG3070006
additional special attention is
07
7-25
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
•
•
similar in shape or characteristics to
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-26
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings while driving over
a certain speed. Lane Keeping Assist
will warn the driver if the vehicle leaves
the lane without using the turn signal,
or will automatically assist the driver’s
steering to help prevent the vehicle from
departing the lane.
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161NORG3071161N
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Lane Keeping Assist settings
Setting features
ORG3SP071193NORG3SP071193N
Lane Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance → Lane Safety’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use each function.
- If ‘Assist’ is selected, Lane Keeping
Assist will automatically assist the
driver’s steering when lane departure
is detected to help prevent the vehicle
from moving out of its lane.
- If 'Warning Only' is selected, Lane
Keeping Assist will warn the driver
with an audible warning and steering
wheel vibration when lane departure
is detected. The driver must steer the
vehicle.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Lane Keeping Assist
will turn off. The
indicator light
will turn off on the cluster.
•
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control
•
of the surroundings and steer the
07
7-27
Turning Lane Keeping Assist ON/OFF
Type AType A
ORG3070056ORG3070056
Type BType B
ORG3SP071056ORG3SP071056
With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, press and hold the
Lane Driving Assist button located
on the steering wheel to turn on
Lane Keeping Assist. The white
indicator light will illuminate on the
cluster.
Press the button again to turn off the
system.
Information
• If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping
Assist will maintain the last setting.
• When Lane Keeping Assist is turned
off with the Lane Driving Assist button,
Lane Safety settings will turn ‘Off’.
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Lane Keeping
Assist.
If ‘Driving Safety Priority’ is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected, the
Hands-off Warning Volume will not be
turned off. Steering wheel vibration
function will also remain on even if 'Off'
is selected.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may be changed.
Driver Assistance System
7-28
Lane Keeping Assist Operation
Warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and help
control the vehicle with Lane Departure
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.
LeftLeft RightRight
ORG3070019 ORG3070019 ORG3070020 ORG3070020
Lane Departure Warning
• To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green
indicator light
will blink on the cluster, the lane line
will blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is veering,
and an audible warning will sound.
Also, the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph
(60~200 km/h).
Lane Keeping Assist
• To warn the driver that the vehicle
is departing from the projected lane
in front, the green
indicator
light will blink on the cluster, and the
steering wheel will make adjustments
to keep vehicle inside the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 40~120 mph (60~200
km/h).
ORG3070190LORG3070190L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Keep hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
07
7-29
•
assisted if the steering wheel is held
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
• The hands–off warning message
•
•
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings” section in
chapter 4.
• When lane markings (or road edges)
are detected, the lane lines on the
cluster will change from grey to white
and the green
indicator light will
illuminate.
Lane undetectedLane undetected Lane detectedLane detected
ORG3070017 ORG3070017 ORG3070110 ORG3070110
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
Driver Assistance System
7-30
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
OTM070035NOTM070035N
When Lane Keeping Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system’ warning message will
appear and the yellow
indicator
light will illuminate on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Keeping Assist:
•
• The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
depending on road conditions and
•
•
Lane Keeping Assist is turned off due
•
follow the speed limit when using
•
•
sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the
•
•
07
7-31
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
-
flasher is turned on
-
center of the lane when Lane
Keeping Assist is turned on or right
after changing a lane
-
-
-
-
changes
-
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
normally or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The lane is contaminated or difficult
to distinguish because,
- The lane markings is covered with
rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
- There are markings on the road near
the lane or the markings on the road
looks similar to the lane markings
- The lane marking is indistinct or
damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking
by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc.
• There are more than two lane
markings on the road
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
• The lane markings are complicated or
a structure substitutes for the lines,
such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
• The lane is very wide or narrow
• There is a road edge without a lane
• There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking
• Rear wheel steering system (if
equipped) is disabled
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations
Driver Assistance System
7-32
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
is designed to help detect and monitor
approaching vehicles in the driver’s
blind spot area and warn the driver
of a possible collision with a warning
message and audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision
when changing lanes or driving forward
out of a parking space, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist can help avoid
collision by applying the brake.
ORG3070021ORG3070021
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will
help detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
ORG3070022 ORG3070022
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
help detect and informs the driver that
a vehicle is approaching at high speed
from the blind spot area.
CAUTION
ORG3070023 ORG3070023
When changing lanes by detecting
the lane ahead, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist detects that there
is a collision risk with an approaching
vehicle in the blind spot, it can help avoid
collision by applying the brake.
07
7-33
ORG3070024 ORG3070024
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist judges that there is a
collision risk with an approaching vehicle
in the blind spot, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist will help avoid collision
by applying the brake.
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161N ORG3071161N
ORG3071165NORG3071165N
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
•
• If the rear corner radar or near
the warning message does not
Driver Assistance System
7-34
•
•
•
•
surroundings of the rear corner radar
•
performance of the rear corner radar
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Assist Settings
Setting features
OJX1079144LOJX1079144L
Blind-Spot Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use each function.
- If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message,
an audible warning, steering wheel
vibration and braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk levels.
- If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn the driver with a warning
message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking will
not be assisted.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.
07
7-35
OJX1079180LOJX1079180L
When the engine is restarted with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off,
the ‘Blind-Spot Safety System is Off’
message will appear on the cluster.
If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to
‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the
warning light on the side view mirror will
blink for three seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on,
when Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is set to ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning
Only’, the warning light on the side view
mirror will blink for three seconds.
•
•
Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain
the last setting.
ORG3SP072191NORG3SP072191N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu
to change the initial warning activation
time for Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the Warning
Timing of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
Driver Assistance System
7-36
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, when Warning Volume is
turned off, the steering wheel vibration
function will turn on if it was turned off.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
functions of Blind-Spot Collision-
•
•
Assist Operation
Warning and control
OPDEN060039 OPDEN060039
Vehicle detection
• To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the
side view mirror and head-up display
(if equipped) will illuminate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is above 12 mph
(20 km/h) and the speed of the
vehicle in the blind spot area is above
7 mph (10 km/h).
07
7-37
Collision Warning
• Collision warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the
direction of the detected vehicle.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected from the
Settings menu, the collision warning
will operate when your vehicle
approaches the lane the blind spot
vehicle is detected.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
and head-up display (if equipped) will
blink. At the same time, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
• When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the
collision warning will be canceled and
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will return to vehicle detection state.
• The detecting range of the rear
•
ORG3070026LORG3070026L
Collision-avoidance assist (while driving)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message
will appear on the cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound, warning light on the head-up
display (if equipped) will blink and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between 40-120 mph (60-200 km/h)
and both lane markings of the driving
lane are detected.
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
Driver Assistance System
7-38
•
circumstances:
-
-
collision risk
-
steered
-
-
is operating
•
ORG3071026NORG3071026N
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
departing)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message
will appear on the cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound, warning light on the head-up
display (if equipped) will blink and the
steering wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is below 2 mph
(3 km/h) and the speed of the vehicle
in the blind spot area is above 3 mph
(5 km/h).
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
07
7-39
ORG3070107LORG3070107L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Take the following precautions when
Assist:
•
•
•
•
•
depresses the accelerator pedal or
• During Blind-Spot Collision-
passengers and shifting loose
•
•
does not operate in all situations or
Driver Assistance System
7-40
•
•
•
-
warning light is on
-
engaged in a different function
Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
OJX1079055LOJX1079055L
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Blind-Spot Safety system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OJX1079056LOJX1079056L
When the side view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the ‘Check
side view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
07
7-41
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
OJX1079054LOJX1079054L
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate normally when such foreign
material or trailer, etc. is removed, and
then the engine is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after it is
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
•
•
with foreign material right after the
CAUTION
Limitations of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
• The rear corner radar is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The temperature around the rear
corner radar is high or low
• Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (for example, possibly
due to subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as sound barriers,
guardrails, central dividers, entry
barriers, street lamps, signs,
tunnels, walls, etc. (including double
structures)
• Driving in vast areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving on a wet road surface, such as
a puddle on the road
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
Driver Assistance System
7-42
• The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
• Your vehicle changes lane
• Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
• A trailer, carrier or other attachment is
installed around the rear corner radar
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
rack, etc.
• The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Rear wheel steering system (if
equipped) is disabled
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly when the
following objects are detected:
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
• A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work, driver’s
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” and
“Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) section in
chapter 7.
07
7-43
•
ORG3070028ORG3070028
ORG3070029ORG3070029
•
ORG3070030ORG3070030
•
ORG3070031ORG3070031
Driver Assistance System
7-44
•
lanes are different
ORG3070103ORG3070103
road with different lane heights
•
•
•
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1.
2.
3. Changes or modifications not
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
07
7-45
ORG3070032LORG3070032L
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear area
is detected after a passenger opens
the door, Safe Exit Warning will warn
the driver with a warning message and
an audible warning to help prevent a
collision.
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
ORG3071267NORG3071267N
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
Driver Assistance System
7-46
Setting features
ORG3SP072333NORG3SP072333N
Safe Exit Warning
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit Warning’
from the Settings menu to turn on Safe
Exit Warning and deselect to turn off the
function.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit
Warning will maintain the last setting.
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Blind-Spot
Safety system.
If ‘Driving Safety Priority’ is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected, the
Warning Volume of Safe Exit Warning will
not turn off but the volume will sound as
‘Low’.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
•
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Volume
will maintain the last setting.
07
7-47
Warning
OPDEN060039OPDEN060039
ORG3070033LORG3070033L
Collision warning when exiting vehicle
• When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected at the moment
a door is opened, at the moment a
door is opened, the ‘Watch for traffic’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
• Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-48
•
The warning message of Blind-Spot
appear when:
-
Assist sensor or the sensor
-
Assist fails to warn passengers or
Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Warning operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
and Limitations
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
OTM070099NOTM070099N
When Safe Exit Warning is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
system(s)’ warning message will appear
on the cluster for several seconds,
and the master (
) warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs,
we recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Type AType A Type BType B
OTM070100NOTM070100N OTM070100LOTM070100L
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ (or ‘Check outside mirror warning
icon’) warning message will appear
on the cluster for several seconds,
and the master (
) warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs,
we recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Safe Exit Warning disabled
OTM070098NOTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Warning.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system(s) disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
07
7-49
Safe Exit Warning will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Warning does not operate
properly after it is removed, we
recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
•
•
not detected right after the engine
material right after the engine is
CAUTION
Limitations of Safe Exit Warning
Safe Exit Warning may not operate
normally, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• Getting off the vehicle where trees or
grass are overgrown
• Getting off the vehicle where the road
is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind- Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-50
ORG3SP072032NORG3SP072032N
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear area is
detected as soon as a passenger opens a
door, Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
with a warning message and an audible
warning to help prevent a collision.
ORG3050019 ORG3050019
In addition, when the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK position
and an approaching vehicle from the
rear area is detected, the electronic child
safety lock button will not unlock even if
the driver presses the button to prevent
the rear doors from opening.
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
ORG3071267NORG3071267N
[1] : Rear corner radar
The rear corner radars are sensors
located inside the rear bumper to detect
the side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper operation
of Safe Exit Assist.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
07
7-51
Setting features
OJX1079173LOJX1079173L
Safe Exit Assist
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance
→ Blind-Spot Safety → Safe Exit Assist’
from the Settings menu to turn on Safe
Exit Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Safe Exit
Assist.
If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected, the
Warning Volume of Safe Exit Assist will
not turn off but the volume will sound as
‘Low’.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
•
applies to all functions of the Safe
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Volume
will maintain the last setting.
Driver Assistance System
7-52
Warning and control
OPDEN060039OPDEN060039
ORG3070033LORG3070033L
Collision warning when exiting vehicle
• When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected at the moment a
door is opened, the ‘Watch for traffic’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below
2 mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
OJX1070247LOJX1070247L
Safe Exit Assist linked with Electronic
child safety lock
• When Electric child safety lock is
operating and an approaching vehicle
from the rear area is detected, the
rear doors cannot be unlocked even
if the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button. The ‘Check surroundings
then try again’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when vehicle speed is below
2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 4 mph (6 km/h).
• For more details on electric child
safety lock button, refer to “Electronic
Child Safety Lock” section in chapter
5.
07
7-53
CAUTION
has unlocked the doors acknowledging
indicator OFF) and the rear doors will
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
warning message of Blind-Spot
appear when:
-
Assist sensor or the sensor
-
Assist fails to warn passengers or
Driver Assistance System
7-54
Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Assist operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
Limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
OTM070099NOTM070099N
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
system(s)’ warning message will appear
on the cluster for several seconds,
and the master (
) warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs,
we recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Type AType A Type BType B
OTM070100NOTM070100N OTM070100LOTM070100L
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ (or ‘Check outside mirror warning
icon’) warning message will appear
on the cluster for several seconds,
and the master (
) warning light will
illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs,
we recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Safe Exit Warning disabled
OTM070098NOTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system(s) disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
07
7-55
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate
properly after it is removed, we
recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
•
•
not detected right after the engine
material right after the engine is
CAUTION
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate Properly,
or it may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
very slow
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to “Blind- Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)” section
in this chapter.
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-56
OJX1070150NOJX1070150N
(1) Speed Limit indicator
(2) Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist will operate
(set speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist
Operation
To set speed limit
Type AType A
ORG3170034NORG3170034N
Type BType B
ORG3SP071034ORG3SP071034
1. Press and hold Driving Assist
(
) button at the desired speed. The
Speed Limit (
) indicator will
illuminate on the cluster.
07
7-57
Type AType A
ORG3070035ORG3070035
Type BType B
ORG3SP071035ORG3SP071035
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down,
and release it at the desired speed.
Push the + switch up or - switch down
and hold it. The speed will increase
or decrease to the nearest multiple of
five (multiple of ten in km/h) at first,
and then increase or decrease by
5 mph (10 km/h).
OJX1070151NOJX1070151N
3. The set speed limit will be displayed
on the cluster.
If you would like to drive over the
preset speed limit, depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point to activate the kickdown
function.
The set speed limit will blink and
chime will sound until you return the
vehicle speed within the speed limit.
Information
• When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
• A clicking sound may be heard from
the kickdown mechanism when the
accelerator pedal is depressed beyond
the pressure point.
Driver Assistance System
7-58
To temporarily pause Manual Speed
Limit Assist
Type AType A
ORG3070036ORG3070036
Type BType B
ORG3SP071036ORG3SP071036
Press the switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
(
) indicator will stay on.
To resume Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Type AType A
ORG3070035ORG3070035
Type BType B
ORG3SP071035ORG3SP071035
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, press the
+, -,
switch.
If you push the + switch up or – switch
down, the set speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the
switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
07
7-59
To turn off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Type AType A
ORG3170034NORG3170034N
Type BType B
ORG3SP071034ORG3SP071034
Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit (
) indicator will go
off.
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
•
• Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
Check that the Speed Limit (
)
• Manual Speed Limit Assist does
Driver Assistance System
7-60
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses
information from the detected road sign
and navigation system to inform the
driver of the speed limit and additional
information of the current road. Also,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist helps the
driver to maintain within the speed limit
of the road.
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161N ORG3071161N
[1]: Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Information
If the navigation system is available, the
information from the navigation system is
used along with the road sign information
detected by the front view camera.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Settings
Setting features
OJK071224NOJK071224N
Speed Limit
With the engine on, select or deselect
‘Driver Assistance → Speed Limit’ from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
- If ‘Speed Limit Assist’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver of speed limit and
additional road signs. In addition,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver to change set speed
of Manual Speed Limit Assist and/or
Smart Cruise Control to help the driver
stay within the speed limit.
- If ‘Speed Limit Warning’ is selected,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
inform the driver of speed limit and
additional road signs. In addition,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn
the driver when the vehicle is driven
faster than the speed limit.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will turn off.
CAUTION
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will not
07
7-61
OJK071225N OJK071225N
Speed Limit Offset
With the engine on, when ‘Driver
Assistance → Speed Limit → Speed Limit
Offset’ is selected, the Speed Limit Offset
can be changed. Speed Limit Warning
and Speed Limit Assist will operate by
applying the Speed Limit Offset setting
to the detected speed limit.
•
• Speed Limit Assist function operates
change the set speed according to
• Speed Limit Warning function warns
want Speed Limit Warning to warn
Information
The setting of 'Speed Offset' is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC).
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn
and control the vehicle by ‘Displaying
speed limit’, ‘Warning overspeed’ and
‘Changing set speed’.
Information
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning
and control are described based on the
Offset adjusted to '0'. For details on Offset
setting, refer to the “Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist Settings”.
ORG3071270N ORG3071270N
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
Information
• If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to "Limitations
of Intelligent Speed Limit Assist" if the
road signs are difficult to recognize.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides
additional road sign information in
addition to speed limit. The additional
road sign information provided may
vary according to your country.
Driver Assistance System
7-62
ORG3071271N ORG3071271N
Warning overspeed
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the red speed limit
indicator will blink.
OJK071183NOJK071183N OJK071190NOJK071190N
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the set
speed needs to be changed. At this time,
the driver can change the set speed
according to the speed limit by using the
+ or – switch on the steering wheel.
•
set speed will change to a higher
speed than the speed limit of the
•
according to the speed limit of the
• If the speed limit of the road is under
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operates using the speed unit in the
If the speed unit is set to a unit other
Information
• For more details on Manual Speed
Limit Assist operation, refer to
“Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)”
section in this chapter.
• For more details on Smart Cruise
Control operation, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this
chapter.
07
7-63
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
OJK071215N OJK071215N
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Speed Limit
system’ warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master (
) warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
disabled
OJK071216N OJK071216N
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow
or rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Intelligent Speed Limit Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Speed Limit system
disabled. Camera obscured’ warning
message will appear on the cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
•
warning light does not appear on the
• If the detecting sensor is
Driver Assistance System
7-64
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
• The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due
to bad weather, such as rain, snow,
fog, etc.
- Standards below:
- The road sign is partially obscured
by surrounding objects or shadow
- A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
• The road signs do not conform to the
standard
- The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- There is no conditional road signs
on the road sign located on the exit
road
- A sign is attached to another vehicle
• The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs is too far
• The vehicle encounters illuminant
road signs
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
incorrectly recognizes numbers in the
street signals or other signs as the
speed limit
• The minimum speed limit sign is on
the road
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
• Headlights are not used or the
brightness of the headlights are weak
at night or in the tunnel
• Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
• The navigation information or GPS
information contain errors.
• The driver does not follow the guide
of the navigation.
• The driver is driving on a new road
that is not in the navigation system
yet.
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Driving on a road that is sharply
curved or continuously curved
• Driving through speed bumps, or
driving up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
• The vehicle is shaking heavily
• Driving on a newly opened road
Information
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in this chapter.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a
supplemental function that helps the
correct speed limit or control the
•
07
7-65
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning can help
determine the driver's attention level by
analyzing driving pattern, driving time,
etc. while vehicle is being driven. Driver
Attention Warning will recommend a
break when the driver’s attention level
falls below a certain level.
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs.
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161N ORG3071161N
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
good condition to maintain optimal
For more details on the precautions
Settings
Setting features
OJX1079141LOJX1079141L
Driver Attention Warning
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance → Driver Attention Warning’
from the Settings menu to set whether or
not to use each function.
- If ‘Inattentive Driving Warning’ is
selected, Driver Attention Warning will
inform the driver the driver’s attention
level and will recommend taking a
break when the level falls below a
certain level.
OJX1070204LOJX1070204L
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
- If ‘Leading Vehicle Departure Alert’ is
selected, the function will inform the
driver when the front vehicle departs
from a stop.
Driver Assistance System
7-66
ORG3SP072191NORG3SP072191N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu
to change the initial warning activation
time for Driver Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention
Warning will maintain the last setting.
Operation
Basic function
Display and warning display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver the
‘Attention Level’ and to warn the driver
‘Consider taking a break’.
Function offFunction off StandbyStandby
OJX1079065LOJX1079065L OJX1079069LOJX1079069L
Attentive drivingAttentive driving Inattentive drivingInattentive driving
OJK070140LOJK070140L OJX1079066LOJX1079066L
• The driver can monitor his/her driving
conditions on the cluster.
- When the ‘Inattentive Driving
Warning’ is deselected from the
Settings menu, ‘System Off’ is
displayed.
- Driver Attention Warning will
operate when vehicle speed is
between 0~210 mph (0~130 km/h).
- When vehicle speed is not within
the operating speed, the message
‘Standby’ will be displayed.
07
7-67
• The driver’s attention level is displayed
on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the
level is, the more inattentive the driver
is.
• The level decreases when the driver
does not take a break for a certain
period of time.
OJX1079068LOJX1079068L
• The ‘Consider taking a break’ message
will appear on the cluster and an
audible warning will sound to suggest
that the driver take a break, when the
driver’s attention level is below 1.
• Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
CAUTION
•
•
•
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings” section in
chapter 4.
• Driver Attention Warning will reset the
last break time to 00:00 in the following
situations:
- The engine is turned off
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and opens the driver’s door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more than
10 minutes.
• When the driver resets Driver Attention
Warning, the last break time is set to
00:00 and the driver’s attention level is
set to High.
Driver Assistance System
7-68
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
ORG3EV071082LORG3EV071082L
When the front vehicle departs from a
stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
will inform the driver by displaying
the ‘Leading vehicle is driving away’
message on the cluster and an audible
warning will sound.
•
•
CAUTION
•
•
Malfunction and Limitations
Driver Attention Warning
malfunction
OJX1079070LOJX1079070L
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system’
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master
warning light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded Products.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
• The vehicle is driven violently
• The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
• The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
07
7-69
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
• When the vehicle cuts in
OADAS040SDOADAS040SD
OADAS041SDOADAS041SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
• When the vehicle ahead sharply steers
OADAS034SDOADAS034SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U- turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
OADAS024SDOADAS024SD
If the vehicle in front abruptly
departures, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
Driver Assistance System
7-70
• When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
OADAS025SDOADAS025SD
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s)
in between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
• When in a parking lot
OADAS027SDOADAS027SD
If a vehicle parked in front drives away
from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may alert you that the parked
vehicle is driving away.
• When driving at a tollgate or
intersection, etc.
OADAS026SDOADAS026SD
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
Information
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” section
in chapter 7.
07
7-71
Forward Attention Warning can warn the
driver to help prevent the driver from
being distracted while using the interior
view camera installed in the instrument
cluster.
Forward Attention Warning
Settings
Setting features
OJX1079174LOJX1079174L
Forward Attention Warning
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance
→ Driver Attention Warning → Forward
Attention Warning’ from the Settings
menu to turn on Forward Attention
Warning and deselect to turn off the
function.
Attention Warning will maintain the
ORG3SP072191NORG3SP072191N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu
to change the initial warning activation
time for Forward Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
CAUTION
•
• While Smart Cruise Control or
warn later than the set Warning
CAUTION
The setting of the Warning Timing
applies to all functions of the Forward
Information
If you change the Warning Timing,
the Warning Timing of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Driver Assistance System
7-72
Forward Attention Warning
Operation
Operating conditions
Forward Attention Warning will operate
when the following conditions are
satisfied:
- Vehicle speed is above 0.6 mph
(1 km/h)
- The gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
Forward Attention Warning
OJX1079072LOJX1079072L
Forward Attention Warning determines
whether the driver is focused on the
road depending on information, such
as the amount of time the driver is
looking elsewhere, the amount of time
the eyes are closed, how frequently the
driver yawns, etc. If Forward Attention
Warning judges the driver is not focused,
the ‘Keep eyes on the road and drive
careful’ warning message will appear on
the cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
CAUTION
•
• Forward Attention Warning is a
•
Information
Forward Attention Warning does not
transmit recorded videos outside of the
vehicle or store the video.
Forward Attention Warning
Malfunction and Limitations
Forward Attention Warning
malfunction
OJX1079074LOJX1079074L
When Forward Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Forward
Attention Warning system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
07
7-73
Forward Attention Warning disabled
OJX1079073LOJX1079073L
When there is an object right in front
of the camera or between the driver
and the camera for a certain period of
time, Forward Attention Warning will
not operate properly, and the ‘Forward
Attention Warning disabled. Camera
obscured’ warning message will appear
on the cluster.
After the warning message appears,
if the object is removed, or Forward
Attention Warning is able to detect the
driver’s face, the function will operate
normally.
CAUTION
OJX1070030LOJX1070030L
[A] : Interior view camera
• Do not impact the surface of the
•
surface of the instrument cluster or
•
or in front of the camera while
•
• When cleaning the instrument
on the surface of the cluster or
not use sharp tools near the cluster
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-74
Information
Two red lights may appear on the camera
in the following conditions when:
- The outside brightness is dim or
driving at night
- The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot, garage
or tunnel
- The camera case of the instrument
cluster is partially broken
Do not look toward the camera within
Limitations of Forward Attention
Warning
Forward Attention Warning may be
limited or may not operate properly in
the following circumstances:
• The driver is wearing sunglasses,
special glasses, infrared cutoff
glasses, refracting glasses or thick
glasses
• The driver has heavy eye makeup
(eyeliner, mascara, color makeup,
false eyelash) or eye piercing
• The driver’s view is blocked by his/her
hair, hat, etc.
• The driver is winking or wearing an
eye patch on one eye
• The driver’s face is covered partially
by a mask, muffler, etc.
• The driver’s view is blocked by
incoming light from outside of the
vehicle
• Light from outside, sunlight or infrared
LED light of the camera is reflected by
glasses or sunglasses
• The driver turns or lowers his/her
head so that the face or an eye is
hidden from the camera
• The camera is out of the range to
monitor or close within 8 in. (20 cm)
• The driver shakes his/her head up
and down, or adverse road conditions
cause excessive vehicle vibrations
while driving
• The driver is improperly positioned in
the driver's seat so that the driver’s
face is not detected
• The driver is too tall or short
• The camera is blocked by the adjusted
steering wheel height or the turned
steering wheel
• More than two people are looking at
the instrument cluster simultaneously
from the driver’s seat
• The driver’s eyes are narrowed due to
laughing or sun glare
• There are other devices using infrared
light in the vehicle
07
7-75
Left sideLeft side Right sideRight side
ORG3SP072334NORG3SP072334N ORG3SP072335NORG3SP072335N
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the
rear blind spot area of the vehicle in the
cluster when the turn signal is turned on
to help safely change lanes.
Detecting sensor
ORG3070149ORG3070149
[1], [2]: Wide-side view camera
(camera located at bottom of the mirror)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Settings
Setting features
OJX1079205L OJX1079205L
Blind-Spot View
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety → Blind-
Spot View’ from the Settings menu to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Driver Assistance System
7-76
Operation
Operating switch
OJK050211LOJK050211L
Turn signal switch
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
Operating conditions
• Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position
• Turn signal is ON
Off conditions
• Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position
• Turn signal is OFF
• Hazard warning flasher is ON
• Other warnings pops up and takes
priority over Blind-Spot View Monitor
Malfunction
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster display
flickers, or the camera image does
not display correctly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
•
differ from the actual distance of the
•
camera performance and Blind-
07
7-77
Smart Cruise Control is designed to
detect the vehicle ahead and help
maintain the desired speed and
minimum distance between the vehicle
ahead.
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
if the function judges that the driver is
determined to overtake the vehicle in
front, acceleration will be assisted.
Smart Cruise Control will operate based
on driving style, such as inter-vehicle
distance, acceleration, reaction speed.
Detecting senor
ORG3071161N ORG3071161N
ORG3071162NORG3071162N
[1]: Front view camera, [2]: Front radar, [3]: Front
corner radar (if equipped)
The front view camera and front radar
are used as a detecting sensor to help
detect vehicles in front.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
and front radar in good condition to
maintain optimal performance of Smart
For more details on the precautions of
Driver Assistance System
7-78
Smart Cruise Control settings
Setting features
Type AType A
ORG3170034NORG3170034N
Type BType B
ORG3SP071034ORG3SP071034
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
• Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn on Smart Cruise Control. The set
speed will be set to the current speed
on the cluster.
• If there is no vehicle in front of you,
the set speed will be maintained, but
if there is a vehicle in front of you,
the speed may decrease to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
Information
If your vehicle speed is between 0~ 20 mph
(0~ 30 km/h) when you press the Driving
Assist (
) button, the Smart Cruise
Control set speed will be set to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
Type AType A
ORG3070044ORG3070044
Type BType B
ORG3SP071044ORG3SP071044
Setting vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3
Distance 1
Distance 2
07
7-79
Information
• If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the
distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4 -
approximately 172 ft. (52.5 m)
Distance 3 -
approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Distance 2 -
approximately 106 ft. (32.5 m)
Distance 1 -
approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
• The distance is set to the last set
distance when the engine is restarted,
or when Smart Cruise Control was
temporarily canceled.
Type AType A
ORG3070042ORG3070042
Type BType B
ORG3SP071042ORG3SP071042
Increasing set speed
• Push the + switch up and release
it immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will increase by
5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch
is operated in this manner. Release
the switch when the desired speed is
shown, and the vehicle will accelerate
to that speed. You can increase the set
speed to 120 mph (200 km/h).
Driver Assistance System
7-80
Type AType A
ORG3070043ORG3070043
Type BType B
ORG3SP071043ORG3SP071043
Decreasing set speed
• Push the - switch down and release
it immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will decrease by
5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch
is operated in this manner.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain. You can decrease
the set speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
ORG3070114 ORG3070114
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
Press the
switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.
ORG3070115 ORG3070115
Resuming Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the
function was canceled, operate the +, -
or
switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, the set speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the
switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
using the
07
7-81
Type AType A
ORG3170034NORG3170034N
Type BType B
ORG3SP071034ORG3SP071034
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
Press the Driving Assist (
) button to
turn Smart Cruise Control system off.
Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist (
) button to turn off
Smart Cruise Control. However Manual
Speed Limit Assist will turn on.
Smart Cruise Control will change
acceleration based on the drive mode
selected from Drive Mode Integrated
Control system. Refer to the following
chart.
Smart Cruise Control
COMFORT Normal
ECO Slow
SPORT Fast
SPORT+
Smart Cruise Control
Deactivated
CUSTOM Normal
Information
For more details on drive mode, refer to
“Drive Mode Integrated Control System”
section in chapter 6.
Driver Assistance System
7-82
OJX1079156LOJX1079156L
• With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, if ‘Driver Assistance
→ Smart Cruise Control→ Based on
Driving Style’ is selected from the
Settings menu, Smart Cruise Control
will operate based on the driver’s
driving style, such as inter-vehicle
distance, acceleration, reaction
speed.
• While Smart Cruise Control is
operating with ‘Based on Drive Mode’
selected, if you press and hold the
button, the system will change
to ‘Based on Driving Style’. While
Smart Cruise Control is operating
with ‘Based on Driving Style’, if the
button is shortly pressed, it will
change to ‘Based on Drive Mode’.
Information
• If equipped with Based on Driving
Style, ‘Based on Drive mode’ and
‘Based on Driving Style’ can be selected
from the settings menu by selecting
‘‘Driver Assistance → Smart Cruise
Control’.
• If ‘Based on Drive mode’ is selected,
Smart Cruise Control will operate
based on the drive mode selected.
OJX1079206LOJX1079206L
Viewing Driving Style Analysis (if
equipped)
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Smart Cruise Control→ Viewing Driving
Style Analysis’ from the Settings menu
to check the driver’s driving style, and to
change each driving style manually.
Information
• ‘Viewing Driving Style Analysis’ is
displayed when ‘Based on Driving
Style’ is selected.
• The driver’s driving style is
continuously monitored and applied to
Smart Cruise Control.
07
7-83
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance
→ Warning Volume’ from the Settings
menu to change the Warning Volume
‘High’, ‘Medium’ or ‘Low’ for Smart Cruise
Control.
If 'Driving Safety Priority' is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Volume
will maintain the last setting.
Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied.
Basic function
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• The driver’s door is closed
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is not
applied
• Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
- 5~120 mph (10~200 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0~120 mph (0~200 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS
(Traction Control System) or ABS is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS
(Anti-Lock Braking System) is not
controlling the vehicle
• Engine rpm is not in the red zone
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is not operating
• Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is not operating
• Idle Stop and Go system is not
operating
• Hands-off warning for Lane Keeping
Assist and Highway Driving Assist is
off
Information
When stopped behind another vehicle, the
driver can turn on Smart Cruise Control
while the brake pedal is depressed.
Driver Assistance System
7-84
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will
operate when the left turn signal
indicator is turned on while Smart Cruise
Control is operating, and the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
• The hazard warning flasher is off
• A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
• Deceleration is not needed to
maintain distance with the vehicle in
front
• When the left turn signal indicator
•
Acceleration Assist will operate when
using the function in countries with
check the road conditions at all
Display and control
Basic function
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View
Modes” section in chapter 4.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
OperatingOperating Temporarily canceledTemporarily canceled
ORG3071279NORG3071279N ORG3SP072040NORG3SP072040N
• When operating
(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level are
displayed
(2) Set speed is displayed
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the target vehicle distance are
displayed
• When temporarily canceled
(1) indicator is displayed
(2) The previous set speed is shaded
07
7-85
Information
• The distance of the front vehicle on the
cluster is displayed according to the
actual distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead.
• The target distance may vary according
to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If vehicle speed is low,
even though the vehicle distance have
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
To temporarily accelerate
ORG3071049NORG3071049N
If you want to speed up temporarily
when Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While
the speed is increasing, the set speed,
distance level and target distance will
blink on the cluster.
Be careful when accelerating
Based on Driving Style operating
ORG3SP072045NORG3SP072045N ORG3SP072046NORG3SP072046N
When Based on Driving Style is
operating, ‘Driving Style’ message will
appear on the cluster for 2 seconds, and
the distance level and target distance will
be displayed based on the driving style.
Driver Assistance System
7-86
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise
Control
OJX1079080L OJX1079080L
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
• The vehicle speed is above 130 mph
(210 km/h)
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, the ‘Smart
Cruise Control canceled’ warning
message will appear on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound to warn
the driver.
If the Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the function operating,
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
When Smart Cruise Control is
speed in order to maintain a safe
Smart Cruise Control conditions not
satisfied
OJX1079076L OJX1079076L
If the Driving Assist ( ) button,
+ switch, - switch or
switch is
operated when the system’s operating
conditions are not satisfied, the ‘Smart
Cruise Control conditions not met’ will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
07
7-87
In traffic situation
OJX1079089L OJX1079089L
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after
the vehicle has stopped and a certain
time have passed, the ‘Use switch or
pedal to accelerate’ message will appear
on the cluster. Depress the accelerator
pedal or operate the + switch, - switch or
switch to start driving.
Warning road conditions ahead
ORG3EV071042LORG3EV071042L
In the following situation, the ‘Watch for
surrounding vehicles’ warning message
will appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound to warn the driver of
road conditions ahead.
- The vehicle in front disappears when
Smart Cruise Control is maintaining
the distance with the vehicle ahead
while driving below a certain speed.
speed in order to maintain a safe
Driver Assistance System
7-88
Collision Warning
ORG3EV071002LORG3EV071002L
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when the collision risk with the vehicle
ahead is high, the ‘Collision Warning’
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound to warn the driver. Always have
your eyes on the road while driving, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
-
-
slow or is at a standstill
- The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
Take the following precautions when
using Smart Cruise Control:
• Smart Cruise Control does not
•
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
•
•
• Keep a safe distance according to
• When maintaining distance with the
•
upward slope and increase on a
•
07
7-89
•
Smart Cruise Control is turned off
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
•
•
and sudden situations from
•
Smart Cruise Control to react to a
•
warning message does not appear or
•
•
•
•
•
CAUTION
•
•
changed when determining the
•
Information
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started or the front view camera or
front radar is initialized.
• You may hear a sound when the brake
is controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
• Based on Driving Style may not reflect
the driver’s driving style or driving
conditions that affects driving safety.
• Based on Driving Style does not reflect
any other driving style other than
inter-vehicle distance, acceleration and
reaction speed.
Driver Assistance System
7-90
Smart Cruise Control
Malfunction and Limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
OJX1079091L OJX1079091L
When Smart Cruise Control is not working
properly, the ‘Check Smart Cruise Control
system’ warning message will appear, and
the
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
OJX1079090L OJX1079090L
When the front radar cover or sensor
is covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs, the ‘Smart Cruise Control
disabled. Radar blocked’ warning
message will appear for a certain period
of time on the cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate
normally when snow, rain or foreign
matter is removed.
•
•
07
7-91
Limitations of Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle is detected
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights,
tail lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is small
or does not look normal (for example,
tilted, overturned, etc.)
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
low or high
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
• Your vehicle is being towed
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• An object reflecting off the front radar
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle,
etc.
• The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
• The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
• Driving in vast areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
• The vehicle in front is made of
material that does not reflect on the
front radar
• Driving near a highway (or motorway)
interchange or tollgate
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by an obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
Driver Assistance System
7-92
• The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a circle
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a construction area,
unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as
driving in an area with strong radio
waves or electrical noise
• Rear wheel steering system (if
equipped) is disabled
• Driving on a curved road
OADAS014SDOADAS014SD
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
OADAS015SD OADAS015SD
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check
to be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the Smart
Cruise Control.
07
7-93
• Driving on an inclined road
OADAS012SDOADAS012SD
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect
a moving vehicle in your lane, and
cause your vehicle to accelerate to
the set speed. Also, vehicle speed will
rapidly decrease when the vehicle
ahead is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
• Changing lanes
OADAS030SD OADAS030SD
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise
Control may not immediately detect
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Driver Assistance System
7-94
• Detecting vehicle
OHI058321LOHI058321L
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as
motorcycles or bicycles
- Special vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
ORG3070006 ORG3070006
In the following cases, the vehicle
in front cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles with higher ground
clearance or vehicles carrying loads
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
OHI058322L OHI058322L
• When a vehicle ahead disappears
at an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
07
7-95
OHI058308LOHI058308L
• When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
OHI058323LOHI058323L
• Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Driver Assistance System
7-96
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
can help drive at a certain speed
according to the road conditions when
driving on highways by using road
information from the navigation system
while Smart Cruise Control is operating.
Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
system is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
à Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway
and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial
Highways
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates.
Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads of highways (or
motorways), and does not operate on
interchanges or junctions.
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle
or limit acceleration to help you drive
safely on a curve based on the curve
information from the navigation.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function automatically changes Smart
Cruise Control set speed based on
the speed limit information from the
navigation.
Control Settings
Setting features
OJX1079140LOJX1079140L
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance
→ Driving Assist → Highway Auto Speed
Change' from the Settings menu to
turn on Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control and deselect to turn off the
function.
Information
When there is a problem with Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control, the function
cannot be set from the Settings menu.
07
7-97
Control Operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways
Information
For more details on how to operate Smart
Cruise Control, refer to “Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)” section in chapter 7.
Display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
standby
ORG3071172NORG3071172N
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the white
symbol will illuminate.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operating
ORG3071173NORG3071173N ORG3071174NORG3071174N
If temporary deceleration is required in
the standby state and Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is operating, the
green
symbol will illuminate on the
cluster.
If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function operates, the green
symbol and set speed will illuminate on
the cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
ORG3071055NORG3071055N
appear in the following circumstances:
-
Driver Assistance System
7-98
Information
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown and
Set Speed Auto Change function uses the
same
symbol.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
• Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway (or motorway), the vehicle
will decelerate, and after passing the
curve, the vehicle will accelerate to
Smart Cruise Control set speed.
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed
and the degree of the curve on the
road. The higher the driving speed,
deceleration will start faster.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate when Smart
Cruise Control set speed and the
highway (or motorway) speed limit is
matched.
• While Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating, when
the highway (or motorway), speed
limit changes, Smart Cruise Control
set speed automatically changes to
the changed speed limit.
• If Smart Cruise Control set speed is
adjusted different from the speed
limit, Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will be in the standby state.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by driving on a road other than
the highway (or motorway) main road,
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate again when you
drive on the main road again without
setting the set speed.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by depressing the brake pedal
or pressing the
switch on the
steering wheel, press the switch
to restart the function.
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function does not operate on highway
interchanges or junctions.
Information
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function only operates based on
the speed limits of the highway (or
motorway), it does not work with the
speed cameras.
• When Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function is operating, the vehicle
automatically accelerates or decelerates
when the highway (or motorway) speed
limit changes.
• The maximum set speed for Highway
Set Speed Auto Change function is 90
mph (140 km/h).
• If the speed limit of a new road is not
updated in the navigation, Highway Set
Speed Auto Change function may not
operate properly.
• If the speed unit is set to a unit other
than the speed unit used in your
country, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function may not operate
properly.
07
7-99
Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly under the
following circumstances:
• The navigation is not working properly
• Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
• The navigation searches for a route
while driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
• The navigation is updated while
driving
• Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's
abnormal operation
• A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
• The driver goes off course the route
set in the navigation
• The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road
situations
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation is being updated while
driving
• The navigation is being restarted while
driving
• There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Driving on a road under construction
• Driving on a road that is controlled
• Driving on a road that is sharply
curved
• Driving on roads with intersections,
roundabouts, straight entrances and
exits, etc.
• Rear wheel steering system (if
equipped) is disabled
Driver Assistance System
7-100
ORG3070191LORG3070191L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line)
and the driving route (main road),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the
driving route is recognized as the
main road.
• When the vehicle's driving route
is recognized as the main road by
maintaining the main road instead
of the navigation set route, Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will operate. Depending on the
distance to the curve and the current
vehicle speed, vehicle deceleration
may not be sufficient or may
decelerate rapidly.
ORG3070192LORG3070192L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• When there is a difference between
the navigation route (main road)
and the driving route (branch line),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will operate based on the
curve information on the main road.
• When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the
highway interchange or junction,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will not operate.
07
7-101
ORG3070193LORG3070193L
[1] : Driving route, [2] : Branch line,
[3] : Curved road section, [4] : Main road
• If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
• Even if you depart from the main road,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may temporarily operate
due to navigation information of the
highway curve section.
•
•
actual speed limit information on the
to check the speed limit on the
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-102
•
the function will not decelerate the
•
releases the accelerator pedal while
•
•
Information
• The speed information on the cluster
and navigation may differ.
• A time gap could occur between the
navigation’s guidance and when
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower
than Smart Cruise Control set speed,
acceleration may be limited by the
curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., Smart Cruise
Control may operate for a certain
period of time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20
cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
07
7-103
Lane Following Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on
the road, and assists the driver’s steering
to help center the vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161N ORG3071161N
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
Lane Following Assist Settings
Setting features
Type AType A
ORG3070056ORG3070056
Type BType B
ORG3SP071056ORG3SP071056
Turning Lane Following Assist On/Off
With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, shortly press the Lane
Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
Assist. The white or green
indicator
light will illuminate on the cluster.
Press the button again to turn off Lane
Following Assist.
Driver Assistance System
7-104
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Hands-off
warning.
If ‘Driving Safety Priority’ is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected, the
Hands-off Warning Volume will not turn
off but the volume will sound as ‘Low’.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Lane Following Assist Operation
Warning and control
ORG3SP072121NORG3SP072121N
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green
indicator light will illuminate
on the cluster, and Lane Following Assist
will help center the vehicle in the lane by
assisting the steering wheel.
CAUTION
the green
07
7-105
ORG3070190L ORG3070190L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Keep hands on the steering wheel’
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and
audible warning
OJX1079097LOJX1079097L
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Lane Following
Assist (LFA) canceled’ warning message
will appear and Lane Following Assist will
be automatically canceled.
•
tight or the steering wheel is steered
• Lane Following Assist does not
• The hands–off warning message
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-106
Information
• For more details on setting the
functions in the infotainment system,
refer to “Vehicle Settings” section in
chapter 4.
• When both lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the cluster will change
from grey to white.
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the cluster
type or theme selected from the cluster.
Lane undetectedLane undetected Lane detectedLane detected
ORG3070017 ORG3070017 ORG3SP071197NORG3SP071197N
• If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane
Following Assist can be limited
depending on whether a vehicle is in
front or the driving conditions of the
vehicle.
• Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Following Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunction
OJX1079098LOJX1079098L
When Lane Following Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Lane
Following Assist (LFA) system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
For more details on the function
precautions, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)” section in chapter 7.
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
For more details on system limitations,
refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
section in chapter 7.
07
7-107
Highway Driving Assist is designed to
help detect vehicles and lanes ahead,
help maintain distance from the vehicle
ahead, help maintain the set speed, and
help center the vehicle in the lane while
driving on the highway (or motorway).
OADAS035SDOADAS035SD
Highway Lane Change Assist function
helps change lanes to the direction the
driver slightly moves the turn signal
switch if the function judges that lane
change is possible.
OADAS036SDOADAS036SD
Information
• Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of
certain highways.
à Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway
and U.S. (Federal) and State
Highways
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial
Highways
• Additional highways may be expanded
by future navigation updates.
Information
Highway Driving Assist operates on main
roads of highways, and does not operate
on interchanges or junctions.
Driver Assistance System
7-108
Detecting sensor
ORG3071161NORG3071161N
ORG3071162NORG3071162N
ORG3071163NORG3071163N
[1] : Front view camera, [2]: Front radar,
[3] : Front corner radar (if equipped),
[4] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
Setting features
OJX1079158LOJX1079158L
Basic function
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance → Driving Assist’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use each function.
- If ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is selected,
it helps maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, help maintain the set
speed, and help keep the vehicle
between lanes.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if equipped)
- If ‘Highway Lane Change Assist’ is
selected, it helps the driver change
lanes.
07
7-109
Information
• When ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is
deselected, the setting for ‘Highway
Lane Change Assist’ cannot be
changed.
• If there is a problem with the functions,
the settings cannot be changed. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the engine is restarted, the functions
will maintain the last setting.
ORG3SP072343NORG3SP072343N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Highway
Driving Assist system.
If ‘Driving Safety Priority’ is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when the warning sounds for safe
driving.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected, the
Hands-off Warning Volume will not turn
off but the volume will sound as ‘Low’.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Operation
Basic function
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to “View
Modes” section in chapter 4.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
Operating stateOperating state Standby stateStandby state
ORG3SP072057NORG3SP072057N ORG3SP071282NORG3SP071282N
• When operating
(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level
à Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green : Operating state
- Grey : Standby state
- White blink: Accelerator
depressed state
(2) Set speed
(3) Lane Following Assist indicator
(4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected headway
(5) Whether the lane is detected or
not
to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” and
“Lane Following Assist (LFA)” sections
Driver Assistance System
7-110
Highway Driving Assist will operate when
entering or driving on the main road of
highways (or motorways), and satisfying
all the following conditions:
• Lane Following Assist is operating
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on the main road of highways,
and turning on Highway Driving Assist
by pressing the Driving Assist (
)
button.
• Entering the main road of highways
while Lane Following assist and Smart
Cruise Control are operating
• Restarting after stopping
OJX1079089L OJX1079089L
When Highway Driving Assist is
operating, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving
within 30 seconds after the stop, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition,
after the vehicle has stopped and 30
seconds have passed, the ‘Use switch
or pedal to accelerate’ message will
appear on the cluster. Depress the
accelerator pedal or operate the +
switch, - switch or
switch to start
driving.
07
7-111
• Hands-off warning
ORG3070190L ORG3070190L
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Keep hands on the steering
wheel’ warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and
audible warning
OJX1079102LOJX1079102L
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
the hands-off warning, the ‘Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) canceled’
warning message will appear and
Highway Driving Assist and Lane
Change Assist will be automatically
canceled.
• Driving speed limit
OJX1079101LOJX1079101L
When Highway Driving Assist is
canceled by the hands-off warning,
The driving speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function
is operating, the ‘Driver’s grasp
not detected. Driving speed will be
limited’ warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warning
will sound continuously.
Driver Assistance System
7-112
• Driving to one side within lane (if
equipped)
OADAS037SDOADAS037SD
When vehicle speed is above
40 mph (60 km/h), if a detected
vehicle around you is driving at a
close distance, your vehicle will
control the steering in the opposite
direction of the vehicle to assist in
safe driving.
If there a detected vehicle in both
sides of the lane that are driving
close to you, the function will not
veer to the opposite side of the
lane.
When the Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled while Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Highway
Driving Assist will be in the standby state.
At this time, Lane Following Assist will
operate normally.
Information
• Driving Speed Limit helps you drive
below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time,
the vehicle decelerates due to the
vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has
decelerated, it cannot automatically
accelerate.
• Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
- When the driver grabs the steering
wheel again
- When the driver turns on Lane
Following Assist by pressing the
button
- When +, -, switch or button is
operated or the accelerator pedal or
the brake pedal is depressed
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Lane Change Assist function operation
in the Driving Assist view on the cluster.
Refer to “View Modes” section in chapter
4.
07
7-113
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be displayed as below depending on
the status of the function.
Ready/OperatingReady/Operating Standby/CanceledStandby/Canceled
ORG3SP072347NORG3SP072347N ORG3SP071284NORG3SP071284N
(1) Highway Lane Change Assist
indicator
• Green on : Ready state
• Green blink : Operating state
• Grey on : Standby state
• White blink : Canceled state
(display only a certain time)
(2) Green lane line
The green lane line is displayed when
the function starts operating, and until
the vehicle steps on the lane line.
(3) Green arrow and shade
The green arrow is displayed when a
certain amount of time has passed
after the function has started
operating, and until the lane change
has completed.
(4) Message
• Message is displayed when the
function does not operate even
though the turn signal switch is
used.
• Message is displayed when
the function is canceled while
operating.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will turn on when the following
conditions are satisfied.
• The Driving Assist button or Lane
Driving Assist button is used to turn
on Highway Driving Assist.
•
OJX1070285LOJX1070285L
The OK button is pressed on the
steering wheel when a message on
the cluster inquires whether or not
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be used.
operate
While Highway Lane Change Assist
function is on, the function will be
ready to operate when all the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Highway Driving Assist is operating
• Lane Following Assist is operating
• A vehicle in the rear area of your
vehicle is detected more than once
after the engine is turned on
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
• Hands-off warning is not displayed on
the cluster
• Hazard warning flasher is off
Driver Assistance System
7-114
Information
• While Lane Change Assist function
is turned on (indicator on), Lane
Following Assist will not cancel even
if the turn signal indicator or hazard
warning flasher is operating.
• Lane Change Assist function turns
off automatically when driven in the
following road conditions:
- One driving lane
- A road with a intersection or
crosswalk ahead
- A road with no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrails, etc.
- There is a pedestrian or cyclist on the
road ahead
• When the function is in the ready state,
and vehicle speed is below 35 mph
(55 km/h), the function will change to
the standby state.
Turn signal leverTurn signal lever
OJX1050280LOJX1050280L
[1] : Center
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will operate, when you push the turn
signal lever up or down to the A or B
position while the function is in the ready
state (
indicator is green), and all of
the following conditions are satisfied:
• The driver has his/her hand on the
steering wheel
• There is no collision risk in the
direction of lane change
• There is a single dotted lane line in the
direction of lane change
• There are no Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist and Blind Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist warnings
• The vehicle is driven in the middle of
the lane (should not be driving close
to one side of the lane)
• The road you are driving on, or the
road you are about to change lane is a
road that the function can operate
07
7-115
Information
• When the turn signal lever is placed at
B position for a certain period of time,
the green arrow will appear. At this
time, even when the lever is released
and returns to it’s original position (1),
lane change will still be assisted.
• While lane change is being made by the
function, the turn signal indicator will
blink even when the turn signal lever is
not held, and the turn signal indicator
will turn off when lane change is
complete.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be in the standby state when one of
the ready state condition is not satisfied,
or when entering or driving on one of the
following roads:
• Road within a certain distance from
the tollgate on the main road of the
highway (or motorway)
• The road ahead ends without an
interchange or junction
• Road with sharp curves
• Road with narrow lanes
The function will be canceled when:
• Releasing the turn signal lever from
position A to the center before green
arrow appears
• The turn signal lever is turned on in
the opposite direction of lane change
• The steering wheel is steered sharply
•
function will cancel if one of the
following occurs:
-
off
- Lane Following Assist or Smart
Cruise Control is turned off or
-
-
position
-
turned on
-
Assist or Blind-Spot Collision-
-
Assist and Blind Spot Collision-
Driver Assistance System
7-116
- The target lane to make a lane
change disappears
- The target lane to make a lane
change is not detected
-
lamps
-
function is off (The function turns
off when the function is turned off
when there is a intersection or
or when there is a pedestrian or
-
•
•
Malfunction and Limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunction
OJX1070283LOJX1070283L OJX1079105LOJX1079105L
When Highway Driving Assist or
Highway Lane Change function is not
working properly, the ‘Check Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) system’ or ‘Check
Lane Change Assist function’ warning
message will appear, and the
warning
light will illuminate on the cluster. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
•
•
•
supplemental function that assists
and is not a complete autonomous
07
7-117
•
•
•
situations:
-
-
restarted
•
depending on road conditions
•
•
•
•
• The hands–off warning message
on how the steering wheel is held or
hands on the steering wheel while
•
•
or when the detecting sensors or
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway
Lane Change function may not operate
properly, or may not operate under the
following circumstances:
• The map information and the
actual road is different because the
navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
• The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is changed or
canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (for example,
elevated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
• White single dotted lane line or road
edge cannot be detected
• The road is temporarily controlled
due to construction, etc.
Driver Assistance System
7-118
• There is no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrails, etc., on the
road
• There is a changeable lane in the
direction of lane change
• Rear wheel steering system (if
equipped) is disabled
Information
For more details on the limitations of
the front view camera, front radar, front
corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
07
7-119
ORG3072062NORG3072062N
Rear View Monitor will show the area
behind the vehicle to assist you when
parking or backing up.
Detecting sensor
ORG3071268NORG3071268N
[1] : Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Warning volume
ORG3SP072344NORG3SP072344N
With the vehicle on, select 'Driver
assistance → Warning volume → Parking
safety priority' or 'Sound → Driver
assistance → parking safety priority' from
the Setting menu.
If 'Parking safety priority' is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when Rear View Monitor is operating for
safe parking.
Driver Assistance System
7-120
Camera settings
ORG3SP072337NORG3SP072337N
You can change Rear View Monitor
‘Display contents’ by touching the setup
icon (
) on the screen while Rear View
Monitor is operating, or selecting ‘Driver
assistance → parking safety → Camera
Settings’ from the Settings menu while
the vehicle is on.
• If ‘Display contents’ is selected, you
may set whether to use ‘Rear view
reference lines (Rear View Parking
Guide Lines)’ or ‘Extended rear view
camera’.
Rear View Parking Guide Lines
If ‘Rear view reference lines (Rear View
Parking Guide Lines)’ is selected, the
rear view parking guide lines and rear
top view guide lines will be displayed at
the left side of the infotaintment system
screen.
Information
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m)
and 7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
Top View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1 ft. (0.3 m), 4.9 ft. (1.5 m)
from the vehicle.
Extended Rear View Monitor
If 'Extended Rear View Monitor' is
selected, the rear view keeps displaying
when shifting from R to N/D. When
exceeding a certain speed, the rear view
stops displaying.
07
7-121
ORG3072063NORG3072063N
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button to turn on
Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Rear View function
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the rear
view will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the rear
view will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1), the
rear view will turn off.
Off conditions
• The rear view cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Press the Parking/View button again
while the gear is in P (Park) with the
rear view on the screen, the rear view
will turn off.
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the rear view will turn off.
Extended Rear View function
The rear view will maintain showing on
the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view
will appear on the screen.
• With the engine on, select ‘Display
→ Keep Rear Camera’ from the
infotainment system Settings menu to
turn on Extended rear view function
and deselect to turn off the function.
Off conditions
• When vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h), the rear view will turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view
will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1), the
rear view will turn off.
Driver Assistance System
7-122
Rear top view
ORG3SP072201NORG3SP072201N
When you touch the icon (1), the top view
is displayed on the screen and shows the
distance from the vehicle in the back of
your vehicle while parking.
and Limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display normally,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
•
•
differ from the actual distance of the
•
affect camera performance and
detergents containing high alkaline
07
7-123
ORG3072329NORG3072329N
ORG3071180NORG3071180N
Surround View Monitor will assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
Detecting sensor
ORG3070150ORG3070150
ORG3070151ORG3070151
[1] : Wide-front view camera,
[2],[3] : Wide-side view camera
(under the side view mirror),
[4] : Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Driver Assistance System
7-124
Warning volume
ORG3SP072344NORG3SP072344N
With the vehicle on, select 'Driver
assistance → Warning volume → Parking
safety priority' or 'Sound → Driver
assistance → parking safety priority' from
the Setting menu.
If 'Parking safety priority' is selected, the
vehicle lowers all other audio volumes
when Surround view Monitor is operating
for safe parking.
Camera settings
ORG3SP072338NORG3SP072338N
You can change Surround View Monitor
‘Display Contents’ or ‘Display Settings’ by
touching the setup icon (ico_WDH-5007-
1) on the screen while Surround View
Monitor is operating, or selecting ‘Driver
assistance → parking safety → Camera
Settings’ from the Settings menu while
the vehicle is on.
• If 'Display Contents' is selected, you
may set whether to use 'Top view
reference lines (Top View Parking
Guide Lines), Rear view reference
lines (Rear View Parking Guide Lines),
Parking Distance warning'.
07
7-125
Top View Parking Guide Lines
When the ‘Top view reference lines (Top
View Parking Guide Lines)’ is selected,
parking guidance is displayed on the
right side of the Surround View Monitor
screen.
Information
The horizontal guideline of the Rear
Top View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 1 ft. (0.3 m), 6.6 ft. (2 m) from
the vehicle.
Rear View Parking Guide Lines
When the ‘Rear view reference lines Rear
View Parking Guide Lines)’ is selected,
parking guidance is displayed in the rear
view.
Information
The horizontal guideline shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m) and
7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
Parking Distance Warning
When the ‘Parking Distance Warning’
is selected, parking distance warning
is displayed on the right side of the
Surround View Monitor screen.
• The image will be displayed only when
Parking Distance Warning is warning
the driver.
Surround view monitor auto On
With the vehicle on, select ‘Driver
assistance → Parking safety → Surround
view monitor auto On’ from the Settings
menu to use the function.
Operation
Operating button
ORG3072063NORG3072063N
Press the Parking/View button to turn on
Surround View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Driver Assistance System
7-126
Front view
ORG3072329NORG3072329N
ORG3070126L ORG3070126L
The front image is displayed on the
screen when the gear is in N (Neutral) or
D (Drive) to assist in parking. The front
view has a top view/front view/side
view/3D view.
Operating conditions
• When the gear is shifted from R
(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive),
the last set mode of front view
function will be selected.
• Front view function will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied:
- While the infotainment system
screen is being displayed, press the
Parking/View button (1) briefly when
the gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
and vehicle speed is below 9 mph
(15 km/h).
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
function will operate when the
following conditions are satisfied:
- With 'Driver Assistance → Parking
Safety → Surround View Monitor
Auto On' selected from the Settings
menu, the front parking assist view
screen is displayed when Parking
Distance Warning warns the driver
while driving in D (Drive).
Off conditions
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again, the image will turn off.
• When vehicle speed is above 9 mph
(15 km/h) with the gear in D (Drive),
Surround View Monitor will turn off
and the screen will change back to the
previous infotainment system screen.
Although you drive below 9 mph (15
km/h) again, Surround View Monitor
will not turn on.
• Press one of the infotainment system
button (3), the screen will change to
the infotainment system screen.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the image
will turn off.
Rear view
The rear image is displayed on the screen
when the gear is in P (Park) to assist in
parking. The rear view has a top view/
rear view/side view/3D view.
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
image will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the image
will appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to P
(Park), the image will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again while the gear is in P (Park) with
the image on the screen.
07
7-127
Malfunction and Limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunction
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
normally, have Surround View Monitor
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
• When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur
the image.
• The screen may be displayed
abnormally, and an icon will appear at
the top left side of the screen under
the following circumstances:
- The trunk is opened
- The driver or front passenger door
is opened
- The outside rearview mirror is
folded
•
•
differ from the actual distance of the
•
•
camera performance and Surround
detergents containing high alkaline
Driver Assistance System
7-128
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right side
while your vehicle is reversing, and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning. Also, braking is assisted to help
prevent collision.
ORG3070065 ORG3070065
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range,
[B] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
CAUTION
Detecting sensor
ORG3071267NORG3071267N
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
07
7-129
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Setting features
OJX1079146LOJX1079146L
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance
→ Parking Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety’ from the Settings menu to turn
on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
ORG3SP072191NORG3SP072191N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu
to change the initial warning activation
time for Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Standard’. If you
change the Warning Timing, the Warning
Timing of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
Driver Assistance System
7-130
ORG3SP072345NORG3SP072345N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
However, when Warning Volume is
turned off, the steering wheel vibration
function will turn on if it was turned off.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
• The setting of the Warning Timing
all functions of Rear Cross-Traffic
•
the left or right side approaches
•
Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn or control the vehicle
depending on collision risk level:
‘Collision Warning’, ‘Emergency Braking’
and ‘Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control’.
OPDEN060039OPDEN060039 ORG3070066 ORG3070066
ORG3070127NORG3070127N
07
7-131
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of an approaching
a detected vehicle from the rear
left/right side of your vehicle, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning will appear
on the cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate. If Rear
View Monitor is operating, a warning
will also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching a detected vehicle
is within approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
from the left and right side of your
vehicle
- The speed of the a detected vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there will be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or right
side even though your vehicle speed is 0
mph (0 km/h).
OPDEN060039OPDEN060039 ORG3070069LORG3070069L
ORG3070127NORG3070127N
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver of an approaching
a detected vehicle from the rear left/
right side of your vehicle, the warning
light on the side view mirror will blink
and a warning message will appear
on the cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound and the
steering wheel will vibrate. If Rear
View Monitor is operating, a warning
will also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
Driver Assistance System
7-132
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching a detected vehicle
is within approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m)
from the left and right side of your
vehicle
- The speed of a detected vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
• Emergency braking will be assisted
to help prevent collision with
approaching vehicles from the left
and right.
Brake control will end when:
-
detecting range
-
-
-
down
-
with sufficient power
ORG3070196LORG3070196L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
• For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
• During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist will automatically
cancel when the driver excessively
depresses the brake pedal.
07
7-133
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
passengers and shifting loose
•
• When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
•
•
depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
•
CAUTION
-
warning light is on
-
engaged in a different function
Information
• If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist,
the driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check vehicle
surroundings.
- Brake control will end when the
driver depresses the brake pedal with
sufficient power.
- After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control will operate once for
left and right vehicle approach.
Driver Assistance System
7-134
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
and Limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
OJX1079110LOJX1079110L
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
(
) warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
OJX1079056LOJX1079056L
When the side view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the ‘Check
side view mirror warning light’ warning
message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds, and the master
(
) warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. If this occurs, we recommend
that the vehicle be inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist disabled
OJX1079109LOJX1079109L
When the rear bumper around the rear-
side radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate properly after it
is removed, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
07
7-135
•
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
are not detected after turning ON the
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly, or it
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
• Departing from where trees or grass
are overgrown
• Departing from where roads are wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
Braking control may not work, driver’s
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of
•
ORG3070070 ORG3070070
[A] : Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Driver Assistance System
7-136
•
ORG3070071 ORG3070071
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
which are parking or pulling out
•
ORG3070072 ORG3070072
[A] : Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
•
ORG3070105 ORG3070105
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
07
7-137
•
there is a structure
ORG3070073 ORG3070073
[A] : Structure, [B] :Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
space with a wall or structure in the
•
ORG3070074 ORG3070074
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
•
that Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 8 in.
(20 cm) between the radiator (antenna)
and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
Driver Assistance System
7-138
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning can warn the driver if an
obstacle is detected when the vehicle
is moving forward or in reverse at low
speeds.
Detecting sensor
ORG3SP071202NORG3SP071202N
ORG3SP071204NORG3SP071204N
[1] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
[2] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Distance Warning Settings
Warning Volume
ORG3SP072345NORG3SP072345N
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected,
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning volume will not turn off but the
volume will sound as ‘Low’.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Parking Distance Warning Auto On
To use Parking Distance Warning
AutoOn function, select ‘Driver
Assistance→ Parking Safety → Parking
DistanceWarning Auto On’ from the
cluster orinfotainment system Settings
menu
07
7-139
Distance Warning Operation
Operating button
ORG3072081N ORG3072081N
Parking Safety button
• When the Parking Safety ( )
button is pressed while the engine
running, the button indicator light will
illuminate and will operate when the
vehicle moves forward or in reverse.
• When the button is off (button
indicator light off), if you shift the
gear to R (Reverse), the function will
automatically turn on.
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system may not operate
properly at speeds above 3 mph
(5 km/h). If vehicle speed is above
6 mph (10 km/h), the function will not
warn the driver, and if vehicle speed is
above 12 mph (20 km/h), the function
will turn off (button indicator light off).
à If equipped with Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist or Remote
Smart Parking Assist, Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will turn off (button indicator light off)
when vehicle speed is above 18 mph
(30 km/h).
Information
Although you drive below 12 mph
(20 km/h) again, Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will not turn
on. If necessary, press the Parking Safety
(
) button.
Forward Parking Distance Warning
• Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of the condition is
satisfied.
- The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking
Distance Warning on
- The gear is in D (Drive) and the
Parking Safety (
) button
indicator light is on
- 'Parking Distance Warning Auto On'
is selected from the Settings menu
and the gear is in D (Drive)
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or
object in front when the vehicle's
forward speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h).
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's
forward speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h) even when the Parking Safety
(
) button indicator is on. Forward
Parking Distance Warning will operate
again when the vehicle's forward
speed decreases below 6 mph (10
km/h) while the Parking Safety (
)
button indicator is on.
• When 'Parking Distance Warning Auto
On' is selected, the Parking Safety
(
) button indicator light stays on.
Driver Assistance System
7-140
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is deselected, and the vehicle’s
forward speed is above 12 mph (20
km/h), the Parking Safety (
) button
indicator will turn off. Although you
drive below 10 mph (6 km/h), Forward
Parking Distance Warning will not turn
on.
à If equipped with Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist or
Remote Smart Parking Assist,
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will turn off when vehicle
speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h).
Distance
Warning
indicator
when
forward
Warning
sound
24~40 in.
(60~100 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
12 in.
(within 30
cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate when the gear is in R
(Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
helps detect a person, animal or
object in the rear when the vehicle’s
rearward speed is below 10 mph (6
km/h).
• When the vehicle’s rearward speed is
below 10 mph (6 km/h), both the front
and rear ultrasonic sensors will help
detect objects. However, the front
ultrasonic sensors can help detect a
person, animal or object when it is
within 24 in. (60 cm) from the sensors.
Distance
Warning
indicator
when
Warning
sound
24~48 in.
(60~120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
12 in.
(within 30
cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
07
7-141
Types of warning sound and indicator
Warning indicator
Warning sound
24~40 in.
(60~100 cm)
Front
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
24~48 in.
(60~120 cm)
Rear
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in.
(30 ~60 cm)
Front
Beeps more
frequently
Rear
-
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Front
Beeps continuously
Rear
-
• The corresponding indicator will illuminate whenever each ultrasonic senor detects
a object in its sensing range.
• Only the front sensors warn the driver when moving forward. The rear and front-
side sensors warn the driver when moving in reverse. However, the object must be
within 24 in. (60 cm) from the front-side sensors to operate.
• If an object is within 12 in. (30 cm) from the ultrasonic sensors, the sensors may not
detect the object, or a sensor out of the detecting range may warn the driver.
• Distance warning may not occur sequentially depending on vehicle speed or
obstacle shape.
• Indicators and warning sounds may differ from the illustration when obstacles are
located in the center of the sensor, obstacles are located in close proximity to the
vehicle, or in various circumstances.
• The shape of the indicator in the illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.
Driver Assistance System
7-142
Distance Warning Malfunction
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning malfunction
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning has a self-diagnosis function
that can determine whether the
ultrasonic sensor is working properly.
After starting the engine, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning is operating
normally.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
sensor is damaged or whether Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning is in
a non-operating condition. If it still does
not work properly, have the function
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis products.
• The audible warning does not sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’
warning message appears on the
cluster.
ORG3070077LORG3070077L
•
•
•
07
7-143
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate properly
when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with substance,
such as snow or water (Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate properly when such
substance is removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit by a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding
area is directly sprayed with high
pressure washer
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s
sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a
different spot from the original
location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipments or
accessories next to the ultrasonic
sensors
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
- Narrow objects such as edge of
square pillar
- Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in. (14
cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects
that are very close to the ultrasonic
sensors
• Parking Distance Warning Indicators
may be displayed differently from
the actual detected location when
the obstacle is located between the
sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
• If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-144
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can warn the driver or assist with
braking to help reduce the possibility of
collision with a pedestrian or an object
when backing up.
Detecting sensor
ORG3SP071203N ORG3SP071203N
ORG3SP071204NORG3SP071204N
[1]: Rear view camera, [2]: Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Setting features
ORG3SP072339NORG3SP072339N
Parking Safety
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select or deselect ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety’ from the
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use each function.
- If ‘Rear Active Assist’ is selected,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver and assist
with braking when a collision with a
pedestrian or an object is imminent.
- If ‘Rear Warning Only’ is selected,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver when a
collision with a pedestrian or an
object is imminent. Braking will not be
assisted.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.
- If Parking Safety ( ) button is
pressed more than 2 seconds, ‘Rear
Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning Only’
can be turned on or off.
07
7-145
ORG3SP072191NORG3SP072191N
Warning Timing
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Timing’ from the Settings menu
to change the initial warning activation
time for Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
ORG3SP072345NORG3SP072345N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist.
However, when Warning Volume is
turned off, the steering wheel vibration
function will turn on if it was turned off.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Driver Assistance System
7-146
Operating conditions
If ‘Rear Active Assist’ or ‘Rear Warning
Only’ is set from the Settings menu,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will be in the ready status when
the following conditions are satisfied:
- The trunk is closed
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h)
- Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist components such as the rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are in normal conditions
When Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist activates, a line
appears behind the vehicle image in the
instrument cluster.
ONE1071053ONE1071053
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates only once after the gear
is shifted to R (Reverse). To reactivate
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist, shift the gear from another gear to
R (Reverse).
Rear Active Assist
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects a risk of collision with
a pedestrian or an object, Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn the driver with an audible
warning, steering wheel vibration
and warning message on the cluster.
When Rear View Monitor is operating,
a warning will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
• If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects imminent collision with
a pedestrian or an object behind the
vehicle, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may assist you with
braking. The driver needs to pay
attention as the brake assist will end
within 2 seconds. The driver must
immediately depress the brake pedal
and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control will end when:
- The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive).
- The driver depresses the brake
pedal with sufficient power
- Braking assist last for approximately
2 seconds
• The warning will turn off when:
- The driver shifts the gear to P (Park),
N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
• The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
07
7-147
and Limitations
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
ORG3070078LORG3070078L
When Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist or other related
functions are not working properly, the
‘Check Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist system’ or ‘Check PCA (Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist) system’
warning message will appear on
the cluster, and Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off automatically. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
ORG3071061N ORG3071061N
The rear view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect pedestrians.
If the camera lens is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it may
adversely affect camera performance
and Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly. Always
keep the camera lens clean.
ORG3070075ORG3070075
The rear ultrasonic sensors are located
inside the rear bumper to detect objects
in the rear area. If the sensors are
covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, it may adversely affect
sensor performance and Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly. Always keep the rear
bumper clean.
Driver Assistance System
7-148
Rear view cameraRear view camera Rear ultrasonic sensorRear ultrasonic sensor
ORG3070076LORG3070076L ORG3070187LORG3070187L
The ‘Rear camera error or blockage’
or ‘ Parking sensor error or blockage’
warning message will appear on the
cluster if the following situations occur:
- The rear view camera or rear
ultrasonic sensor(s) is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain,
etc.
- There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
If this occurs, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may turn off or may not
operate properly. Check whether the rear
view camera and rear ultrasonic sensors
are clean.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not assist braking or warn
the driver even if there are pedestrians
or objects under the following
circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
sensor installation has been modified
• Rear view camera or rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged
• Rear view camera or the rear
ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• Rear view camera is obscured by a
light source or by inclement weather,
such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• The surrounding is very bright or very
dark
• Outside temperature is very high or
very low
• The wind is either strong (above
12 mph (20 km/h)) or blowing
perpendicular to the rear bumper
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines or truck air
brakes, are near your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
• There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the
pedestrian
• The image of the pedestrian in the
rear view camera is indistinguishable
from the background
07
7-149
• The pedestrian is near the rear edge of
the vehicle
• The pedestrian is not standing upright
• The pedestrian is either very short or
very tall for Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist to detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves
well
• Size, thickness, height, or shape of
the object does not reflect ultrasonic
waves well (e.g., pole, bush, curbs,
carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
• The pedestrian or the object is moving
• The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle
• A wall is behind the pedestrian or the
object
• The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle
• The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
• The road is slippery or inclined
• The driver backs up the vehicle
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse)
• The driver accelerates or circles the
vehicle
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver
or assist with braking even if there are
no pedestrians or objects under the
following circumstances:
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
• Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
• Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
sensor installation has been modified
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Rear view camera or the rear
ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
• The pattern on the road is mistaken
for a pedestrian
• There is shadow or light reflecting on
the ground
• Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle
• Objects generating excessive
noise, such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines or truck air
brakes, are near your vehicle
• Your vehicle is backing towards a
narrow passage or parking space
• Your vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as an
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradient,
etc.
• A trailer or carrier is installed on the
rear of your vehicle
• An ultrasonic sensor with similar
frequency is near your vehicle
Driver Assistance System
7-150
Take the following precautions when
•
•
•
make sure there are no pedestrians
•
•
•
depending on the road conditions
•
CAUTION
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
Control) warning light is on
-
engaged in a different function
07
7-151
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
•
•
acid or alkaline detergents when
•
the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
•
•
•
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can detect a pedestrian or an object
when:
• A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
• A large obstacle, such as a vehicle,
is parked in the rear center of your
vehicle
Driver Assistance System
7-152
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses
vehicle sensors to help the driver park
and exit parking spaces remotely from
outside the vehicle by controlling the
steering wheel, vehicle speed and
gearshifts.
Function Description
Remote
Operation
Remotely moving forward
or in reverse
ORG3070085ORG3070085
Smart
Parking or
Remote
Smart
Parking
Perpendicular reverse
parking
ORG3070082ORG3070082
Parallel reverse parking
ORG3070083ORG3070083
Smart Exit
Parallel forward exit
ORG3070084ORG3070084
• Remote Smart Parking and Remote
Operation function may be operated
from outside the vehicle using the
smart key.
• Smart Parking and Remote Smart
Parking function may be operated
from inside the vehicle.
• Smart Parking and Remote Smart
Parking function helps the driver with
perpendicular reverse parking and
parallel reverse parking.
• Smart Exit function helps the driver
with parallel forward exit.
• When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Surround View Monitor and
Parking Distance Warning will also
operate. For more details, refer to
"Surround View Monitor (SVM)" and
"Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW)" sections in chapter 7.
07
7-153
Detecting sensor
ORG3070155ORG3070155
ORG3070154ORG3070154
[1] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
[2] : Front corner ultrasonic sensors,
[3] : Rear corner ultrasonic sensors,
[4] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensors:
•
•
•
installed equipment or accessories
•
•
•
Driver Assistance System
7-154
Settings
Settings features
ORG3SP072345NORG3SP072345N
Warning Volume
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position, select ‘Driver Assistance →
Warning Volume’ from the Settings menu
to change the Warning Volume to ‘High’,
‘Medium’, ‘Low’ or ‘Off’ for Remote Smart
Parking Assist.
However, even if ‘Off’ is selected, the
volume will not turn off but the volume
will sound as ‘Low’.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
07
7-155
Remote Smart Parking Assist button
ORG3072063NORG3072063N ORG3070156NORG3070156N
OJX1070306NOJX1070306N
Location Name Description
Inside
vehicle
Parking/View
button
• Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn
on Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance warning will automatically
turn on.
However, functions may differ depending on the
situations. Refer to each function's description for
more details in the following pages.
• Press and hold the Parking/View button while Smart
Parking or Smart Exit function is on to operate the
function.
Parking
Safety button
• Press the Parking Safety button while Remote Smart
Parking Assist is operating to end system operation.
Smart
key
Remote Start
button
• Press the Remote Start button after the door is
locked with the engine off to start the engine
remotely.
• Press the Remote Start button while Remote Smart
Parking or Remote Operation function is operating
to end function operation.
Forward
button
• When using Remote Smart Parking function,
regardless of which direction button is pressed,
parking is supported while the button is pressed.
• When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the button while
the button is pressed.
Backward
button
Digital
key
Remote
Smart
Parking
Assist icon
• Press the Remote Smart Parking Assist icon on
the smartphone digital key application to activate
Remote Smart Parking.
• When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the icon is pushed
and moves while the icon is pushed.
• When using Remote Smart Parking function,
regardless of which direction the icon is pushed,
parking is supported while the icon is pushed.
Driver Assistance System
7-156
Remote Operation
Operating order
Remote Operation operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation function.
ORG3070091ORG3070091
Method (1) Using the function with
engine off
(1) Within a certain range from the
vehicle press the door lock (
)
button on the smart key and lock
all doors.
(2) Press and hold the Remote Start
button (
) within 4 seconds until
the engine starts.
• For more details on remotely
starting the engine, refer to
“Remote Start” section in chapter 6.
Information
If the vehicle is remotely started that has
been parked in cold weather for a long
time, the operation of Remote Operation
function may be delayed depending on the
engine condition.
ORG3070092ORG3070092
ORG3SP072272NORG3SP072272N
Method (2) Using the function with
engine on
(1) Park the vehicle in front of the
space where you want to use
Remote Operation function, and
shift the gear to P (Park).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View
(
) button to turn on Smart
Parking Assist. A message ‘Remote
Parking Instructions’ will appear
on the infotainment system
screen.
(3) Get out of the vehicle with the
smart key and close all doors.
07
7-157
• ‘Agree’ must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Remote Operation
function.
• Method (2) can be used after the
vehicle has been driven above 3
mph (5 km/h).
• If Remote Smart Parking Assist
is turned on again after parallel
parking is completed by Remote
Smart Parking Assist, Remote
Operation function can be used.
• Check that all smart keys are
outside the vehicle when using
Remote Operation function.
3. Remotely moving forward and
Backward
ORG3070093ORG3070093
(1) Press and hold one of the Forward
(
) or Backward ( ) button on
the smart key. Remote Smart
Parking Assist will automatically
control the steering wheel, vehicle
speed and gearshift. The vehicle
will move in the direction of the
button pressed.
(2) While Remote Operation function
is operating, if the you do not
hold down the Forward (
) or
Backward (
) button, the vehicle
will stop and system control will
pause. The function will start
operating again when the button is
pressed and held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the
target location, the function will
turn off.
(4) When the driver gets in the vehicle
with the smart key, a message
will appear informing the driver
Remote Operation function is
complete on the infotainment
system screen.
In addition, when the Remote
Start (
) button is pressed on the
smart key, a message will appear
informing the driver Remote
Operation function is complete
and the engine will turn off.
• Check that all smart keys are
outside the vehicle when using
Remote Forward/Backward
function.
• Remote Operation function will
operate only when the smart key is
within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle. If
there is no vehicle movement even
when the Forward (
) or Backward
(
) button is pressed on the smart
key, check the distance to the
vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart
key may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by
radio waves such as transmission
tower, broadcast station, etc.
Driver Assistance System
7-158
• When remotely moving forward
using method (1), it is recognized
as an exit situation, and the
vehicle moves 13 ft. (4 m) to
check for pedestrians, animals or
objects around the vehicle. After
confirmation, the steering wheel
is controlled according to the
condition ahead.
• When remotely moving forward
using method (2), it is recognized
as a parking situation, and will
immediately control the steering
wheel according to the condition
ahead to assist with entering the
parking space and aligning the
vehicle. However, performance
may reduce depending on the
pedestrians, animals, shape of
objects, location, etc., around the
vehicle.
• For moving remotely backward,
both method (1) and (2) aligns the
steering wheel first, and then will
only move the vehicle straight.
• When remotely moving forward or
backward is completed, the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park)
and engage EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake).
CAUTION
• When using Remote Operation
• When using Remote Operation
•
•
malfunctions when parked in a
•
•
07
7-159
Remote Operation function operation
status
Operation
status
Warning
light
Under
Control
Green LED
continuously
blinks
-
Pause
Red LED
continuously
blinks
Blinks
Off
Red LED
illuminates
for 4 seconds
and then
turns off
Blinks 3 times
and turns off
Complete
Green LED
illuminates
for 4 seconds
and then
turns off
Blinks 1 time
and turns off
•
•
How to turn off Remote Operation
function while operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button.
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen.
• Press the Remote Start ( ) button
on the smart key. Remote Operation
function will turn off. At this time, the
engine will turn off.
• Get in the vehicle with the smart key.
Remote Operation function will turn
off. At this time, the engine will remain
on.
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a detected pedestrian, animal
or object in the direction the vehicle
is moving
• The door or tailgate is open
• The Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
• Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
• The smart key is not operated within
13 ft. (4m) from the vehicle
• Button of another smart key is pressed
in addition to the operating smart key
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operates while the
vehicle is being controlled in the
reverse direction
• The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) while
the smart key is pressed with Remote
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
When Remote Operation function is
paused, the vehicle will stop. If the
condition that made the function to
pause disappears, the function may
operate again.
Driver Assistance System
7-160
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• The steering wheel is steered
• The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
• Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
• The engine hood is open
• Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
• Rapid acceleration occurs
• Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
• There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
• Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds has passed after Remote
Operation function has started to
operate
• The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
• The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
and drive controls are not working
properly
• The function is paused for more than
1 minute
• The total travel distance of the vehicle
has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after
Remote Operation function operation
• There is a problem with the smart key
or the smart key battery is low
• ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
to slippery road conditions
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed when all the doors are
closed
• The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open.
• The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Operation function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
CAUTION
Check whether the doors are locked
when Remote Operation function is
07
7-161
Smart Parking, Remote Smart
Parking
Operating order
Parking function operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready for parking
2. Searching for parking space
3. Select parking type and operating
mode
4. Smart Parking
5. Remote Smart Parking
• Parking function includes Smart
Parking and Remote Smart Parking.
ORG3072063NORG3072063N
(1) With the engine turned on,
depress the brake pedal and shift
the gear to D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View
(
) button to turn on Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• ‘Agree’ must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Parking function.
• If you drive above 3 mph (5 km/h)
with the engine on, you may use
the Parking function with the gear
shifted to N (Neutral).
ORG3SP072273NORG3SP072273N
(1) Slowly drive forward maintaining
the distance of approximately
40 in. (100 cm) from the parked
vehicles.
(2) When searching for a parking
space is complete, a message will
appear on the infotainment system
screen with an audible sound to
notify the search is complete.
(3) ‘Select Parking Type’ will be
displayed on the infotainment
system screen and the selected
parking space will appear on Top
View screen of Surround View
Monitor.
Driver Assistance System
7-162
• Remote Smart Parking Assist
searches for parking spaces that are
next to parked vehicles, or parking
spaces with parked vehicles in front
or rear.
• While searching for a parking space,
when vehicle speed is above 12 mph
(20 km/h), a message will appear
on the infotainment system screen
informing you to slow down. When
vehicle speed is above 18 mph (30
km/h), Parking function will turn off.
• Searching for a parking space will
be completed when there is enough
space to move the vehicle in
addition to the parking space.
• Even if an audible sound is heard
to notify that searching for a
parking space is complete, search
completion can be canceled
immediately depending on
surroundings.
• If the you press and hold the
Parking/View (
) button to turn
on Remote Smart Parking Assist, the
previous searched parking space
can be displayed.
Information
ORG3070089NORG3070089N
[A] : Searching for parking space
• If the distance is below 20 in. (50 cm)
or above 59 in. (150 cm), Remote Smart
Parking Assist may not be able to
search for a parking space.
• If you do not maintain a certain
distance from the parked vehicle, the
performance to search for a parking
space may reduce.
• When searching for a parking space,
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
be able to find a parking space if there
is no vehicle parked, if the parking
space is available after driving by or if
the parking space is available before
driving by.
• Even if a diagonal parking space is
searched as a parking space, parking is
not assisted normally.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
be able to search for a parking space
even if there is a parking space, and the
function may search for a space that is
not suitable for parking in the following
circumstances:
- The parking space is narrow
- The ultrasonic sensor is frozen or
dirty
- There are objects located high or low
- There are pillars around the parking
space
- The parked vehicle has objects
attached to the bumper such as
bumper guard, trailer hitch, etc.
07
7-163
ORG3SP072205NORG3SP072205N
(1) Parking type – Perpendicular
reverse (Left/Right), Parallel
reverse (Left/Right)
With the vehicle stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, touch
the infotainment system screen or
use the central controller to select
the desired parking type.
• If you continue to drive without
stopping after the parking type
selection screen appears, Remote
Smart Parking Assist will return to
the previous stage and search for a
parking space.
• If Parking function is canceled
unintentionally by pressing the
Parking/View (
) button before
the parking type is selected, you
can return to the parking type
selection stage by pressing and
holding the button again while the
vehicle is stopped.
CAUTION
ORG3SP072274NORG3SP072274N
(2) Operating mode – Remote
Parking, Smart Parking
After selecting a parking type,
the infotainment system screen
will guide you with Remote Smart
Parking function and Smart
Parking function. Follow the
instructions to operate Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• Operating instructions will be
displayed on the screen for each
desired function you select.
• Do not take your foot off the brake
pedal during the Parking function
guide. When the vehicle moves,
Remote Smart Parking Assist will
turn off.
Information
ORG3SP072275NORG3SP072275N
If Remote Smart Parking function cannot
operate, Smart Parking guide will be
displayed.
Driver Assistance System
7-164
ORG3SP072276NORG3SP072276N
ORG3SP072277NORG3SP072277N
(1) Press the Parking/View
(
) button when the vehicle is
stopped by depressing the brake
pedal. When the brake pedal is
released, Remote Smart Parking
Assist will automatically control
the steering wheel, vehicle speed
and gearshift.
(2) While Smart Parking function is
operating, if you do not hold down
the button, the vehicle will stop
and system control will pause. The
function will start operating again
when the button is pressed and
held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the
target parking position, a message
will appear on the infotainment
system screen to inform you that
parking is complete.
• Smart Parking function will not
operate if the door is open or the
seat belt is not fastened.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted
by depressing the brake pedal
while Smart Parking function is
operating. However, the vehicle
does not accelerate even when the
accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The parking location indicator is
displayed on Surround View Monitor
screen and is displayed until the
vehicle enters the parking space
for the first time by Smart Parking
function.
• When parking is completed, the
vehicle will automatically shift to P
(Park) and engage EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake).
• Depending on parking
environments, if the vehicle is
stopped by a stopper, parking may
be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's
position or location, manually
complete parking your vehicle.
07
7-165
ORG3SP072206NORG3SP072206N
(1) Shift the gear to P (Park), get out
of the vehicle with the smart key,
and close all doors.
(2) Press and hold one of the Forward
(
) or Backward ( ) button on
the smart key. Remote Smart
Parking Assist will automatically
control the steering wheel, vehicle
speed and gearshift.
(3) While Remote Smart Parking
function is operating, if the you do
not hold down the Forward (
) or
Backward (
) button, the vehicle
will stop and system control will
pause. The function will start
operating again when the button is
pressed and held again.
(4) When the vehicle reaches the
target parking position, a message
will appear on the infotainment
system screen to inform you that
parking is complete, and the
engine will turn off.
• When operating Remote Smart
Parking function, make sure all
smart keys are outside of the
vehicle.
• Remote Smart Parking function will
operate only when the smart key is
within 13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle.
If there is no vehicle movement
even when the Remote Forward or
Backward button is pressed on the
smart key, check the distance to the
vehicle and press the button again.
• The detecting range of the smart
key may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by
radio waves such as transmission
tower, broadcast station.
• The parking location indicator is
displayed on Surround View Monitor
screen and is displayed until the
vehicle enters the parking space
for the first time by Remote Smart
Parking function.
• When parking is completed, the
vehicle automatically shifts to P
(Park) and engages EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake).
• Depending on parking
environments, if the vehicle is
stopped by a stopper, parking may
be completed.
• If you need to change the vehicle's
position or location, manually
complete parking your vehicle.
Driver Assistance System
7-166
CAUTION
•
•
•
How to turn off Parking function while
operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button
in the following stage:
- Searching for parking space
- Select parking type
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the
following stage:
- Searching for parking space
- Select parking type
- Select operating mode
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen to turn off Parking
function.
• While Smart Parking function is
operating:
- If the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, and the
gear is shifted, Parking function will
turn off. At this time, EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake) will not be engaged.
• While Remote Smart Parking function
is operating:
- Press the Remote Start ( ) button
on the smart key. Parking function
will turn off.
- Get in the vehicle with the smart
key. Parking function will turn off. At
this time, the engine will remain on.
07
7-167
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Parking
- There is a pedestrian, animal or
object in the direction the vehicle is
moving
- The door or tailgate is open
- The driver’s seat belt is not fastened
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled
in the reverse direction
- The Parking/View ( ) button is
not continuously pressed
- The vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal
• Remote Smart Parking
- There is a detected pedestrian,
animal or object in the direction the
vehicle is moving
- The door or tailgate is open
- The Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
- Simultaneously pressing multiple
buttons on a smart key
- The smart key is not operated within
13 ft. (4 m) from the vehicle
- Button of another smart key is
pressed in addition to the operating
smart key
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operates
while the vehicle is being controlled
in the reverse direction
When Parking function is paused, the
vehicle will automatically stop. If the
condition that made the function to
pause disappears, the function may
operate again.
Driver Assistance System
7-168
Parking function operation status
• Smart Parking function
Operation status Turn signal
Under control
The turn signal of the parking direction blinks until the first reverse
is complete.
• Smart Parking function
Operation status Turn signal
Under control
Green LED
continuously blinks
-
The turn signal of
the parking direction
blinks until the first
reverse is complete.
Pause
Red LED
continuously blinks
Blinks
-
Off
Red LED illuminates
for 4 seconds and
then turns off
Blinks 3 times and
turns off
-
Complete
Green LED
illuminates for 4
seconds and then
turns off
Blinks 1 time and
turns off
-
à Operation status by the may not be applicable based on the regulation of your
country.
à If the smart key is not within the operating range from the vehicle (approximately 13
ft. (4m)), the smart key LED will not illuminate or blink. Use the smart key within the
operating range.
07
7-169
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Parking
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle
is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5
km/h)
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle
and cannot move
- There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds have past after Smart
Parking function has started to
operate
- The driver opens the door without
the seatbelt unfastened
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working normally
- The function is paused for more
than 1 minute
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates
due to slippery road conditions
When Smart Parking function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
• Remote Smart Parking
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle
is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5
km/h)
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle
and cannot move
- There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds have past after Remote
Smart Parking function has started
to operate
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working normally
- The function is paused for more
than 1 minute
- There is a problem with the smart
key or the smart key battery is low
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates
due to slippery road conditions
- The brake pedal or accelerator
pedal is depressed when all the
doors are closed
- The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open.
- The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Smart Parking function is
canceled, the vehicle will automatically
stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
Driver Assistance System
7-170
CAUTION
Check whether the doors are locked
Smart Exit
Operating order
Smart Exit function operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready for exit
2. Checking space
3. Select exit direction
4. Smart Exit
ORG3072063NORG3072063N
(1) With the engine turned on,
depress the brake pedal and shift
the gear to P (Park) or N (Neutral).
(2) Press and hold the Parking/View
(
) button to turn on Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
Information
• ‘Agree’ must be selected on the
infotainment system screen and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Exit function.
• Drive below 3 mph (5 km/h) with the
engine on to use Exit function.
• If the function is turned on again
after parallel parking is completed by
Remote Smart Parking Assist, Exit
function can be used.
ORG3SP072142NORG3SP072142N
(1) When the vehicle is stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, the
vehicle sensors will detect the
distance from nearby objects and
check for space to exit.
(2) When checking for space is
complete, a message will appear
on the infotainment system screen
with an audible sound to notify the
search is complete.
•
•
spot area and continue using the
CAUTION
•
07
7-171
Information
Due to abnormal performance of the
ultrasonic sensor or the influence of the
surroundings, Parking function may not
be able to search for a parking space even
if there is a parking space, or may search
for a space that is not suitable for parking.
The parked vehicle has objects attached to
the bumper such as bumper guard, trailer
hitch, etc.
ORG3SP072143NORG3SP072143N
With the vehicle stopped by
depressing the brake pedal, touch the
infotainment system screen or use the
central controller to select the desired
exit direction.
CAUTION
•
•
ORG3SP072340NORG3SP072340N
(1) Press the Parking/View
(
) button when the vehicle is
stopped by depressing the brake
pedal. When the brake pedal is
released, Remote Smart Parking
Assist will automatically control
the steering wheel, vehicle speed
and gearshift.
(2) While Smart Exit function is
operating, if you do not hold down
the button, the vehicle will stop
and system control will pause. The
function will start operating again
when the button is pressed and
held again.
(3) When the vehicle reaches the
target exit location, a message will
appear on the infotainment system
screen to inform you that exit is
complete.
Driver Assistance System
7-172
Information
• Smart Exit function will not operate if
the door is open or the seat belt is not
fastened.
• Vehicle speed can be adjusted by
depressing the brake pedal while Smart
Exit function is operating. However, the
vehicle does not accelerate even when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• If exit is completed while depressing
the brake pedal, Exit function will
complete with the gear in D (Drive).
• If exit is completed while depressing the
accelerator pedal, you must take your
foot off the accelerator pedal once for
the accelerator pedal to operate.
• If there is no vehicle operation such
as depressing the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal within 4 seconds
after exit is complete, the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park)
and engage EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake).
• After Exit function is complete, always
check the surroundings before driving.
CAUTION
If it is determined that the space is
Smart Exit operation status
Operation
status
Turn signal
Under
control
The turn signal of the exit
direction blinks until the
exit is complete or Smart
Exit is cancelled.
How to turn off Smart function while
operating
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button
in the following stage:
- Checking space
- Select exit direction
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse) in the
following stage:
- Checking space
- Select exit direction
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
or select ‘Cancel’ on the infotainment
system screen to turn off Exit
function.
• While Smart Exit function is operating,
if the vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal, and the gear is
shifted, Exiting function will turn off.
At this time, EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) will not be engaged.
The function will pause in the following
conditions when:
• There is a detected pedestrian, animal
or object in the direction the vehicle
is moving
• The door or trunk is open
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operates while the
vehicle is being controlled in the
reverse direction
• The Parking/View ( ) button is not
continuously pressed
• The vehicle is stopped by depressing
the brake pedal
07
7-173
When Exit function is paused, the vehicle
will stop. If the condition that made
the function to pause disappears, the
function may operate again.
The function will cancel in the following
conditions when:
• Smart Exit
- The steering wheel is steered
- The gear is shifted while the vehicle
is moving
- Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
- The engine hood is open
- Vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5
km/h)
- Rapid acceleration occurs
- Vehicle skid occurs
- The wheel is stuck by an obstacle
and cannot move
- There are detected pedestrians,
animals or objects at the front and
rear of the vehicle at the same time
- Approximately 3 minutes and 50
seconds have past after Smart Exit
function has started to operate
- The driver opens the door without
the seatbelt unfastened
- The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
- The steering wheel, gearshift,
braking, and drive controls are not
working normally
- The function was paused for more
than 1 minute
- ABS, TCS or ESC system operates
due to slippery road conditions
When Smart Exit function is canceled,
the vehicle will automatically stop, shift
the gear to P (Park) and engage EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake).
Malfunction and Limitations
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
ORG3SP072148NORG3SP072148N
Remote Smart Parking Assist check
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is
not working properly, the ‘Check Parking
Assist’ warning message will appear
on the infotainment system screen.
If the message appears, stop using
Remote Smart Parking Assist, and have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Driver Assistance System
7-174
ORG3SP072341NORG3SP072341N
Remote Smart Parking Assist canceled
When Remote Parking Assist is
operating, the function can be canceled,
and the ‘Parking Assist Canceled’
warning message may appear regardless
of the parking order. Other messages
may appear depending on the situations.
Follow the instructions provided on
the infotainment system screen while
parking your vehicle with Remote
Parking Assist. Always look around and
pay attention when using the Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
ORG3SP072342NORG3SP072342N
Remote Smart Parking Assist standby
When ‘Parking Assist Conditions Not
Met’ message appears, when Parking/
View (
) button has been pressed and
held, Remote Smart Parking Assist is in
standby. After a while, press and hold the
Parking/View (
) button again to see if
Remote Smart Parking Assist works.
The message appears even when the
smart key's battery is low. Check the
smart key battery level.
Limitations of Remote Smart Parking
Assist
In the following circumstances, Remote
Smart Parking Assist performance to
park or exit the vehicle may be limited,
there may be a risk of collision, or
Remote Smart Parking Assist may turn
off. Park or exit the vehicle manually if
necessary.
• An object is attached to the steering
wheel
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size
wheel
• Tire pressure is lower or higher than
the standard tire pressure
• Your vehicle is loaded with cargo
longer or wider than your vehicle or a
trailer is connected to your vehicle
• There is a problem with the wheel
alignment
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer
hitch
• The license plate is installed
differently from the original location
• There is a person, animal or object
above or below the ultrasonic sensor
when Remote Smart Paring Assist is
activated
• The parking space is curved or
diagonal
• There is an obstacle such as a person,
animal or object (trash can, bicycle,
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow
pillar, etc.) near the parking space
• There is a circular pillar or narrow
pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as fire extinguisher, etc., near the
parking space
07
7-175
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone,
speed bump, etc.)
• The road is slippery
• The parking space is near a vehicle
with higher ground clearance of such
as a big truck, etc.
• The parking space is inclined
• There is heavy wind
• Operating Remote Smart Parking
Assist on uneven roads, gravel roads,
bushes, etc.
• The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or
cold weather
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water
• An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
• Your vehicle is affected by another
vehicle’s Parking Distance Warning
• The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the
bumper
• When the ultrasonic sensor cannot
detect the following objects:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 60 in.
(14 cm) in diameter
- Objects which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow
- A narrow object such as a corner of
a square pillar
- Person, animal or object near the
ultrasonic sensor
- animal passes by your vehicle
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly under the following
circumstances:
• Parking on inclines
ORG3070095ORG3070095
Park manually when parking on
inclines.
• Parking in snow
ORG3070096ORG3070096
Snow may interfere with sensor
operation, or Remote Smart Parking
Assist may cancel if the road is
slippery while parking.
Driver Assistance System
7-176
• Parking on uneven road
ORG3070099ORG3070099
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
cancel when the vehicle slips, or
the vehicle cannot move due to
road conditions such as pebbles or
fragmented stones.
• Parking behind a truck
ORG3070100ORG3070100
Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist around vehicles with higher
ground clearance, such as a bus,
truck, etc. It may lead to an accident.
• Parking near a pillar
ORG3070267ORG3070267
Remote Smart Parking Assist
performance may reduce or collision
with an obstacle may occur when
there is a narrow object, circular pillar,
square pillar, or a pillar surrounded
by objects such as a fire extinguisher,
etc. near the parking space. The driver
should park the vehicle manually.
• Parking in a parking space with a
vehicle on one side only
ORG3070102ORG3070102
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is
used, when parking in a parking space
with a vehicle only on one side, your
vehicle may cross the parking line to
avoid the parked vehicle.
07
7-177
• Parking diagonal
ORG3070097ORG3070097
Remote Smart Parking Assist does not
provide diagonal parking. Even if your
vehicle was able to enter the parking
space, do not use the system because
the system cannot operate normally.
• Leaving a parking space near a wall or
parking in a narrow space
ORG3070098ORG3070098
- Remote Smart Parking Assist may
not operate properly when leaving
a parking space that is narrow
and near a wall. Always check for
pedestrians, animals, objects while
leaving.
- For your safety, Remote Smart
Parking Assist does not search for
parking spaces at areas with narrow
parking spaces that are narrower
than the minimum space required
for parking.
Driver Assistance System
7-178
Front Radar
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
- For USA
OANATEL284OANATEL284
- For Canada
OANATEL286OANATEL286
07
7-179
Rear Corner Radar
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
- For USA
OANATEL053OANATEL053
- For Canada
OANATEL054OANATEL054
8
Emergency Situations
Hazard Warning Flasher ................................................................................... 8-2
In Case of an Emergency while Driving........................................................... 8-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving ................................................................................8-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
..........................................................8-2
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving
...........................................................................8-3
If the Engine will not Start ................................................................................ 8-3
Jump Starting
...................................................................................................8-4
If the Engine Overheats
.....................................................................................8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
........................................................8-8
Check Tire Pressure ..................................................................................................... 8-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
............................................................................... 8-9
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
............................................................................... 8-10
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale
.............................................. 8-10
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator
............................. 8-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS
........................................................................................ 8-11
If you have a Flat Tire (with Spare Tire) ..........................................................8-13
Jack and Tools ............................................................................................................ 8-13
Changing Tires
............................................................................................................ 8-14
Jack Label
................................................................................................................... 8-19
Towing ............................................................................................................. 8-20
Towing Service .......................................................................................................... 8-20
Removable Towing Hook
........................................................................................... 8-21
Emergency Towing
.....................................................................................................8-22
8. Emergency Situations
Emergency Situations
8-2
ORG3080001ORG3080001
The hazard warning flasher serves as
a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on
or off, press the hazard warning flasher
button with the Engine Start/Stop button
in any position. The hazard warning
flasher button is located in the center
fascia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
regardless of whether your vehicle is
running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, we recommend
that you contact an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products or seek
other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad
or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to
N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to
a safe location.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
08
8-3
If You Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully
and pull off the road. Drive off the
road as far as possible and park on
firm, level ground. If you are on a
divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic
lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, shift
the gear to P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this
chapter.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT
START
• Be sure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
or P (Park). The engine starts only
when the gear is in N (Neutral) or P
(Park).
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
See instructions for “Jump Starting”
provided in this chapter.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the vehicle still does not start, call an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
NOTICE
Push or pull starting the vehicle may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload which can lead to damage to
the emission control system.
Emergency Situations
8-4
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting
procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, we strongly recommend
that you have a service technician or
towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
to you or bystanders, always follow
these precautions when working near
or handling the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid
splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components
with the engine running or when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
JUMP STARTING
08
8-5
Jump starting procedure
Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the luggage
compartment, but when you jump start
your vehicle, use the jumper terminal in
the engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach, but
do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc.
Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the
parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
ORG3080003NORG3080003N
[A] : Negative (-) Terminal, [B] : Positive (+) Terminal
5. Remove the engine compartment fuse
box cover.
CAUTION
Before jump starting, make sure to
correctly identify the positive (+) and
negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse
polarity connections.
ORG3080004ORG3080004
6. Connect the jumper cables in
the exact sequence shown in the
illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
7. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
8. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/jumper
terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).
9.
Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
WARNING
Do not connect the jumper cable to
the negative (-) jumper terminal of the
discharged battery. A spark could cause
the battery to explode and lead to a
personal injury or vehicle damage.
Emergency Situations
8-6
10.
Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately
2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then
start your vehicle.
11.
Keep your vehicle operating for at
least 30 minutes at idle or driving to
assure your battery receives enough
charge to be able to start on its
own after the vehicle is shut off. A
complete dead battery may require
as long as 60 minutes runtime to fully
recharge it. If vehicle is run for less,
the battery may not restart.
If your vehicle will not start after a few
attempts, it probably requires servicing.
In this event please seek qualified
assistance. If the cause of your battery
discharging is not apparent, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative
(-) battery/chassis ground of the
assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump
start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
WARNING
While jump starting your vehicle, avoid
the positive (+) and negative (-) cables
to come in contact. A spark could cause
personal injury.
08
8-7
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking,
the engine may be overheating. If this
happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from the hood, stop the engine. Do
not open the hood until the coolant
has stopped running or the steaming
has stopped. If there is no visible
loss of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and check
to be sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
WARNING
While the engine is running,
keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the moving parts
such as the cooling fan and
drive belt to prevent serious
injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
the air conditioning had been in use, it
is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for assistance.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with
a pressurized coolant reserve
tank. Never remove the
radiator cap, coolant cap or
the drain plug while the engine
and radiator are hot.
Hot coolant and steam may blow out
under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiant cap or
coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around
it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly
to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released, press down
on the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for assistance.
CAUTION
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and should
be checked as soon as possible by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly
adding engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant slowly
in small quantities. It may require
several refilling cycles to properly
fill the engine cooling system. If
necessary, an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products should be
consulted to perform this task.
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
Emergency Situations
8-8
ORG3080005ORG3080005
ORG3080006LORG3080006L
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale
and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on
the LCD display)
Check Tire Pressure
ORG3040012LORG3040012L
• You can check the tire pressure in the
Utility view on the cluster.
Refer to the “View Modes” section in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed after a few
minutes of driving after initial vehicle
start up.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, ‘Drive to
display’ message will appear. After
driving, check the tire pressure.
• The displayed tire pressure values may
differ from those measured with a tire
pressure gauge.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system screen. Select:
- Setup → General Settings → Unit →
Tire Air Pressure Unit → psi/kPa/bar
For detailed information, refer to
the separately supplied manual.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
08
8-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low
tire pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning
properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires
or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ON position or when the
engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure Position
Telltale remains illuminated.
Emergency Situations
8-10
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
Low Tire Pressure Position and
Tire Pressure Telltale
ORG3040009LORG3040009L
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are
illuminated and a warning message
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure
Position Telltale will indicate which
tire is significantly underinflated by
illuminating the corresponding position
light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping
distances. You should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the
tires to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation
pressure label located on the driver’s
side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or
if the tire cannot hold the newly added
air, replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the TPMS
Malfunction Indicator may blink for one
minute and then remain illuminated until
you have the low pressure tire repaired
and replaced on the vehicle.
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning because
the decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a cold
area to a warm area, or the outside
temperature is greatly higher or lower,
you should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to the
recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contribute
to loss of vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires
can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
08
8-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
will illuminate after it blinks for
approximately one minute when there
is a problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS,
the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale
will not be displayed even though the
vehicle has an under-inflated tire.
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
illuminate after blinking for one minute
if the vehicle is near electric power
supply cables or radio transmitters
such as police stations, government
and public offices, broadcasting
stations, military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains
are used or electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. This may interfere with
normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will come
on. Have the flat tire repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible or replace
the flat tire with the spare tire.
NOTICE
It is recommended that you do not use a
puncture-repairing agent not approved
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products may
damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor. When
the low pressure tire or the flat tire is
replaced with the spare tire, the Low
Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will
remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will illuminate after blinking
for one minute if the vehicle is driven
at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for
approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original wheel equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure
and reinstalled on the vehicle, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS
Malfunction Indicator will go off within a
few minutes of driving.
Emergency Situations
8-12
If the indicators do not extinguish after a
few minutes, please visit an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem (except for the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific
wheels. It is recommended that you
always have your tires serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
You may not be able to identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure. Please note that a tire
that is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a tire
that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere
with the system’s ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions
and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
08
8-13
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section
when changing a tire to reduce the risk
of serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and Tools
ORG3080043LORG3080043L
1. Jack handle
2. Jack
3. Wheel lug wrench
4. Centering pin
5. Towing hook
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
ORG3080044LORG3080044L
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from
“rattling”, store them in their proper
location.
ORG3080045LORG3080045L
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down
wing bolt by hand, you can loosen
it easily using the wheel lug wrench
(1). Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wheel lug
wrench.
Emergency Situations
8-14
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
• Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off
the road, call a towing service for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road
and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug wrench, jack,
jack handle, and spare tire from the
vehicle.
ORG3080030NORG3080030N
[A] : Block
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
are changing.
08
8-15
ORG3080031LORG3080031L
6. Loosen the wheel bolts
counterclockwise one turn each in
the order shown above, but do not
remove any wheel bolts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
ORG3080033LORG3080033L
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two
notches. Never jack at any other
position or part of the vehicle. Doing
so may damage the side seal molding
or other parts of the vehicle.
ORG3080032LORG3080032L
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the ground.
Make sure the vehicle is stable on the
jack.
9. Loosen a wheel bolt with the wheel
lug wrench and remove it with your
fingers.
ORG3080034LORG3080034L
10.
Insert the centering pin (1) into the
hole where the wheel bolt is removed.
Remove rest of the wheel bolts from
the wheel.
11.
Remove the wheel from the studs and
lay it flat on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from the
studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
Emergency Situations
8-16
ORG3080035LORG3080035L
12.
Install the spare tire over the centering
pin (1) and then push in the spare tire.
13.
Tighten the wheel bolts with your
fingers onto the studs with the smaller
end of the wheel bolts closest to the
wheel.
14.
Pull out the centering pin (1) and
tighten the last wheel bolt.
15.
Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.
ORG3080036LORG3080036L
16.
Use the wheel lug wrench to tighten
the wheel bolts in the order shown.
Double-check each wheel bolts until
they are tight. After changing tires,
have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products tighten the wheel
bolts to their proper torque as soon
as possible. The wheel bolt should
be tightened to 101~116 lbf·ft (14~16
kgf·m).
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”
section in chapter 2 for tire pressure
instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive slowly
to the nearest service station and adjust
it to the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another
and install it as soon as possible. After
changing tires, secure the flat tire and
return the jack and tools to their proper
storage locations.
08
8-17
NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as
possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the
studs and wheel bolts. Make certain
during tire changing that the same bolts
that were removed are reinstalled. If
you have to replace your wheel bolts
make sure they have metric threads to
avoid damaging the studs and ensure
the wheel is properly secured to the
hub. Consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack,
wheel bolts, studs, or other equipment
is damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully on
the compact spare tire and always follow
the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure
and loss of control possibly resulting in
an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire only in an
emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over
50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
maximum load rating or the load
carrying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
original tire as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the compact spare
tire.
Emergency Situations
8-18
When driving with the compact spare tire
mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after installing
the compact spare tire. The compact
spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi
(420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through
an automatic car wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire
has been designed especially for your
vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted on
the same wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the
wheel bolt torque must be set correctly.
The correct wheel bolt tightening torque is
101~116 lbf·ft (14~16 kgf·m).
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the compact
spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards, such
as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
1 in. (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
covers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate 0 ~ 25 mph (0 ~ 40 km/h)
in any driving mode. It may cause
leakage of transfer oil.
08
8-19
Jack Label
OHYK065011OHYK065011
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the
lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or shift the gear to the
P position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.
Jack manufacture
11.
Production date
12.
Representative company and address
Emergency Situations
8-20
TOWING
Towing Service
ORG3080013ORG3080013
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or a commercial tow-truck
service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
For 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground (without dollies) and the rear
wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the vehicle
is being towed with the rear wheels on
the ground, use a towing dolly under the
rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the rear of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the front.
For AWD vehicles, it must be towed
with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground.
NOTICE
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow fitting
or body and chassis parts. Otherwise
the vehicle may be damaged.
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with the rear
wheels on the ground as this may
cause damage to the vehicle.
ORG3080017ORG3080017
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
ORG3080016ORG3080016
08
8-21
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Release EPB before turning off the
engine.
2. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) by
pressing the P release button (need to
remove cap-cover) while pressing the
brake pedal. For more details, refer to
“Automatic Transmission” section in
chapter 6.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ACC position.
CAUTION
Failure to shift the gear to N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to the
transmission.
Removable Towing Hook
1. Open the trunk, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
FrontFront
ORG3080021ORG3080021
RearRear
ORG3080018ORG3080018
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
Emergency Situations
8-22
Emergency Towing
FrontFront
ORG3080022ORG3080022
RearRear
ORG3080019ORG3080019
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products or a
commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a short
distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering
and brakes must all be in good working
condition.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for
steering and braking operations when
the vehicle is being towed. Passengers
other than the driver must not be in the
vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing
precautions:
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked.
• Shift the gear to N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal as you will have
reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to
tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other
frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
08
8-23
16 ft.
ORG3080023ORG3080023
• Use a towing cable or chain less than
16 ft. (5 m) long. Attach a white or red
cloth (about 12 in. (30 cm) wide) in the
middle of the cable or chain for easy
visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable or
chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic
transmission for fluid leaks under your
vehicle. If the automatic transmission
fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a
towing dolly must be used.
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle
in a slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow rope
or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph
(15 km/h) and drive less than
1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid
serious damage to the automatic
transmission.
9
Maintenance
9. Maintenance
Engine Compartment ....................................................................................... 9-3
Maintenance Services
...................................................................................... 9-5
Owner’s Responsibility ................................................................................................9-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions
................................................................................9-5
Owner Maintenance .........................................................................................9-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................................................... 9-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services ...................................................................9-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule .................................................................................. 9-9
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
........................................................ 9-12
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items .............................................. 9-14
Engine Oil
.........................................................................................................9-16
Checking the Engine Oil Level ................................................................................... 9-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
........................................................................... 9-18
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant
................................................ 9-19
Checking the Coolant Level....................................................................................... 9-19
Changing Coolant
...................................................................................................... 9-21
Brake Fluid ....................................................................................................... 9-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level .................................................................................9-22
Washer Fluid .................................................................................................... 9-23
Checking the Washer Fluid Level .............................................................................. 9-23
Air Cleaner ....................................................................................................... 9-24
Filter Replacement .....................................................................................................9-24
Cabin Air Filter ................................................................................................. 9-25
Filter Inspection..........................................................................................................9-25
Filter Replacement
..................................................................................................... 9-25
Wiper Blades ................................................................................................... 9-26
Blade Inspection ........................................................................................................9-26
Blade Replacement
....................................................................................................9-26
Battery ............................................................................................................. 9-28
Battery Usage Recommendations ............................................................................9-29
Battery Replacement
................................................................................................ 9-30
Battery Recharging
................................................................................................... 9-30
Reset Items
................................................................................................................. 9-31
9
Tires and Wheels ............................................................................................. 9-32
Tire Care ...................................................................................................................... 9-32
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
........................................................... 9-32
Check tire Inflation Pressure
.....................................................................................9-33
Tire Rotation
...............................................................................................................9-34
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
........................................................................... 9-35
Tire Replacement
.......................................................................................................9-35
Wheel Replacement
...................................................................................................9-36
Tire Traction
................................................................................................................9-36
Tire Maintenance........................................................................................................9-36
Tire Sidewall Labeling
................................................................................................9-37
Tire Terminology and Definitions
............................................................................. 9-40
All Season Tires
.......................................................................................................... 9-43
Summer Tires
............................................................................................................ 9-43
Snow Tires.................................................................................................................. 9-43
Radial-Ply Tires
.......................................................................................................... 9-43
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
.............................................................................................. 9-44
Fuses ................................................................................................................ 9-45
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ....................................................................... 9-46
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
......................................................9-47
Fuse/Relay Panel Description................................................................................... 9-48
Light bulbs .......................................................................................................9-60
Headlight, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
Replacement
.............................................................................................................. 9-61
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
........................................................................... 9-61
Puddle Lamp Replacement
....................................................................................... 9-61
Rear Combination Lamp Replacement
................................................................... 9-62
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
................................................................. 9-62
License Plate Lamp Replacement
............................................................................ 9-63
Interior Light Replacement
....................................................................................... 9-63
Appearance Care ............................................................................................9-65
Exterior Care .............................................................................................................. 9-65
Interior Care
.................................................................................................................9-71
Emission Control System .................................................................................9-74
California Perchlorate Notice
......................................................................... 9-76
9-3
09
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ORG3090001ORG3090001
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Negative (-) jumper terminal
3. Fuse box and positive (+) jumper
terminal
4. Radiator cap
5. Engine coolant reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
reservoir
8. Brake fluid reservoir
9. Engine oil dipstick
10. Engine oil filler cap
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
9-4
Maintenance
1. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
2. Negative (-) jumper terminal
3. Fuse box and positive (+) jumper
terminal
4. Engine coolant reservoir
5. Air cleaner
6. Liquid-cooled intercooler coolant
reservoir
7. Brake fluid reservoir
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Engine oil filler cap
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
ORG3090003ORG3090003
09
9-5
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection
procedures.
We recommend you have your
vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products. An authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products meets
Genesis Branded Vehicle’s high service
quality standards and receives technical
support from Genesis Branded Vehicle in
order to provide you with a high level of
service satisfaction.
Owner’s Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner’s responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with
the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing
and maintenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational
problems with your vehicle that could
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
personal injury. This chapter provides
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform. Several
procedures can be done only by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner’s Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet provided
with the vehicle. If you’re unsure about
any service or maintenance procedure,
have it done by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Maintenance
9-6
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do
the work, have it done by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for
performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level ground.
Shift the vehicle to P (Park), apply
the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry
that can become entangled in
moving parts.
• If you must operate the engine
during maintenance, do so
outdoors or in an area with plenty of
ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while
the engine is operating or
hot. Doing so could result in
serious personal injury. Turn
the engine off and wait until
the metal parts cool down to
perform maintenance work on
the vehicle.
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed
by the owner or an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products at the
frequencies indicated to help ensure
safe, dependable operation of your
vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
OWNER MAINTENANCE
09
9-7
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir or the liquid-cooled
intercooler coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant
level if the motor compartment is hot.
This may result in coolant being blown
out of the opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (i.e., every
Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check windshield washer spray and
wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
with a clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
Maintenance
9-8
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the
following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less
than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
• Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower grade
spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more
frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance
shown in the chart, continue to follow the semi-synthetic, prescribed maintenance intervals.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles, we recommend to use severe maintenance schedule.
Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should be checked
on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of the
recommended engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification is not used, then
replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under severe operating conditions.
• The vehicle may be equipped with the Oil Life Management System that predicts engine oil life
based on the driver’s driving history and alerts the driver to change engine oil.
- If the deterioration of the engine oil increases depending on the driver’s driving severity,
the remaining oil life alert appears on the instrument cluster before the normal engine oil
replacement interval. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded product.
- Oil Life Management System works when the recommended engine oil is used. So, if
recommended engine oil is not used, replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule
under severe usage condition.
Also, check the amount of engine oil regularly as this system assumes that the engine oil is being
filled normally.
- Always reset the remaining engine oil life whenever the engine oil is changed. Otherwise, the
indication of remaining Oil life in the Oil Life Management System may not be accurate.
To reset the Oil Change Reminder, select ‘RESET’ from the infotainment system screen. Then,
select ‘Yes’ when the message “Has the engine oil been changed? Press [Yes] to reset the oil life.”
appears on the screen.
- If there is no alert until the maximum maintenance interval, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded product.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
09
9-9
Normal Maintenance Schedule
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Engine oil and engine oil filter
*1
R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives
*2
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 36 months
Spark plugs R R
Rotate tires Rotate tires every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Cabin air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R R R R R R
Drive belts
*3
At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 :
Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-
synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*2 :
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3 :
The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
Maintenance
9-10
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months.
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Rear brake disc/pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots / lower arm ball
joint, upper arm ball joint
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Drive Shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
09
9-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Cont.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
Automatic transmission fluid
*1
No check, No service required
Front (AWD) / rear differential oil
*2
I I I
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I
Fuel tank air filter I I I I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I
Parking brake I I I I I I
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 :
Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” section in chapter 2 or
the label in the engine compartment.)
*2 :
Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
à Fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but the quality of fuel used may impact the frequency of maintenance
needed. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting
problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for details.
Maintenance
9-12
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance
intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving
condition
Engine oil and filter
*1
R
Replace every 5,000 miles
(8,000 km) or 6 months
D, H, I, L
Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
A, B, F, G,
H, I, K
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E,
F, G
Front suspension ball joints I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E,
F, G
Disc brakes and pads, calipers
and rotors
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E,
G, H
Parking brake I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, G, H
Drive Shaft I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Cabin air filter R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E, G
Automatic transmission fluid R
Replace every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, F, G,
H, I, J, K
Front differential oil (AWD) /
Rear differential oil
R
Replace every 72,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, G,
H, I, J
Propeller shaft I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required
*1 :
Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade
engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
09
9-13
Severe driving conditions
A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature
or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in heavy dust conditions
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
H. Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
I. Driving for patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
J. Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
Maintenance
9-14
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked
periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Information
When you are inspecting the belt, turn the
engine off.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products replace any damaged
or leaking parts immediately.
Fuel Filter
The fuel filter is considered to be
maintenance free but periodic inspection
is recommended for this maintenance
depends on fuel quality. If there are
some important matters like fuel flow
restriction, surging, loss of power, hard
starting problem etc., replace the fuel
filter immediately. We recommend that
you consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for details.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
We recommend that the air cleaner filter
be replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to
wipe out foreign substances inside
and outside of the boot bottom of the
ignition coil and the insulator of the
spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent
contamination of the spark plug
insulator.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
09
9-15
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled
Intercooler Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions, the Automatic transmission
fluid should be changed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
according to the maintenance schedule.
Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is red
when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker.
This is a normal condition. It does not
need to be replaced based on the color
change.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2.)
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT
4 specification.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and
Rotors
Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor
for any excessive wear-out. Inspect
calipers for any fluid leakage
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start
the engine and listen carefully for
any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten
connections or replace parts as
necessary.
Propeller Shaft
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps,
rubber couplings and center-bearing
rubber for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged parts
and if necessary, repack the grease.
Maintenance
9-16
ENGINE OIL
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering Gear box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel. Check the linkage for
bends or damage. Check the dust boots
and ball joints for deterioration, cracks,
or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Checking the Engine Oil Level
Engine oil is used for lubricating,
cooling, and operating various hydraulic
components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal,
and it is necessary to check and refill the
engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
the oil level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set and the wheels blocked.
3. Turn the engine on and warm
the engine up until the coolant
temperature reaches a constant
normal temperature.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to return
to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert
it fully.
09
9-17
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
ORG3090004LORG3090004L
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
ORG3090006ORG3090006
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F (Full) and L (Low).
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
ORG3090005ORG3090005
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
ORG3090007ORG3090007
7. If the oil level is below L, add enough
oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil (Refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when adding
or changing engine oil. Wipe off
spilled oil immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions,
oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it
if necessary.
Maintenance
9-18
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
• The lubrication, rust prevention,
cooling, and cleaning effect of the
engine oil will gradually degrade
during its use. Have the engine oil
and filter changed by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the Oil Life
Management System instructions
or the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded,
the engine oil performance may
deteriorate, and the engine condition
may be affected. Therefore, replace
the engine oil according to the
maintenance schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended
engine oil and filter. If the
recommended engine oil and filter are
not used, replace it according to the
maintenance schedule under severe
usage conditions.
• The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement
is to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
Information
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine
Oil Pressure (
) warning light will
illuminate. In addition, the enhanced
engine protection system, which limits
the engine's power is activated and the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (
) will
illuminate when the vehicle is driven in
this state continuously. When oil pressure
is restored, the Engine Oil Pressure
warning light will turn off and the engine
power will no longer be limited.
However, for gasoline 2.5, 3.5 turbo
engine, when the oil pressure is restored,
the warning light and the enhanced engine
protection system will turn off after the
engine is restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot
immediately after the vehicle has
been driven and can cause burns
during replacement. Replace the
engine oil after the engine oil has
cooled down.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Always protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
09
9-19
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the
factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season and
before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Coolant Level
Engine coolantEngine coolant
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
ORG3090010ORG3090010
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
ORG3090054ORG3090054
Liquid-cooled intercooler coolantLiquid-cooled intercooler coolant
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
ORG3090011ORG3090011
3.5L T-GDI3.5L T-GDI
ORG3090055ORG3090055
RadiatorRadiator
2.5L T-GDI 2.5L T-GDI
ORG3SP091067NORG3SP091067N
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the MAX and the MIN marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir when
the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products for a cooling system inspection.
Maintenance
9-20
WARNING
Never remove the engine
coolant radiator cap, coolant
cap or the drain plug while
the engine and radiator are
hot. Hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
Turn the vehicle off and wait until
the engine cools down. Use extreme
care when removing the radiator cap,
coolant cap. Wrap a thick towel around
it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly
to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released, press down
on the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
Information
The coolant level is influenced by the
engine temperature. Before checking or
refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.
WARNING
The electric motor for the
cooling fan may continue to
operate or start up when the
engine is not running and can
cause serious injury. Keep
hands, clothing and tools away
from the rotating fan blades of
the cooling fan.
Always turn off the vehicle unless the
vehicle has to be inspected with the
engine on. Be cautious as the cooling
fan may operate if the negative (-)
battery terminal is not disconnected.
WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly
closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise
the engine could be overheated while
driving.
Engine compartment front viewEngine compartment front view
OOSH089010LOOSH089010L
ORG3SP091068NORG3SP091068N
1. Check if the coolant cap label is
straight in front.
OJX1099046OJX1099046
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the coolant cap are securely
interlocked.
09
9-21
Recommended coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix
hard water in the coolant filled at the
factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or engine
damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has
aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an phosphate-based
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of -31°F
(-35°C) and higher.
Changing Coolant
Have coolant be changed by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the
windshield and may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage
to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts,
put a thick towel around the engine
coolant cap or liquid-cooled intercooler
coolant cap before refilling the
coolant to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts, such as
the alternator.
Maintenance
9-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
ORG3090012ORG3090012
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the side
of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake fluid, clean the area around
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified brake
fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall
with accumulated mileage. This is a
normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level
is excessively low, have the brake system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate
a leak in the brake system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
Do not let brake fluid enter into your
eyes. If brake fluid gets in your eyes,
flush your eyes with clean water for
at least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
NOTICE
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle’s body paint, as it will
result in paint damage.
• NEVER use brake fluid which has
been exposed to open air for an
extended time, as its quality cannot
be guaranteed. It should be disposed
of properly.
• Do not use the wrong type of brake
fluid. A few drops of mineral based
oil such as engine oil in your brake
system can damage brake system
parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer
to “Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities” section in chapter 2).
BRAKE FLUID
09
9-23
WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid Level
ORG3090013ORG3090013
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when
using washer fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Engine coolant can
severely obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to
paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flame to
contact the washer fluid or the
washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid
may contain alcohol and can be
flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
Maintenance
9-24
Filter Replacement
2.5L T-GDI2.5L T-GDI
ORG3090014ORG3090014
3.5L T-GDIt3.5L T-GDIt
ORG3090015ORG3090015
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as
water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Visit an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to replace air cleaner
filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the
usual recommended intervals (Refer
to “Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions” section in this chapter).
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
• We recommend that you use parts
for replacement from an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
AIR CLEANER
09
9-25
Filter Inspection
The cabin air filter should be replaced
according to the Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in severely air-
polluted cities or on dusty rough roads
for a long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced sooner.
Replace the cabin air filter by following
the procedure below and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
Filter Replacement
ORG3090017ORG3090017
1. Open the glove box and remove the
support rod (1).
ORG3090018ORG3090018
2. Remove the stoppers on both sides to
allow the glove box to hang freely on
the hinges.
ORG3090019ORG3090019
3. Press and hold the lock (1) on the left
side of the cover.
4. Pull out (2) the cover
5. Replace the cabin air filter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
OHI078055OHI078055
Install a new cabin air filter in the
correct direction with the arrow symbol
(↓) facing downwards, to prevent noise
and reduce effectiveness.
CABIN AIR FILTER
Maintenance
9-26
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If
the blades are not wiping properly, clean
both the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Information
Wiper blades are consumable items.
Normal wear of the wipers may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
• In order to prevent damage to the
hood and the wiper arms, the wiper
arms should only be lifted when in
the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
ORG3090020ORG3090020
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, lift up (or push down) and
hold the wiper lever to the MIST (or 1x)
position for about 2 seconds until the
wipers move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off
the windshield.
Information
This vehicle has a “hidden” wiper design
which means that the wipers cannot be
lifted manually when they are in their
bottom resting position.
09
9-27
OHI078075OHI078075
3. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then
lift up the wiper blade (2).
OHI078076OHI078076
4. While pushing the lock (3), pull down
the wiper blade (4).
OHI078077OHI078077
5. Remove the wiper blade from the
wiper arm (5).
6. Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
7. Gently put the wipers back down onto
the windshield.
8. With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON position, turn the wiper switch
to Mist/Low/High position to return
the wipers to the bottom resting
position.
Maintenance
9-28
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
to you or bystanders, always follow
these precautions when working near
or handling the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid
splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may explode
if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch
these components with the engine
running or when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position.
• Don’t remove the battery vent
hose. When the battery vent hose is
removed, insert it into the vent hole.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer. Wash hands after
handling.
BATTERY
09
9-29
NOTICE
Always follow these instructions when
handling your vehicle's battery to
prevent damage to your battery:
• When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area,
disconnect the battery and keep it
indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully to
prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the
battery terminals. The performance
of the battery may be degraded, and
may cause injury. Be cautious when
loading liquid in the trunk.
• Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized
electronic devices to the battery, the
battery may be discharged. Never
use unauthorized devices.
Battery Usage
Recommendations
ORG3090021LORG3090021L
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
Maintenance
9-30
Battery Replacement
ORG3090021LORG3090021L
ORG3090022L ORG3090022L
When replacing the battery,
disconnect the negative (-) cable (1)
and remove the positive (+) battery
fuse box (2).
Information
For vehicles with power trunks, note
that the power trunk needs to be reset
after the battery has been replaced.
For more details, refer to "Power
Trunk" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
Make sure the battery is installed
securely when the it is replaced. If the
battery vibrates while driving, the case
and electrode plate can be damaged.
Battery Recharging
By battery charger
Should your vehicle's battery become
discharged either run the engine for
at least 60 minutes driving or at idle.
Alternatively you may connect a fully
automatic regulated charger to the
engine compartment front jumper posts
or at the battery in the trunk.
CAUTION
Do not use a manual unregulated
charger. It may cause the battery
to overheat and create a potential
hazard.
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle’s battery to
avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an area
with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in a well
ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin boiling
violently.
09
9-31
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Always use a genuine Genesis Part
approved battery when you replace
the battery.
NOTICE
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free and
we recommend that the AGM battery
be serviced by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products. For
charging your AGM battery, use only
fully automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery,
we recommend that you use parts
for replacement from an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the cap on
top of the battery. This may cause
leaks of internal electrolyte that
could result in severe injury.
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery,
drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
before it is shutoff. The vehicle may
not restart if you shut it off before the
battery had a chance to adequately
recharge. See “Jump Starting” in chapter
6 for more information on jump starting
procedures.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulation.
Reset Items
The following items may need to be reset
after the battery has been discharged or
the battery has been disconnected.
• Fuel economy/Driving info/Since
refueling/Accumulated info (items in
Utility view) (see chapter 4)
• Integrated memory system (see
chapter 5)
• Power window (see chapter 5)
• Sunroof (see chapter 5)
• Power trunk (see chapter 5)
• Climate control system (see chapter 5)
• Rear door window shade (see chapter
5)
• Clock (see Infotainment system
manual)
• Infotainment system (see
Infotainment system manual)
Maintenance
9-32
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the
following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the
tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar. Always use a
tire pressure gauge to measure
tire pressure. Tires with too
much or too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check the
pressure of the other tires on
your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of
braking effectiveness, steering
control, or traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size, type, construction and
tread pattern as each tire that
was originally supplied with this
vehicle. Using tires and wheels
other than the recommended
sizes could cause unusual
handling characteristics, poor
vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended
tire inflation pressures and stay
within the load limits and weight
distribution recommended for your
vehicle.
ORG3010025LORG3010025L
All specifications (sizes and
pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures
by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure or the tires will be
under-inflated. For recommended
inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and
Wheels” section in chapter 2.
TIRES AND WHEELS
09
9-33
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead to
sudden tire failure that could result
in loss of vehicle control resulting in
an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result in
the loss of vehicle control resulting
in an accident. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when
driving for long periods at high
speeds.
CAUTION
• Under-inflation results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation is also
possible. Keep your tire pressures
at the proper levels. If a tire
frequently needs refilling, have it
checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Over-inflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater
possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Check tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly
inflated when they are under-
inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge
firmly onto the valve to get a
pressure measurement. If the cold
tire inflation pressure matches the
recommended pressure on the tire
and loading information label, no
further adjustment is necessary. If
the pressure is low, add air until you
reach the recommended pressure.
Make sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture could
get into the valve core and cause
air leakage. If a valve cap is missing,
install a new one as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
Maintenance
9-34
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated according to the
maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear
is usually caused by incorrect tire
pressure, improper wheel alignment,
out-of-balance wheels, severe braking
or severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of the tire.
Replace the tire if you find any of these
conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or
cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to
bring the front and rear tire pressures
to specification and check wheel bolt
tightness (proper torque is 101~116
lbf·ft [14~16 kgf·m].
18 inch tire18 inch tire
OHI078078OHI078078
19, 20 inch tire19, 20 inch tire
OHI078079OHI078079
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
The outside and inside of the
unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable.
When installing an unsymmetrical
tire, be sure to install the side marked
“outside” face the outside. If the side
marked “inside” is installed on the
outside, it will have a negative effect
on vehicle performance.
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in
an accident.
09
9-35
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Incorrect wheel weights can
damage your vehicle’s aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicatorTread wear indicator
OHI078080OHI078080
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of
braking effectiveness, steering
control, and traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that was
originally supplied with this
vehicle. Using tires and wheels
other than the recommended
sizes could cause unusual
handling characteristics, poor
vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
serious accident.
• When replacing tires (or wheels),
it is recommended to replace
the two front or two rear tires (or
wheels) as a pair. Replacing just
one tire can seriously affect your
vehicle’s handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that tires be
replaced after six (6) years of
normal service.
• Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Failure to follow this warning
may cause sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Maintenance
9-36
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is
not designed to be mounted on a
regular size wheel, and the compact
spare tire wheel is not designed for
mounting a regular size tire.
WARNING
The original tire should be repaired
or replaced as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the compact spare
tire and loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your
vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h)
when using the compact spare tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear. If you find a tire
is worn unevenly, have your dealer
check the wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort
and tire life. Additionally, a tire
should always be rebalanced if it is
removed from the wheel.
09
9-37
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides the tire identification
number (TIN) for safety standard
certification. The TIN can be used to
identify the tire in case of a recall.
OJX1099053OJX1099053
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a
tire size designation. You will need
this information when selecting
replacement tires for your car.
The following explains what the
letters and numbers in the tire size
designation mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as
an example only; your tire size
designator could vary depending on
your vehicle.)
245/45R19 98W
245 Tire width in millimeters.
45 Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 Rim diameter in inches.
98 Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
W Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you need
if you ever have to replace one. The
following explains what the letters
and numbers in the wheel size
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.5J X 19
8.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
Maintenance
9-38
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire’s designed maximum safe
operating speed.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of
the wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers
on a tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing
date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1522 represents that
the tire was produced in the 15th
week of 2022.
4. Genesis exclusive tire
Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that tires designed
specifically for Genesis vehicles
be used. You may find the marking
“GOE” (Genesis Original Equipment)
embossed on the tire sidewall.
5. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter “R” means radial ply
construction; the letter “D“ means
diagonal or bias ply construction;
and the letter “B” means belted-bias
ply construction.
6. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
7. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
09
9-39
8. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as
well on the government course as a
tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces
of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation
of heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can
lead to sudden tire failure. Grades
B and A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum required
by law.
Maintenance
9-40
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation,
over-inflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure. This
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Tire Terminology and Definitions
Air pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory weight
This means the combined weight
of optional accessories. Some
examples of optional accessories
are automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect ratio
The relationship of a tire’s height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that
is located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies are
laid at alternate angles less than 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold tire pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT markings
A code molded into the sidewall
of a tire signifying that the tire
is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also identify
the tire manufacturer, production
plant, brand and date of production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
09
9-41
Intended outboard sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum inflation pressure
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The
maximum air pressure is molded
onto the sidewall.
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal occupant weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward facing sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher
or deeper than the same moldings
on the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars
and some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Maintenance
9-42
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on
an automotive wheel provides the
traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in
curb weight or accessory weight,
including heavy duty breaks, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended inflation pressure
Vehicle manufacturer’s
recommended tire inflation pressure
as shown on the tire placard.
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline
of the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed
at which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and
the road surface. The amount of grip
provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
“wear bars”, that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information
system that provides consumers
with ratings for a tire’s traction,
temperature and treadwear.
Ratings are determined by tire
manufacturers using government
testing procedures. The ratings are
molded into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle capacity weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle normal load on the tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight and dividing by 2.
09
9-43
Vehicle placard
A label permanently attached
to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
All Season Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
all season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use
all year round, including snowy and
icy road conditions. All season tires
are identified by ALL SEASON and/
or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires
and may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the
tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. If you
plan to operate your vehicle in snowy
or icy conditions, Genesis Branded
Vehicle recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires. Snow tires should
be installed on all four wheels;
otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard
tires on the tire label on the driver’s
side of the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride. The
radial-ply tires used on this vehicle
are of belted construction, and are
selected to complement the ride
and handling characteristics of
your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have
the same load carrying capacity,
as bias-ply or bias belted tires of
the same size, and use the same
recommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with
bias-ply or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted
tires when used on the same vehicle
will seriously deteriorate vehicle
handling. The best rule to follow
is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set for
the front tires and a set for the rear
tires.
Maintenance
9-44
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear.
It is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that may cause loss
of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than
a standard tire. Also low aspect
ratio tires tend to be wider and
consequently have a greater contact
patch with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
CAUTION
The side wall of a low aspect ratio
tire is shorter than the normal one.
Thus, the low-aspect wheel and
tire are easily damaged. Follow the
below instructions.
• When driving on a rough road or
driving off a road, be careful not
to damage the tires and wheels.
After driving, inspect the tires
and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive the vehicle slowly so
as not to damage the tires and
wheels.
• When there is an impact on a tire,
inspect the tire condition. Or,
contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000
km) to prevent tire damage.
• It is difficult to recognize a tire
damage only with your eyes.
When there is a slight hint of a
tire damage, check and replace
the tire to prevent the damage
caused by air leakage.
• When a tire is damaged while
driving on a rough road, off a
road, or over obstacles, such as a
pothole, manhole, or curb stone,
your warranty does not cover the
damage.
• The tire information is specified
on the tire side wall.
09
9-45
■
Blade type
■
Cartridge type
■
Multi type
■
Midi type
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
OCK077071OCK077071
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 5 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle’s lights,
accessories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
it may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.
FUSES
Maintenance
9-46
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
Driver’s sideDriver’s side
ORG3090023ORG3090023
TrunkTrunk
ORG3090024ORG3090024
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
ORG3090025ORG3090025
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool (1) provided in
the engine compartment fuses panel
cover.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not need
for operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced with the same
rating.
09
9-47
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse
Replacement
Blade fuse / Cartridge fuse
Blade type fuseBlade type fuse
ORG3090026ORG3090026
Cartridge type fuseCartridge type fuse
ORG3090027ORG3090027
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches off.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install
the fuse panel cover. You may hear a
clicking sound if the cover is securely
latched. If it is not securely latched,
electrical failure may occur from water
contact.
Multi fuse / Midi fuse
Multi typeMulti type
ORG3090028ORG3090028
Midi typeMidi type
ORG3090029ORG3090029
If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown,
consult an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Maintenance
9-48
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
ORG3090047ORG3090047
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse box on
your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
ORG3090061N
09
9-49
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
MODULE9
10A
Overhead Console, AMP, Smart Phone Wireless Charger,
Low DC-DC Converter (AUX/AMP), Data Link Connector,
Driver/Passenger Power Seat Module, Electro Chromic
Mirror, Front/Rear A/C controller, Rear Seat Console
Remote Control Switch Switch, A/V & Navigation Head
Unit, A/C Control Module, Rear Seat LH/RH Heater Unit
SUNROOF
25A Sunroof Control Unit (Master/Slave)
MODULE11
10A
Head Lamp LH, Head Lamp RH, Multifunction Switch,
ADAS Unit (Parking)
MODULE12
10A IAU, IBU
A/C3
10A
E/R SUB Junction Block(Blower Relay), Incar Temperature
Sensor, A/C Control Module, Front A/C controller, Rear A/C
controller
A/BAG IND
10A Instrument Cluster, Overhead Console
E-SHIFTER2
10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
SPARE(IG2)
15A Not Used
MODULE10
10A ICU Junction Block (ESU)
MODULE7
10A
Driver Door Module, IBU, Multifunction Switch, IAU, Stop
Lamp Switch
MULTI MEDIA
25A Low DC-DC Converter
MODULE13
10A
Front/Rear A/C controller, Rain Sensor, Head-Up Display,
Security Indicator, A/C Control Module, Rear Occupant
Alert (ROA) Sensor, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror,
ICU Junction Block(ESU), Hazard Switch
CLUSTER
10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
IBU2
10A IBU
AIR BAG2
15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
PRESAFETY
SEAT BELT3
10A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
Maintenance
9-50
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
MODULE8
10A
Rear Corner Radar LH/RH, ECS Unit, RWS Module, ADAS
Unit (Driving), ADAS Unit (Parking), Crash Pad Switch, Front
Console Switch, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit, Front View
Camera
MODULE5
10A
PTL Unit, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Module, Driver/
Passenger Power Seat Switch, Driver/Passenger Lumbar
Support Unit(3/5/7CELL)
MODULE3
10A
Rear Seat Console Remote Control Switch Switch, Active
Air Flap Module, Clock Spring, Steering Tilt & Telescopic
Unit, Multifunction Switch
P/WINDOW LH
30A
Driver Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module
LH
CURTAIN
10A IBU
P/SEAT PASS2
25A Passenger Power Seat Module
TRUNK
10A Trunk Release Relay
AIR BAG1
15A SRS Control Module
E-SHIFTER1
10A Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial
MODULE4
10A Driver Door Module, Data Link Connector
P/SEAT DRV1
25A Driver Power Seat Module
P/SEAT
10A Driver/Passenger Lumbar Support Unit (3/5/7CELL)
POWER
HANDLE
15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Unit
IBU1
10A
IAU, IBU, BLE Unit, Driver Door Outside Handle, Passenger
Door Outside Handle
POWER
OUTLET
20A Armrest Power Outlet
P/SEAT DRV2
25A Driver Power Seat Module
P/SEAT PASS1
25A Passenger Power Seat Module
S/HEATER DRV
20A Driver Power Seat Module
S/HEATER
PASS
20A Passenger Power Seat Module
DOOR LOCK
20A Center Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Driver Door Unlock Relay
SPARE(B+)
10A Not Used
MODULE6
10A
Armrest Lamp, IBU, Low DC-DC Converter(AUX/AMP),
Electronic ATM Shift Lever Dial, Front Tray Lamp, IAU,
BRAKE SWITCH
10A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU
09
9-51
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Engine room junction block)
ORG3090048ORG3090048
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
ORG3091031N
Maintenance
9-52
Engine compartment fuse panel
Type Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
MAIN
ALT
225A Alternator
MDPS1
*1
125A MDPS Unit
MULTI
COOLING FAN
100A Cooling Fan Motor
GLOW
100A Not Used
IEB1
60A IEB Unit
IEB2
60A IEB Unit
REAR HEATED
50A Rear Heated Relay
IEB3
50A IEB Unit
OIL PUMP
40A Electronic Oil Pump
E-CVVT1
40A E-CVVT Relay
4WD
30A 4WD ECU
WIPER
30A Wiper Motor
SB
HEAD LAMP LH
30A Head Lamp LH
START
30A Start Relay
HEAD LAMP
RH
30A Head Lamp RH
MICRO
A/C
15A A/C Relay
HORN
15A PCB Block(Horn Relay)
HTD IND
10A Front A/C controller
E-CVVT2
20A ECM
E-CVVT3
20A ECM
MODULE1
10A Not Used
FUEL PUMP
20A Fuel Pump Relay
ECU1
15A ECM
TCU1
20A TCM
*1 :
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is the same as EPS(Electric Power Steering)
09
9-53
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
IG1
30A IG1 Relay
ECU3
30A Engine Control Realy
IG2
30A IG2 Relay
ACC
30A ACC Relay
ECU2
10A ECM
EWP
20A Electronic Water Pump
MODULE2
10A Front Radar, Front Corner Radar, LH/RH, 4WD ECU
SENSOR5
10A Electronic Oil Pump
MDPS2
10A MDPS Unit
IEB4
10A IEB Unit
ACTIVE HOOD
10A Active Hood Control Unit
TCU2
15A P/N Relay, TCM
SENSOR3
10A
[G4KR] Oxygen Sensor (Up/DOWN)
[G6DS] Oxygen Sensor #1~#2
SENSOR2
10A
[G4KR] E/R Junction Block(A/C Relay), Oil Control Valve
(Exhaust), Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Purge Control
Solenoid Valve
RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
[G6DS] E/R Junction Block(A/C Relay), RCV Control
Solenoid Valve #1~#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil
Pump Solenoid Valve,
Oxygen Sensor #3~#4, Oil Control Valve #1~#4, Canister
Close Valve
SENSOR1
10A
G4KR] Injector #1~#4, E/R Junction Block(Fuel Pump
Relay)
[G6DS] Injector #1~#6(MPI), E/R Junction Block(Fuel
Pump Relay)
IGN COIL
15A
[G4KR] Ignition Coil #1~#4
[G6DS] Ignition Coil #1~#6
SENSOR4
15A Cooling Fan Motor
ECU4
20A ECM
WASHER
15A Washer Relay
Maintenance
9-54
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Engine room junction block)
ORG3090050ORG3090050
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
ORG3090033N
09
9-55
Engine compartment fuse panel
Type Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
MULTI
FUEL HEATER
40A Not Used
PTC HEATER1
50A Not Used
PTC HEATER2
50A Not Used
PTC HEATER3
50A Not Used
SB BLOWER
40A Blower Relay
MICRO
LDC
10A
Front Corner Radar LH/RH, Rear Corner Radar,
LH/RH,
Smart Phone Wireless Charger, Head-Up
Display,
Instrument Cluster, Front/Rear A/C controller,
Rear Seat Console Remote Control Switch
Switch,
Front Console Keyboard
A/C
10A A/C Control Module
Maintenance
9-56
Trunk fuse panel (Rear sub junction
block)
ORG3090024ORG3090024
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
ORG3090062N
09
9-57
Rear junction block
Fuse Name
Fuse
Rating
Circuit Protected
B+4 50A
ICU Junction Block(Fuse(P/Seat PASS2, Module4, Sunroof,
Door Lock, Trunk))
B+2 30A
ICU Junction Block(Fuse(IBU1, E-Shifter1, Spare(B+),
Module5, Air Bag1), IPS2, IPS5)
B+1 50A
ICU Junction Block(Fuse(Brake Switch)),
IPS1, IPS3, IPS4, IPS7, Long/Short Term Load Latch Relay
B+3 50A
ICU Junction Block(Fuse(P/Window LH, S/Heater DRV,
S/Heater PASS, P/Seat DRV1, P/Seat DRV2, P/Seat PASS1,
Curtain, Power Handle, P/Seat))
DCU3 20A Not Used
DCU4 10A Not Used
CHILD LOCK 15A Child Lock/Unlock Relay
DCU1 20A Not Used
P/WINDOW RH 30A
Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window
Module RH
DCU2 20A Not Used
AMP 25A Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
P/DOOR RR LH 15A Rear Door Latch LH
P/DOOR PASS 15A Passenger Door Latch
PRESAFETY SEAT
BELT1
30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
P/DOOR RR RH 15A Rear Door Latch RH
ECS 15A ECS Unit
P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch
PRESAFETY SEAT
BELT2
30A Pre-Active Seat Belt Unit
P/SEAT RR 20A Not Used
S/HEATER RR LH 20A Rear Seat LH Heater Unit
POWER TRUNK 30A PTL Unit (Power Trunk Lid)
S/HEATER RR RH 20A Rear Seat RH Heater Unit
Maintenance
9-58
Trunk fuse panel (Battery junction
block)
ORG3090049LORG3090049L
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can
find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.
ORG3SP091066ORG3SP091066
09
9-59
Battery junction block
Fuse Name Fuse Rating Circuit Protected
B+5
125A E/R SUB Junction Block (B+)
B+6
100A
Rear Junction Block(Fuse(B+1, AMP, P/Window RH, P/Seat
RR, ECS, Presafety Seat Belt1, Child Lock))
B+7
100A
Rear Junction Block(Fuse(B+3, S/Heater RR LH,
S/Heater RR RH, Power Trunk, P/Door DRV, P/Door PASS))
B+8
100A
Rear Junction Block(Fuse(B+2, B+4, P/Door RR LH,
P/Door RR RH, Presafety Seat Belt2))
AMS
10A Battery Sensor
RWS
100A RWS MODULE
Maintenance
9-60
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to replace
most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs because
other parts of the vehicle must be
removed before you can get to the bulb.
This is especially true for removing the
headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Prior to working on a light, depress
the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply
the parking brake, press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position
and take the key with you when
leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and to
prevent possible electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and
may burn your fingers.
NOTICE
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
fuse or electrical wiring system.
NOTICE
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlight lens with chemical solvents
or strong detergents.
Information
The headlight and tail lamp lenses could
appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
driving or the vehicle is driven at night in
wet weather. This condition is caused by
temperature difference between the lamp
inside and outside and, it does not indicate
a problem with your vehicle. When
moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be
removed after driving with the headlight
on. The removable level may differ
depending on lamp size, lamp position
and environmental condition. However, if
moisture is not removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Information
• A normally functioning lamp may
flicker momentarily to stabilize the
vehicle’s electrical control system.
However, if the lamp goes out after
flickering momentarily, or continues to
flicker, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• The parking lamp may not turn on
when the parking lamp switch is turned
on, but the parking lamp and headlight
switch may turn on when the headlight
switch is turned on. This may be caused
by network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If this
occurs, have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Information
The headlight aiming should be adjusted
after an accident or after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled at an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
LIGHT BULBS
09
9-61
Headlight, Parking Lamp, Turn
Signal Lamp, Daytime Running
Light (DRL) Replacement
ORG3090036NORG3090036N
(1) Headlight (Low)
(2) Headlight (High / Sub low)
(3) Parking lamp/Daytime running light/
Turn signal lamp
(4) Side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
ORG3090037ORG3090037
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Puddle Lamp Replacement
ORG3090038ORG3090038
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Maintenance
9-62
Rear Combination Lamp
Replacement
ORG3090039NORG3090039N
(1) Tail lamp/Side marker
(2) Turn signal lamp/Stop lamp
(3) Reverse lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
the system inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
High Mounted Stop Lamp
Replacement
ORG3090040ORG3090040
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
09
9-63
License Plate Lamp Replacement
ORG3090041ORG3090041
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
a single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Interior Light Replacement
Front lampsFront lamps
OJX1090034NOJX1090034N
Rear lamps (without sunroof)Rear lamps (without sunroof)
Type AType A
ORG3090042ORG3090042
Type BType B
OJX1059248OJX1059248
Rear lamps (with sunroof)Rear lamps (with sunroof)
OJX1099036OJX1099036
Maintenance
9-64
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The
LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Vanity mirror lampVanity mirror lamp
OHI078071OHI078071
Glove box lampGlove box lamp
ORG3090043ORG3090043
Inner door handle lamp (1) / Mood lamp (2) / Inner door handle lamp (1) / Mood lamp (2) /
Door foot lamp (3)Door foot lamp (3)
ORG3050091ORG3050091
Trunk lampTrunk lamp
ORG3090045ORG3090045
09
9-65
Exterior Care
If you park your vehicle near a stainless
steel sign or glass facade building, the
vehicle’s exterior plastic parts such as a
bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp or outside
rearview mirror might be damaged
due to sunlight reflected from the sign
or building. To prevent damage of the
exterior plastic parts, you should avoid
parking in areas where light may be
reflected or use a car cover. (The exterior
plastic parts applied to your vehicle may
vary.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month
with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, should be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause
the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged
if they come into contact with high
pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see
if they have been affected by water
before getting on the road. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the
brakes by applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward speed.
APPEARANCE CARE
Maintenance
9-66
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
or when the body of the vehicle is
warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
• Especially, with high-pressure water,
water may leak through the windows
and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical
solvents or strong detergents.
NOTICE
ORG3090046ORG3090046
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may cause
the failure of electrical circuits
located in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
Automatic car wash which uses rotating
brushes should not be used as this can
damage the surface of your vehicle. A
steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may cause
the oil to adhere and leave stains that is
difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or
sponge) when washing your vehicle and
dry with a microfiber towel. When you
hand wash your vehicle, you should not
use a cleaner that finishes with wax.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier between
your paint and contamination. Keeping
a good coat of wax on your vehicle will
help protect it.
Wax the vehicle until water will no longer
bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
09
9-67
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with
a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
Do not use any polish protector such
as a detergent, an abrasive or a polish.
In case wax is applied, remove the wax
immediately using a silicon remover
and if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to clean.
However, be careful not to apply too
much pressure on the painted area.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement,
be sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
it is impossible to modify only the
damaged area and repair of the whole
part is necessary. If the vehicle is
damaged and painting is required, have
your vehicle maintained and repaired
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. Take extreme care,
as it is difficult to restore the quality
after the repair.
Maintenance
9-68
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating
of wax or chrome preservative and rub
to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated
rusting can occur on underbody parts
such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan
and exhaust system, even though they
have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter.
Pay special attention to these areas
because it will do more harm than good
if the road grime becomes wet without
removing it. The lower edges of doors,
rocker panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be allowed
to clog with dirt; trapped water in these
areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, solvent, or wire brushes
on aluminum wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
water. Also, clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with high-
speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing
acid or alkaline detergents.
09
9-69
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces vehicles of the highest quality.
However, this is only part of the job.
To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance, the owner’s cooperation and
assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion
or minor scrapes and dents which
leave unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to occur.
For example, corrosion is accelerated
by high humidity, particularly when
temperatures are just above freezing. In
such conditions, the corrosive material is
kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces
by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because
it is slow to dry and holds moisture in
contact with the vehicle. Although the
mud appears to be dry, it can still retain
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
particularly important to keep your
vehicle clean and free of mud or
accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces
but particularly to the underside of the
vehicle.
Maintenance
9-70
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosive materials. Attention to the
underside of the vehicle is particularly
important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from view.
Do a thorough job; just dampening
the accumulated mud rather than
washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it. Water
under high pressure and steam are
particularly effective in removing
accumulated mud and corrosive
materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don’t park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates
a favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered with
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should
be covered with “touch-up” paint as
soon as possible to reduce the possibility
of corrosion. If bare metal is showing
through, the attention of a qualified body
and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
may damage painted surfaces in just a
few hours. Always remove bird droppings
as soon as possible.
09
9-71
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from
contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration.
If they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. See the
instructions for the proper way to clean
vehicle interior surfaces.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may
get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vehicle interior surfaces
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum
cleaner.
If necessary, clean interior surfaces with
a mixture of warm water and mild non-
detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on a
concealed area before use).
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution
recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with
a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do
not receive immediate attention, the
fabric can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Maintenance
9-72
Leather
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural product,
each part differs in thickness or
density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
NOTICE
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered
by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may
prevent abrasion of the cover and
helps maintain the color. Be sure to
read the instructions and consult
a specialist when using leather
coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions below
for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until
contaminations do not smear.
09
9-73
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural
leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
• Handling prime napa leather
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and
heat exposure. Excessive sunlight
and heat exposure naturally fades
and dries out napa leather, causing
wrinkles and discoloration. If the napa
leather is wet with liquid, immediately
clean it with lint-free cloth to minimize
damage. Do not scratch the napa
leather surface with a sharp object.
If your napa leather seat is bright
colored, it may be contaminated or
stained from dyed materials such as
jeans.
Interior wooden trim
• Use a wooden furniture protector (e.g.
wax, coating compound) to clean the
interior wooden trim.
• Wipe the interior wooden trim with a
lint-free, clean cloth to maintain the
unique wooden textures for a longer
period of time.
• If you spill beverage (e.g. water,
coffee) over the interior wooden trim,
immediately wipe it with clean, dry
cloth.
• Sharp objects (e.g. driver, knife),
adhesive materials, or tapes may
damage the interior wooden trim.
• Any strong impacts may damage the
interior wooden trim.
• If the coating finish over the interior
wooden trim is removed, moisture
may damage or change wood traits.
• If the interior wooden trim is
damaged, you may get a splinter
from the wood surface. Therefore,
you should immediately have the
damaged interior wooden trim
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any
mild soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the soap.
Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered
with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
Follow the directions on the glass cleaner
container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in
damage to the rear window defroster
grid.
Maintenance
9-74
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations. There
are three emission control systems, as
follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it
is recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance
Test (with Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn
the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system off by pressing the ESC
switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back
on by pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation system
is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control System
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. The
ORVR system is designed to allow the
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded
into a canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve
is controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
engine warms-up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
09
9-75
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the engine
may cause damage to the emission
system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide)
precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell
exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows
fully open. Have your vehicle checked
and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of
automobile components and parts,
including components found in the
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain
or emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive harm.
In addition, certain fluids contained
in vehicles and certain products of
component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move the
vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Maintenance
9-76
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic
system are very hot while the engine is
running or immediately after the engine
is turned off. To avoid SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system
and catalytic converter or you may
get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do not
seal the bottom of the vehicle, and
do not coat the vehicle for corrosion
control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take the
following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction,
such as misfire or a noticeable loss of
performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the engine off and descending steep
grades in gear with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods
(5 minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission
control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level.
Running out of fuel could cause the
engine to misfire, damaging the
catalytic converter.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See: https://dtsc.ca.gov/
perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as
air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners
and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section
67384.10 (a).
i
Index
Index
Index
I-2
A
Accessing Your Vehicle
.........................................................................................5-4
Immobilizer System
........................................................................................ 5-11
Smart Key..........................................................................................................5-4
Active Hood Lift System
.....................................................................................3-69
System Activation
........................................................................................... 3-69
System Limitation
...........................................................................................3-70
System Malfunction
........................................................................................ 3-71
Active sound design
.............................................................................................6-54
Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System
...........................................................3-46
Additional Safety Precautions
.........................................................................3-68
Air Bag Warning Labels
..................................................................................3-68
How does the Air Bags System Operate?
.......................................................3-52
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
.......................................................... 3-57
SRS Care
.........................................................................................................3-67
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
.......................................................3-56
Where are the Air Bags?
.................................................................................3-48
Why Didn’t My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
.............................................3-62
Air Cleaner...........................................................................................................9-24
Filter Replacement
.......................................................................................... 9-24
Air Conditioner Compressor Label
.....................................................................2-19
Air Conditioning System
.....................................................................................2-15
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
...................................................................................... 6-37
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation
................................................................ 6-37
Emergency Precautions
...................................................................................6-39
Appearance Care
..................................................................................................9-65
Exterior Care
...................................................................................................9-65
Interior Care
.................................................................................................... 9-71
Automatic Climate Control System
..................................................................... 5-98
Automatic Temperature Control Mode
......................................................... 5-101
Manual Temperature Control Mode
..............................................................5-102
System Maintenance
......................................................................................5-111
System Operation
.......................................................................................... 5-110
Automatic Transmission
......................................................................................6-10
Automatic Transmission Operation.................................................................6-10
Good Driving Practices
...................................................................................6-19
LCD Display Messages (Cluster)....................................................................6-16
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)
...............................................................6-18
I
I-3
B
Battery
.................................................................................................................9-28
Battery Recharging
..........................................................................................9-30
Battery Replacement
.......................................................................................9-30
Battery Usage Recommendations
................................................................... 9-29
Reset Items
......................................................................................................9-31
Before Driving
.......................................................................................................6-4
Before Entering the Vehicle
.............................................................................. 6-4
Before Starting
.................................................................................................. 6-4
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
..................................................7-32
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations
............7-40
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
.........................................7-36
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
.............................................7-34
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
.......................................................................7-75
Blind-Spot View Monitor Malfunction
...........................................................7-76
Blind-Spot View Monitor Operation
...............................................................7-76
Blind-Spot View Monitor Settings
..................................................................7-75
Brake Fluid
..........................................................................................................9-22
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
.....................................................................9-22
Braking System
....................................................................................................6-21
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
..................................................................... 6-30
Auto Hold
........................................................................................................6-26
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
.............................................................................6-21
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
.....................................................................6-22
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)..................................................................6-31
Good Braking Practices...................................................................................6-36
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
......................................................................6-35
Power-Assist brakes
........................................................................................6-21
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
............................................................6-34
Bulb Wattage
........................................................................................................2-13
C
Cabin Air Filter
....................................................................................................9-25
Filter Inspection
..............................................................................................9-25
Filter Replacement
.......................................................................................... 9-25
California Perchlorate Notice
..............................................................................9-76
Index
I-4
Child Restraint System (CRS) .............................................................................3-37
Children Always in the Rear
........................................................................... 3-37
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)......................................................3-40
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)
......................................................3-38
Climate Control Additional Features
................................................................. 5-117
Auto Defogging System
................................................................................ 5-117
Auto Dehumidify
.......................................................................................... 5-118
Recirculating Air when Washer Fluid is Used
.............................................. 5-119
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
.................................................................. 5-119
Coasting
...............................................................................................................6-50
Coasting Operating Conditions
.......................................................................6-50
Coasting Release Conditions...........................................................................6-51
Coasting Setting
.............................................................................................. 6-50
Consumer Information
......................................................................................... 2-20
D
Dimensions
..........................................................................................................2-12
Door Lock
............................................................................................................ 5-25
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
...................................................5-30
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
................................................................... 5-30
Electronic Child Safety Lock
..........................................................................5-31
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
..............................................5-27
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
............................................5-25
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
.....................................................................................5-32
Drive Mode Integrated Control System
...............................................................6-52
Drive Mode
..................................................................................................... 6-52
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
.......................................................................7-65
Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations
.................................7-68
Driver Attention Warning Operation
...............................................................7-66
Driver Attention Warning Settings
..................................................................7-65
E
Electronically Controlled Suspension with Road Preview
.................................. 6-41
Limitations of the System
............................................................................... 6-42
System Malfunction
........................................................................................ 6-42
Electronic Control Suspension
............................................................................6-41
System Malfunction
........................................................................................ 6-41
I
I-5
Emission Control System ....................................................................................9-74
Crankcase Emission Control System
.............................................................. 9-74
Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery (ORVR)
...........................................................................................9-74
Exhaust Emission Control System
..................................................................9-75
Engine
..................................................................................................................2-12
Engine Compartment
.............................................................................................9-3
Engine Compartment
...........................................................................................2-10
Engine Number
.................................................................................................... 2-19
Engine Oil
............................................................................................................ 9-16
Changing Coolant............................................................................................9-21
Checking the Coolant Level
............................................................................9-19
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
.................................................................9-18
Checking the Engine Oil Level
.......................................................................9-16
Engine Coolant/Liquid-Cooled Intercooler Coolant
.......................................9-19
Engine Start/Stop Button
.......................................................................................6-5
Engine Stop/Start Button Positions
...................................................................6-6
Remote Start
......................................................................................................6-9
Smart Key Slot - Emergency Starting
...............................................................6-8
Starting the Engine
............................................................................................6-7
Turning Off the Engine
..................................................................................... 6-8
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items
....................................................9-14
Exterior Features
..................................................................................................5-67
Fuel Filler Door
...............................................................................................5-78
Hood
................................................................................................................5-67
Non-Powered Trunk
........................................................................................5-68
Power Trunk
....................................................................................................5-70
Smart Trunk
.....................................................................................................5-76
Exterior Overview (I)
............................................................................................2-2
Exterior Overview (II)
...........................................................................................2-4
F
Forward Attention Warning (FAW)
.....................................................................7-71
Forward Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations
..............................7-72
Forward Attention Warning Operation
............................................................7-72
Forward Attention Warning Settings
...............................................................7-71
Index
I-6
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) .........................................................7-2
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and Limitations
................7-17
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation
................................................7-8
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings
...................................................7-5
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
........................................7-138
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and
Precautions
....................................................................................................7-142
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation
............................... 7-139
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings
................................. 7-138
Fuses
....................................................................................................................9-45
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
..............................................9-47
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
......................................................................... 9-48
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
...............................................................9-46
G
Genesis Digital Key
............................................................................................ 5-12
Digital Key (Card Key)
...................................................................................5-18
Digital Key (Smart Phone)
..............................................................................5-12
Limitations of the System
............................................................................... 5-24
Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings
.......................................................5-20
Used Vehicle/Digital Key Maintenance
..........................................................5-24
Guide to Genesis Parts
........................................................................................... 1-3
H
Hazard Warning Flasher
........................................................................................8-2
Head-Up Display (HUD)
..................................................................................... 5-81
Head-Up Display Information.........................................................................5-81
Head-Up Display Settings
...............................................................................5-81
Precautions While Using the Head-Up Display
..............................................5-82
High Beam Assist (HBA)
....................................................................................5-92
High Beam Assist Malfunction and Limitations
.............................................5-93
High Beam Assist Operation
...........................................................................5-93
High Beam Assist Setting................................................................................5-92
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
........................................................................7-107
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations
................................. 7-116
Highway Driving Assist Operation
...............................................................7-109
Highway Driving Assist Settings
.................................................................. 7-108
I
I-7
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG)
........................................................................................6-45
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
........................................................................ 6-48
Forced to Restart Engine
.................................................................................6-48
ISG Malfunction..............................................................................................6-48
ISG System Off
...............................................................................................6-47
ISG System Operation.....................................................................................6-45
If the Engine Overheats
.........................................................................................8-7
If the Engine will not Start.....................................................................................8-3
If you have a Flat Tire (with Spare Tire)
.............................................................8-13
Changing Tires
................................................................................................ 8-14
Jack and Tools
.................................................................................................8-13
Jack Label........................................................................................................8-19
Important Safety Precautions
.................................................................................3-2
Air Bag Hazards
................................................................................................3-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
.............................................................................3-2
Control Your Speed
...........................................................................................3-2
Driver Distraction..............................................................................................3-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
...............................................................3-2
Restrain All Children.........................................................................................3-2
In Case of an Emergency while Driving
................................................................8-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing.................................................8-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
....................................................................8-2
If You Have a Flat Tire While Driving
..............................................................8-3
Infotainment System
.......................................................................................... 5-131
Antenna
......................................................................................................... 5-131
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
.................................................................5-133
Infotainment System
..................................................................................... 5-132
Lexicon Premium Sound System
..................................................................5-133
Steering Wheel Remote Controls
..................................................................5-131
USB Port
....................................................................................................... 5-131
Voice Recognition
......................................................................................... 5-132
Instrument Cluster
.................................................................................................4-4
Gauges and Meters
............................................................................................4-5
Instrument Cluster Control
................................................................................4-5
LCD Display Messages
...................................................................................4-22
Transmission Shift Indicator
........................................................................... 4-10
Warning and Indicator Lights
.......................................................................... 4-11
Index
I-8
Instrument Panel Overview (I) ..............................................................................2-7
Instrument panel Overview (II)
.............................................................................2-8
Integrated Memory System..................................................................................5-34
Recalling Memory Positions
...........................................................................5-35
Resetting the System
.......................................................................................5-35
Seat Easy Access
.............................................................................................5-36
Storing Memory Positions...............................................................................5-34
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
.................................................................7-60
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Malfunction and Limitations
..........................7-63
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Operation
........................................................7-61
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings
........................................................... 7-60
Interior Features
................................................................................................. 5-122
Clock
............................................................................................................. 5-127
Coat Hook
..................................................................................................... 5-127
Cup Holder
....................................................................................................5-122
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
......................................................................................5-128
Luggage Net Holder
......................................................................................5-130
Power Outlet..................................................................................................5-124
Rear Mirror....................................................................................................5-123
Rear Side Window Sunshades
.......................................................................5-129
Rear Window Sunshade
................................................................................5-129
Sunvisor.........................................................................................................5-123
USB Charger
................................................................................................. 5-125
Wireless Smart Phone Charging System
.......................................................5-125
Interior Overview (I)..............................................................................................2-6
J
Jump Starting
.........................................................................................................8-4
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
............................................................................7-103
Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations
....................................7-106
Lane Following Assist Operation
.................................................................7-104
Lane Following Assist Settings
....................................................................7-103
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
................................................................................7-26
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations
.........................................7-30
Lane Keeping Assist Operation
......................................................................7-28
Lane Keeping Assist settings
..........................................................................7-26
I
I-9
Launch control ....................................................................................................6-43
Launch Control activation
...............................................................................6-43
Limited use of Launch Control
....................................................................... 6-44
Prerequisite for activation
............................................................................... 6-43
LCD Display
........................................................................................................ 4-27
LCD Display Control
...........................................................................................4-27
3D Instrument Cluster (for 12.3-inch 3D Cluster)
..........................................4-34
Option Menu
................................................................................................... 4-32
View Modes
....................................................................................................4-27
Light bulbs
...........................................................................................................9-60
Headlight, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp, Daytime Running Light (DRL)
Replacement
....................................................................................................9-61
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
.........................................................9-62
Interior Light Replacement
............................................................................. 9-63
License Plate Lamp Replacement
...................................................................9-63
Puddle Lamp Replacement
.............................................................................9-61
Rear Combination Lamp Replacement
...........................................................9-62
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
.................................................................. 9-61
Lighting
...............................................................................................................5-83
Exterior Lights
................................................................................................5-83
Interior Lights..................................................................................................5-87
Welcome System
.............................................................................................5-91
M
Maintenance Services
............................................................................................9-5
Owner Maintenance Precautions.......................................................................9-5
Owner’s Responsibility
.....................................................................................9-5
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
...................................................................7-56
Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation
............................................................ 7-56
Mirrors
.................................................................................................................5-43
Inside Rearview Mirror
...................................................................................5-43
Reverse Parking Aid
........................................................................................5-55
Side View Mirrors
...........................................................................................5-53
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
................................................ 7-96
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control..................................7-99
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Operation
........................................ 7-97
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Settings
...........................................7-96
Index
I-10
O
Owner Maintenance
............................................................................................... 9-6
Owner Maintenance Schedule...........................................................................9-7
P
Panoramic Sunroof
..............................................................................................5-62
Power sunshade
...............................................................................................5-63
Resetting the Sunroof
......................................................................................5-65
Slide open/close
..............................................................................................5-64
Sunroof Open Warning
....................................................................................5-66
Tilt open/close
.................................................................................................5-63
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
..................................7-128
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
.................................................................................................... 7-134
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
.......................... 7-130
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
..............................7-129
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
................................................................................7-119
Rear View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations
........................................7-122
Rear View Monitor Operation
.......................................................................7-121
Rear View Monitor settings........................................................................... 7-119
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities
........................................................... 2-16
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
.......................................................... 2-17
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
...............................................................7-152
Front Radar....................................................................................................7-178
Rear Corner Radar.........................................................................................7-179
Remote Smart Parking Assist Malfunction and Limitations
.........................7-173
Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation
.......................................................7-155
Remote Smart Parking Assist Settings
..........................................................7-154
Reporting Safety Defects
..................................................................................... 2-21
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
......................................... 7-144
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
.................................................................................................... 7-147
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation
...............................7-146
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings
..................................7-144
Road active noise control.....................................................................................6-54
System malfunction
.........................................................................................6-54
I
I-11
S
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
......................................................................................... 7-50
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction and Limitations
................................................7-54
Safe Exit Assist Operation
.............................................................................7-52
Safe Exit Assist Settings..................................................................................7-51
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
.................................................................................... 7-45
Safe Exit Warning Malfunction and Limitations
............................................7-48
Safe Exit Warning Operation
..........................................................................7-47
Safe Exit Warning Settings
............................................................................7-46
Scheduled Maintenance Services
..........................................................................9-8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
................................................9-12
Normal Maintenance Schedule
......................................................................... 9-9
Seat Belts
.............................................................................................................3-25
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
......................................................... 3-34
Care of Seat Belts
............................................................................................3-36
Pre-Active Seat Belt (PSB)
.............................................................................3-33
Seat Belt Restraint System
..............................................................................3-27
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
........................................................................... 3-25
Seat Belt Warning Light
..................................................................................3-26
Seats
....................................................................................................................... 3-3
Air Ventilation Seats
.......................................................................................3-21
Front Seats
.........................................................................................................3-7
Head Restraints
............................................................................................... 3-15
Pre-active Safety Seat (PSS)
...........................................................................3-22
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
............................................................................3-23
Rear Seats
........................................................................................................3-13
Safety Precautions
.............................................................................................3-6
Seat Warmers
...................................................................................................3-18
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
................................................................................ 7-77
Smart Cruise Control Malfunction and Limitations........................................7-90
Smart Cruise Control operation
......................................................................7-83
Smart Cruise Control settings
......................................................................... 7-78
Smart Posture Care System
.................................................................................5-37
Index
I-12
Special Driving Conditions .................................................................................6-55
Driving at Night
.............................................................................................. 6-56
Driving in Flooded Areas
................................................................................6-57
Driving in the Rain
..........................................................................................6-56
Hazardous Driving Conditions
........................................................................6-55
Highway Driving
.............................................................................................6-57
Rocking the Vehicle
........................................................................................6-55
Smooth Cornering
...........................................................................................6-55
Steering Wheel
.....................................................................................................5-38
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
........................................................................ 5-38
Heated Steering Wheel
....................................................................................5-42
Horn.................................................................................................................5-41
Tilt/Telescopic Steering
...................................................................................5-40
Storage Compartment
........................................................................................5-120
Center Console Storage
.................................................................................5-120
Glove Box
..................................................................................................... 5-121
Rear Console Storage
....................................................................................5-120
Sunglass Holder
............................................................................................5-121
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
.........................................................................7-123
Surround View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations
.................................7-127
Surround View Monitor Operation
...............................................................7-125
Surround view Monitor settings
....................................................................7-124
T
Theft-Alarm System
............................................................................................5-33
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
............................................................8-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS
........................................................................... 8-11
Check Tire Pressure...........................................................................................8-8
Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale
....................................8-10
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
................................................................... 8-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
......................................................................8-9
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator
................. 8-11
I
I-13
Tires and Wheels .................................................................................................2-14
Tires and Wheels
.................................................................................................9-32
All Season Tires
.............................................................................................. 9-43
Check tire Inflation Pressure
...........................................................................9-33
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
...................................................................................9-44
Radial-Ply Tires
...............................................................................................9-43
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
..................................................9-32
Snow Tires
.......................................................................................................9-43
Summer Tires
.................................................................................................. 9-43
Tire Care
..........................................................................................................9-32
Tire Maintenance
.............................................................................................9-36
Tire Replacement
............................................................................................9-35
Tire Rotation
...................................................................................................9-34
Tire Sidewall Labeling
....................................................................................9-37
Tire Terminology and Definitions
...................................................................9-40
Tire Traction
....................................................................................................9-36
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
................................................................ 9-35
Wheel Replacement
........................................................................................9-36
Tire Specification and Pressure Label
.................................................................2-18
Towing
.................................................................................................................8-20
Emergency Towing..........................................................................................8-22
Removable Towing Hook................................................................................8-21
Towing Service
................................................................................................8-20
Trailer Towing
.....................................................................................................6-69
V
Vehicle Certification Label
..................................................................................2-18
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
.................................................................. 2-18
Vehicle Load Limit
..............................................................................................6-64
The Loading Information Label
......................................................................6-65
Vehicle Settings (Infotainment System)
..............................................................4-37
Setting Your Vehicle
........................................................................................4-37
Vehicle Weight and Luggage Volume
.................................................................. 2-15
Index
I-14
W
Washer Fluid
........................................................................................................9-23
Checking the Washer Fluid Level
................................................................... 9-23
Windows
..............................................................................................................5-57
Power Windows
..............................................................................................5-58
Remote Window Closing Function
.................................................................5-61
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging
.............................................................. 5-114
Defogging Logic
........................................................................................... 5-115
Rear Window Defroster................................................................................. 5-116
To Defog Inside Windshield
.......................................................................... 5-114
To Defrost Inside Windshield
........................................................................ 5-115
Winter Driving
..................................................................................................... 6-58
Snow or Icy Conditions
...................................................................................6-58
Winter Precautions
.......................................................................................... 6-62
Wiper Blades
........................................................................................................9-26
Blade Inspection
..............................................................................................9-26
Blade Replacement..........................................................................................9-26
Wipers and Washers
............................................................................................. 5-95
Front Windshield Wipers
.................................................................................5-95
Windshield Washers
........................................................................................5-97
